Home

to the PDF file.

1. NE See Note See Note 2 0 0 25 8 twisted 24 AWG stranded insulated o gt Ferrule 7 tinned copper m Uninsulated Stud Size 0 042 I Gut otf dra Conductors 200 C 300 4625 10 j Frob dof volts with overall braid 0 10 2d prope endo of 34 AWG tinned K 5 375 7 25 0 10 shield copper 90 coverage 0 10 and 24 AWG tinned 1 6 125 copper uninsulated 0 10 9 25 0 10 drain wire Overall Cable Length Ie By Customer id 150 Maximum FI Lcx 2 TN Heat Shrink Tubing 1 Long 3 16 Size DETAIL A 7 typical on both ends of wiring HEATER WIRING OR CABLE ELECTRONICS END 3 4 NPT Hub Size PROBE END Liguid tight Strain Relief Connectors 554010 4 0 0 10 le Ferrule Uninsulated Heat Shrink Tubing Heat Shrink Tubing 2 Long 1 2 Size 2 Long 1 2 Size Strip Wire 0 5 Ends 3 16 Typical Ee S 16 AWG 2 0 0 25 Typical on Green 16 AWG 8 Conductors 16 AWG Stranded Stud Size 6 200 C 60
2. RED COe S SIK T C CO S Fs d T C CO S S Connector J4 WHT BIK T C SB S GRN VC SB veL ELK TIC 02 S 2 2 S e 02 CELL gt COAGT 02 CELL RED S CO REF 1 S CO REF ORG cuc 2 Cell BLK S cuc ermocouple Connector J5 BLK EXC 1 SHLD owe ELECTRONICS HOUSING Signal Cable NOTE Wire colors shown are for cables supplied Heater by Emerson Process Management Power Cable 37390016 9 33 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 Figure 9 27 Solenoid Power Terminals TOP VIEW High O Test Gas Low O Test Gas Instrument Air 1 099999909 1 99999999 99999 9 999990020020 S 99999 2220020009 37390033 Install Cover 1 If removed install cover gasket 4 Figure 9 24 Screw cover 3 onto electronics housing Tighten cover firmly Align locking clip 2 with gap between cover ribs 2 Loosen screw 1 and slide locking clip 2 fully into gap between cover ribs Retighten screw 1 9 34 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 REPLACE TUBE FITTINGS Remove Tube Fittings The OCX transmitter housings have special tube fittings that if clogged or damaged must be replaced with t
3. C Dia Po 18 in 18 34 sel ce BB 1829 2235 Table 1 Mounting Flange P ANSI Flange 6 00 7 28 pitona 152 185 In Situ Filter Hole 0 75 0 71 Ir dem Ga Ga p 4 E 4 75 571 4 0 101 6 with high surface spaced on 121 145 Stainless Steel Filter 8 B C dia 7 3 186 4 with Stainless Steel 8 or Hastelloy Filter 5 BOTTOM VIEW Y S 2 3 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 Figure 2 2 Installation 8800 with Remote Electronics NOTE Dimensions are in inches with millimeters in parentheses Table 1 Mounting Flange Insulate if exposed to adverse weather or extreme temperature a ANSI changes install a protective housing and or insulation Fi ange 6 00 7 28 around the unit i Flange Dia Dia De lea Hole 0 75 0 71 Dia 19 18 B C Dia 4 75 5 71 121 145 Hole Dia See Table 1 Removal Envelope Insertion Depth Dim Dim A T1 B f See Table 2 SENSOR H
4. SECTION A A Length L gt Probe Length 24 5 621 7A 42 5 1078 6 ft 78 5 1993 9ft 114 5 2907 m x li EE 6 0 152 0 59 15 0 z RN Y 0 50 12 7 kk 0 50 12 7 6 0 152 gt 9 0 229 0 75 19 Dia on 7 5 190 Dia 8 Places 0 75 19 Dia on 4 75 121 Dia 4 Places 38850009 140 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 1 8 Optional InSitu Filters 1 4 18 NPT Me 1 3 33 7 3 186 InSitu Stainless Steel or Hastolloy Filter 1 4 18 NPT lt PO SS SS TT STR EUN E ERA 20 de 4 0 102 InSitu High Surface Area Stainless Steel Filter 39930006 Figure 1 9 Optional Panel Mounted Blowback and Calibration Reference Air Set 19 Rack or Wall Mount 938 19 00 482 6 i DILUTION GAS CALGAS SET TO 55 PSIG BLOWBACK AR NES L 6 97 CALIBRATION BLOWBACK PANEL OCX88A 35 PSIG REFERENCE AIR OCX88C 45 PSIG PRESSURE e OCX 8800 EMERSON v 16 5 419 1 Wt Modni 6 0 152 4 Wall Mount 39930007 Wall Mount Hole Pattern 1 11 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 SPE
5. Fieldbus Digital Signal Fieldbus Digital Signal Fieldbus Computer Terminal PC Terminal Block Terminal Connectors LJE Q000 OOODOV Field Communicator Field P Rear Panel Communicator Model 375 O 39710006 6 3 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OFF LINE AND ON LINE OPERATIONS 6 4 The Field Communicator can be operated both off line and on line Off line operations are those in which the communicator is not connected to the OCX 8800 Off line operations can include interfacing the Field Communi cator with a PC refer to applicable Field Communicator documentation regarding Model 375 PC applications In the on line mode the communicator is connected to a fieldbus terminal block NOTE If the Field Communicator is turned on while connected to the fieldbus terminal block an undefined status indication appears while the communicator warms up Wait until the warm up period ends to continue The opening menu displayed on the LCD is different for on line and off line operations When powering up a disconnected off line communicator the LCD will display the Main Menu When powering up a connected on line communicator the LCD will display the On line Menu Refer to the Field Communicator manual for detailed menu information Instruction Manual IM
6. Internal External Internal External 4 20 mA COe 4 20 mA O 4 20 mA 4 20 is Internally Reguires an External is Internally Requires an External Powered SWA Power Supply Powered Swi Power Supply Default Default 5 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Verify that the following switch settings are correct for your OCX 8800 installation SW The two settings are internally or externally powering the O 4 20 mA signal The factory setting is for the O 4 20 mA signal to be internally powered SW2 The two settings are internally or externally powering the COe 4 20 mA signal The factory setting is for the COe 4 20 mA signal to be internally powered SW3 The factory sets this switch as follows Position 1 determines the O 4 20 mA signal rail limit The settings are high 21 1 mA or low 3 5 mA The factory setting is low 3 5 mA Position 2 determines the COe 4 20 mA signal rail limit The settings are high 21 1 mA or low 3 5 mA The factory setting is high 21 1 mA Positions 3 and 4 must be set as shown for proper software control of the device heaters Verify Configuration Fieldbus Electronics There is one switch on the microprocessor board which must be set for the OCX 8800 with fieldbus electronics Figure 3 2 SW3 configures the sample line heater control circuit This switch is accessible through holes in the electron
7. 8 2 Fa lt Isolation Soe a bk all dat 8 3 Alarm Relay Events 8 11 SECTION 9 EN OE POTOP UE Ari 9 1 Maintenance and Service OCX 8800 Removal and Installation 9 1 OCX with Integral Electronics 9 2 OCX with Remote Electronics 9 5 Repair Sensor Housing 9 10 Sensor Housing Disassembly 9 10 Sensor Housing Assembly 9 20 Repair Electronics Housing 9 29 Electronics Housing Disassembly 9 29 Electronics Housing Assembly 9 31 Replace Tube Fittings 9 35 Remove Tube Fittings 9 35 Install Tube Fittings 9 36 SECTION 10 SONSOr HOUSINGS i resse ae a ett e t 10 2 Replacement Parts Electronics Housing 10 6 O2 Cell and Heater Strut Assembly 10 9 TOC 3 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 APPENDIX A Safety 5 58 2 Safety Data Safety Data Sheet for Ceramic Fiber Products A 24 High Pressure Gas Cylinders
8. pale eg 7 1 Introductions s sine DE 7 2 Instrument Specific Function Blocks 7 4 Network Communication 7 4 OCX Function Blocks 7 6 Resource BIoCk erue ee epe RM ass 7 6 PlantWeb Alerts 7 6 Mapping PWA nisu ei RA ay eaten dae Pe hed uS 7 7 PWA Simulate 7 10 Fieldbus PWA Simulate 7 10 Configure Simulation with the Model 375 Field Communicator 7 11 Support Resource Block Errors 7 13 Transducer Block 7 13 Transducer Block Parameters 7 13 Transducer Block Enumerations 7 17 Transducer Block Channel Assignments for Al Blocks 7 22 Transducer Block Channel Status 7 22 Transducer Block Simulate 7 23 Support Transducer Block Errors 7 23 Analog Input Al Function Block 7 23 cece has eek RAE 7 23 Simulation odes ea ced AE Pola oad ela 7 26 Filtering iuh Skt Seen tes Ao eh TITIUS rH 7 27 Signal Conversion 7 27 Block Errors mnt whe eee ea ee he 7 28 Modes u
9. ote se OE Pre Heater 9 20 Sensor Housing Type 7 19 Mapping of PWA 7 7 Sianal C 7 26 Material Safety Data Sheet A 24 Pre Heater Alignment 9 21 OI Product Matrix 1 14 Simulation 7 25 Menu Tree PWA Simulate 7 10 Single Link Fieldbus Network 7 5 Fieldbus 6 9 Solenoid Power Terminals 9 34 HART 6 5 SPA Configuration Menu B 6 TP 4 4 R s SPA Front Panel B 4 Reference Air Tube 9 11 SPA Interface Connections 2 N Remove Eductor 9 16 2 R 9 29 SPA Setup for Calibration B 3 Nernst Equation 1 3 E UMS SPA with HART Alarm B 1 Network Communication E Specifications 1 12 Fieldbus 74 DENNIS ess 929 Status Handling 7 20 Remove LOI Module and Board aseni rups aeu i 9 29 O Remove OCX 8800 with PRSA A 02 Cell and Heater Integral Electronics 9 2 cen CODO aoe Strut 9 26 9 28 Remove OCX with diis Sor dM MN Dd 1 3 O2 Cell and Heater Remote Electronics 9 5 zona S 15 Strut Assembly 9 11 9 18 10 9 Remove Remote Electronics 9 7 1 6 2 Cell Output Voltage 1 5 Remove Solenoid Valves 9 31 Ma ae aS naan ie 12 O2 Cell Replacement Kit
10. ACAUTION Highlights an operation or maintenance procedure practice condition statement etc If not strictly observed could result in damage to or destruction of equipment or loss of effectiveness NOTE Highlights an essential operating procedure condition or statement amp EMERSON http www raihome com OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 SYMBOLS ap EARTH GROUND TERMINAL PROTECTIVE CONDUCTOR TERMINAL AN RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK A WARNING REFER TO INSTRUCTION MANUAL NOTE TO USERS The number in the lower right corner of each illustration in this publication is a manual illustration number It is not a part number and is not related to the illustration in any technical manner NOTE Read this manual before working with the product For personal and system safety and for optimum product performance make sure you thoroughly understand the contents before installing using or maintaining this product Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Section 1 COMPONENT CHECKLIST ROSEMOUNT Analytical Description and Specifications Component Checklist page 1 1 System Overview page 1 3 Specifications 2 022 0 cee viza pra m mmn page 1 12 Product Matrix OCX 8800 page 1 14 A typical OCX 8800 Oxyg
11. Not used Signal eae ___ FOUNDATION O Signal AOUT1 Fieldbus AOUT1t 999900009999 roo oo III Signal Port 3 4 NPT Power Port EMI Filter pos 3 4 NPT ock G N Li G TOP VIEW 5 Customer G Ground Stud Wiring Tooth Ground Lockwasher Earth Ground Stud Typical for Electronics and Sensor Housing 37390013 2 10 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 z a Cn YEL T OI 2HTR CO O 2HTRO 1HTR O 2HTR SB ground BLU S 1HTR SB pom Heater Power S Connector J3 1 nana nana D Miet a a o Siesssssss S J JUJ 1 1 EEE ni IH SJSSSSS S 9999900202020 Y essesooooo000Q GS 1 RED i Nera Kaki I YEL 9 lt lt BRN a 1 COAT coss e Sensor P el COREF Cold Junct Cold
12. 38740086 Solution to Situation 1 Table 7 22 lists the appropriate configuration settings and Figure 7 9 illustrates the correct function block configuration Parameter Configured Values L_TYPE Indirect XD_SCALE 0 to 7 psi OUT_SCALE Oto 16 ft 7 31 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 October 2009 Figure 7 10 Function Block Diagram for a Pressure Analog Transmitter used in Level Measurement Measurement Em on Al OUT_D Function Block OUT BKCAL_IN BKCAL_OUT PID AO a Function Function Block OUT CAS IN Block 3 e CAS IN x e Situation 2 The transmitter in situation 41 is installed below the tank in a position where the liquid column in the impulse line when the tank is empty is equivalent to 2 0 psi Figure 7 11 Figure 7 11 Situation 2 Diagram 16 ft c Empty Tank 0 ft AREAS HERNE qoo 2 0 S UJ 44 the transmitter 5 Solution Table 7 23 lists the appropriate configuration settings Table 7 23 Analog Input Function Diagram for a Pressure Parameter Configured Values Transmitter used in Level L TYPE Indirect Measurement Situation 2 XD SCALE 2 to 9 psi OUT SCALE 0 to 16 ft 7 32 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Differential Pressure Transmitter to Measure Flow Situation The liguid flow in a line is to be measured using the differentia
13. 2 With two hands or strap wrench turn cover 3 counterclockwise to loosen Unthread and remove cover 3 Inspect cover gasket 4 for wear or damage Replace cover gasket if damaged Remove Flash PROM NCAUTION Electrostatic discharge ESD protection is required to avoid damage to the electronic circuits 1 Locate Flash PROM access port in electronics stack 5 Figure 9 24 2 Use suitable IC removal tool to remove Flash PROM 6 Remove LOI Module and Board 1 Remove three screws 7 Figure 9 24 2 Carefully lift LOI module 8 from LOI board 9 Note the location of LOI connector 10 3 Remove two screws 11 and lockwashers 12 Remove LOI board 9 9 29 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 Figure 9 24 Removal Installation of Electronics Housing Components 15 Screw Locking Clip Cover O ring Electronics Stack Flash PROM Screw LOI Module LOI Board LOI Connector Screw Lockwasher Screw Lockwasher Solenoid Valve 3 way Solenoid Valve OOBNOMNRUNA di a Bom E ck oo 37390037 Remove Electronics Stack 1 Unplug power cable signal cable and sol
14. K Recommended 5 24 Reference T Air In Eductor Air In CAL Gas In e a Dilution 4 Air In Dilution Air Flow Meter 0 1 scfh 5 Electronics 5 Housing dm o he 1 ke Va 5 lt 5 9 DE c Instrument Air Supply Pressure Regulator Filter i 35 psig General Purpose 2 Stage Regulators Replacement Parts 2 Pressure Gage 0 60 psig 275431 03 HI O 771B635H01 0 05 0 5 sefh 7718635H08 2 Combination Filter Reg 0 60 psig 1A99422H01 14 37390012 Reference Air Set and Solenoids Option without Zero Function When the reference air set and test gas solenoids are included with your OCX 8800 use the following procedure to install the pneumatic system components 1 Install the reference air set according to the instructions in Reference Air Set Option steps 1 through 3 2 Refer to Figure 2 10 Connect the O low gas source to the CAL GAS LO inlet fitting on the electronics housing Install a shutoff valve and pressure regulator with gage in the Os low supply line as shown 3 Connect the O high gas source to the CAL GAS HI O2 inlet fitting Install a shutoff valve and pressure regulator with gage in the Os high supply line 2 15 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 4 Connect the CO high gas to the CAL GAS HI COe inlet fitting Install a shutoff valve and pressure re
15. Schedule Features Notification Status Options Linearization Type Scaling Scaling Refer to Table 7 25 to troubleshoot any problems that you encounter Corrective Action 1 Set target mode to something other than OOS 2 BLOCK_ERR will show the configuration error bit set The following are parameters that must be set before the block is allowed out of OOS a CHANNEL must be set to a valid value and cannot be left at initial value of 0 b XD_SCALE UNITS_INDX must match the units in the transducer block channel value c L TYPE must be set to Direct Indirect or In direct Square Root and cannot be left at ini tial value of 0 3 The actual mode of the Resource block is OOS See Resource Block Diagnostics for cor rective action 4 Block is not scheduled and therefore cannot execute to go to Target Mode Schedule the block to execute 1 FEATURES_SEL does not have Alerts en abled Enable the Alerts bit 2 LIM NOTIFY is not high enough Set equal to MAX_NOTIFY 3 STATUS_OPTS has Propagate Fault Forward bit set This should be cleared to cause an alarm to occur 1 Does not make L_TYPE must be set to Direct Indirect or Indirect Square Root and cannot be left at initial value 0 2 Scaling parameters are set incorrectly a XD SCALE EUO and EU100 should match that of the transducer block channel value b OUT SCALE EUO and EU100 are not set properly 1 Limit values are outside the OUT
16. 6 Slide COe band heater 10 Figure 9 17 up onto sensor holder 11 Do not tighten the band heater at this time Heater must rotate freely around sensor holder 7 Check for proper height of COe heater thermocouple Figure 9 16 Thread bayonet connector up or down to adjust height 37390058 Band Heater Insulator Figure 9 20 COe Sensor Holder Alignment EIN a us htedge g V 37390035 9 24 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 8 Install and fasten thermocouple 8 Figure 9 17 9 Position band heater as shown in Figure 9 19 and Figure 9 20 and tighten band heater clamp screw The heater insulator 9 end joint must line up with the band gap of the COe band heater 10 10 Reconnect the COe sensor thermocouple and heater wires at the sensor housing terminal blocks Refer to Figure 9 21 11 Install and fasten the COe insulator 1 Figure 9 17 around COe sensor assembly 5 All wiring must remain outside of the insulator 12 If terminal block mounting 13 Figure 9 17 was moved reinstall with two base mounting screws Figure 9 21 COe Sensor Thermocouple and Heater Connections eoe 02 2 5 CJC Sensor NOTE All wires at these terminals are in the CJC current loop o T 5 COe Sensor o Assembly 2 ee 2 1 2 ORO o 2 OS H
17. A 30 APPENDIX B OVEIMGW A EIE iN das vo mS was B 1 SPA with HART Alarm Description ni a Moni mnie hase nd B 1 Installation 6 oae ee chee 2 Set p NE AE ase eet noes UR B 2 APPENDIX C Returning C 1 Return of Materials TOC 4 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Oxygen Combustibles Transmitter ESSENTIAL READ THIS PAGE BEFORE PROCEEDING INSTRUCTIONS ROSEMOUNT Analytical Emerson Process Management designs manufactures and tests its products to meet many national and international standards Because these instruments are sophisticated technical products you MUST properly install use and maintain them to ensure they continue to operate within their normal specifications The following instructions MUST be adhered to and integrated into your safety program when installing using and maintaining Emerson s Rosemount Analytical products Failure to follow the proper instructions may cause any one of the following situations to occur Loss of life personal injury property damage damage to this instrument and warranty invalidation Read all instructions prior to installing operating and servicing the product If you do not understand of the instructions contact your Emerson Process Management representative for clarification Follow all warnings
18. 7 17 Electronics Housing Calibration Solenoids 3 6 Disassembly 9 29 Calibration State Values 7 17 Electronics Housing Calibration Step Command 7 17 Terminal Blocks 9 3 9 8 L Calibration Tolerance Feature 3 11 Electrostatic Discharge 8 1 Link Active Scheduler LAS 7 5 Calibration Verify Feature 3 9 EMI Filter and Terminal Block 10 8 LK Notation 4 3 Calibration Verify Step Values 7 19 Essential Instructions i LOI Assembly 4 2 Cell Output 8 7 LOlboard 4 1 5 ROSEMOUNT amp Analytical http www raihome com EMERSON Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 L P Selected Distributed LOI Components 4 1 Personal Computer PC 1 5 Control Systems 1 5 LOI Keypad 4 2 PID Function Block Sensor Housing LOI Status Codes 4 3 Alarm Detection 7 43 Components 10 2 Application Information 7 44 Sensor Housing M Modes 7 42 Disassembly 9 10 Sensor Housing Manual Calibration Parameters pet 7 36 Troubleshooting 7 50 Enumerations 7 19 Fieldbus 5 8 5 10 S Test 9 28 Manual Calibration HART 5 5 PlantWeb Alerts 7 6 Enid d e s iom n k Manual Calibration LOI 5 4 OME UD Sut ape
19. 9 18 Remove Tube Fittings 9 35 duro HAE i O2 Cell Heater and Repair Sensor Housing 9 10 Thermocouple 9 18 Replace Tube Fittings 9 35 T O2 Cell Thermocouple Reset Procedure 3 14 Terminals Insulator 9 28 amp Heater Connections 9 12 9 27 Resistance Devices RTD 1 4 Test Gas Values 3 5 OCX Implemented Function Resource Block 7 6 Total PowerLoss 8 2 Blocks 7 6 Resource Blocks 7 4 Transducer Block OCX Removal and Installation 9 1 Returning Material C 1 Channel Status 7 22 OCX Specifications 1 12 RID hatte bruce eis 14 Transducer Block OCX with Integral Electronics 9 2 Enumerations 7 17 Off Line and On Line S Transducer Block Errors 7 22 Operations 6 4 S le Tube S 1 10 Transducer Block Operating Mode je TE Parameters 7 13 Enumerations 7 18 eee 9 17 9 21 Transducer Block Simulate 7 22 Operation Diagram 1 6 ad undo PALA Transducer Blocks 7 4 E Sample Block Heater Oxygen Cell Output 8 7 Rod 9 42 927 Typical System Installation 1 9 CRUS Typical System Package 1 2 Warranty Service C 1 Index 2 WARRANTY Rosemount Analytical warrants that the equipment manufactured and sold by it will upon shipment be free of
20. Action Description Line Input Out of Range Inter Board Communication Failure Simulate Active Transducer Block 1 Line Freguency Error 2 Line Voltage Low 3 Line Voltage High Transducer Block Inter Board Communication Failure PWA Simulate Fieldbus PWA Simulate 7 10 Device Alerts FF Device Alerts FF Device Alerts This alert indicates that the line input power to the device is outside the proper operating limits This alert indicates a communication failure between Check line input power for proper voltage and frequency Verify device is powered Check the installation of the Fieldbus Output The device power supply continuously monitors the line input Measured variations in the line input power are used to compensate the sensor heater control and check for faulty line conditions Refer to Section 8 Troubleshooting for details There is no communication possible between the Fieldbus Output Board and the device s computer board the FF board and the device Board on its carrier board If the above are OK replace the carrier board and or Fieldbus Output Board This alert occurs when the PWA simulate mode is The PWA active parameters can now be written The resource block detailed status parameters and the internal alerts in the Transducer Block active where the PWA active alarms originate can also be written Setting PWA_SIMULATE
21. Indirect Indirect signal conversion converts the signal linearly to the accessed channel input value or the simulated value when simulation is enabled from its specified range XD SCALE to the range and units of the PV and OUT parameters OUT SCALE PV EU 100 EU 0 EU 0 FIELD V 100 38740083 OUT SCALE values Indirect Sguare Root Indirect Sguare Root signal conversion takes the sguare root of the value computed with the indirect signal conversion and scales it to the range and units of the PV and OUT parameters pv f EU 100 EU 0 EU 0 J OUT_SCALE values 38740084 When the converted input value is below the limit specified by the LOW_CUT parameter and the Low Cutoff I O option IO_OPTS is enabled True a value of zero is used for the converted value PV This option is useful to eliminate false readings when the differential pressure measurement is close to zero and it may also be useful with zero based measurement devices such as flowmeters NOTE Low Cutoff is the only I O option supported by the Al block You can set the I O option in Manual or Out of Service mode only Table 7 20 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK ERR parameter Conditions in italics are inactive for the Al block and are given here only for your reference 7 27 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 October 2009 Table 7 20 BLOC
22. Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 REPAIR SENSOR HOUSING Sensor Housing Disassembly 9 10 Install Remote Electronics Housing 1 Mount remote electronics housing on wall or pipe within distance of signal and heater cables in use 2 Remove the electronics housing cover 11 12 13 If removed install the power and signal cables and the customer power and signal conduits and wiring at the electronics housing Connect the signal cable leads to the O cell and thermocouple connector J4 and to the COe and CJC connector J5 Figure 9 6 Connect the heater cable leads to the heater power connector J3 Connect the line L1 wire to the L1 terminal and the neutral N wire to the N terminal on the AC power input terminal block Figure 9 6 Connect the ground lead to the ground stud Secure the connection with two nuts Attach a separate ground lead G wire from the ground stud to the G terminal on the power input terminal block If used connect external relay leads to the alarm output relay terminal Connect the test gas and instrument air lines to the remote electronics housing Connect the calibration gas line and instrument air line to the remote electronics housing Refer to Figure 9 3 and Figure 9 6 Make sure all test gas lines and electrical connections are complete Install the cover on the electronics housing Turn on the test gasses at the cylinders and open the instrume
23. None Percent None None None EU of PV SCALE None EU of PV SCALE None None None None EU of PV SCALE None EU of PV SCALE None None Description Used to set auto acknowledgment of alarms The amount the alarm value must return within the alarm limit before the as sociated active alarm condition clears Used to select the process alarm conditions that will cause the OUT D parameter to be set The summary alarm is used for all process alarms in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the Status parameter As soon as the Unreported sta tus is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed The identification number of the plant unit This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the sub code field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the Sta tus parameter As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed This parameter reflects the error status associated with the hardware or soft ware components associated with a bloc
24. a The symptoms from which it was determined that the equipment is faulty b The environment in which the equipment has been operating housing weather vibration dust etc Site from which equipment was removed Whether warranty or nonwarranty service is requested Complete shipping instructions for return of equipment Reference the return authorization number mu O O O 4 Enclose a cover letter and purchase order and ship the defective equipment according to instructions provided in Emerson Process Management Return Authorization prepaid to Emerson Process Management RMR Department Daniel Headquarters 11100 Britmore Park Drive Houston TX 77041 If warranty service is requested the defective unit will be carefully inspected and tested at the factory If failure was due to conditions listed in the standard Rosemount Analytical warranty the defective unit will be repaired or replaced at Emerson Process Management s option and an operating unit will be returned to the customer in accordance with shipping instructions furnished in the cover letter For equipment no longer under warranty the equipment will be repaired at the factory and returned as directed by the purchase order and shipping instructions ROSEMOUNT Analytical EMERSON http www raihome com OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 C 2 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX
25. inlet port must be at least 51 psig to fully actuate the valve 1 6 a Pressure a NOTE If instrument is to be used as the high Regulator Filter 3 O2 calibration gas the low O2 and 55 psig Ka calibration gases must also be set the same pressure i e 55 psig Reference Air Set Solenoids and Blowback Option with COe Zero Function Figure 2 13 shows the piping arrangement for the OCX 8800 with the blowback and autocalibration options when COe Zero Function is used The arrangement is similar to Figure 2 12 except instrument air is used as the Hi O test gas Refer to Section for details of this function 2 19 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 Figure 2 14 Pneumatic Installation OCX with Reference Air Set and Blowback without Autocalibration 7 CAUTION d Pressure regulator with 1 8 inlet port is factory Check Valve set for 35 psig Regulator with 1 4 inlet port is factory set for 55 psig If regulators are not installed in correct locations the OCX 8800 will Sensor not work Housing CAL Gas Flow Meter 7 scfh 20 30 psig Recommended Eductor Air In O CAL Gas In Reference Air In 3 2 Stage V Z x Regulators Z Z x Dilution Air In 4 Instrument Air Z Dilution S 5 Air Flow Meter O 0 1 scfh 9 io Elec
26. APPROVED 4 20 mAdc 950 ohm maximum with HART or FOUNDATION fieldbus capability only 4 20 mAdc 950 ohm maximum Not present with FOUNDATION fieldbus Alarm output relay dry contact form C 30mA 30VDC capacity 750 W maximum All static performance characteristics are with operating variables constant Specifications subject to change without notice OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 Table 1 1 Product Matrix OCX 8800 OCX88A O Combustibles Transmitter Code Probe Length and Material 00 No Probe or Exhaust Tube 11 18 in 457 mm 316 SST up to 1300 F 704 C 12 3 ft 0 91 m 316 SST up to 1300 F 704 C 13 6 ft 1 83 m 316 SST up to 1300 F 704 C 14 9 ft 2 7 m 316 SST up to 1300 F 704 C 21 18 in 457 mm Inconel 600 up to 1832 F 1000 C 22 3 ft 0 91 m Inconel 600 up to 1832 F 1000 C 23 6 ft 1 83 m Inconel 600 up to 1832 F 1000 C 24 9 ft 2 7 m Inconel 600 up to 1832 F 1000 C 31 18 in 457 mm Ceramic up to 2600 F 1427 C 32 3 ft 0 91 m Ceramic up to 2600 F 1427 C Code Probe Mounting Assembly 10 ANSI 2 in 150 Ib 6 dia flange 4 75 BC with 4 x 0 75 dia holes Standard O2 Cell 11 ANSI 2 in 150 Ib 6 dia flange 4 75 BC with 4 x 0 75 dia holes High S
27. IN_ k When IN_ k is not usable then t k gets the value of the last t k computed with a usable input IN_x Use Bad IN_x Use Uncertain IN_LO Use Uncertain IN Use Uncertain For complete descriptions of supported input options refer to the Option Bitistring Parameter The Arithmetic function block can be used to calculate tank level changes based on greatly changing temperature conditions in devices that depend on the physical properties of the fluid For example a differential pressure cell s analog input can be scaled initially to provide a 4 20 mA signal for 0 100 of level indication As the temperature of the system rises the density of the fluid decreases For a system that requires accurate level indication at widely ranging temperature changing density proves inconvenient The Arithmetic function block allows for the automatic compensation of this change by incorporating gain and bias adjustments to the temperature signal It then applies both the compensated temperature signal and the level signal to a characteristic system equation The result is a level that is a true indication of fluid in the vessel Different fluids over the same temperature range have different effects on level due to their thermal expansion coefficients Vessel geometry also plays a major role As the height of the vessel increases the effect of thermal expansion becomes more apparent The following figure shows the relative temperature ef
28. Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 A 6 BELANGRIJK Veiligheidsinstructies voor de bedrading en installatie van dit apparaat Voor alle EU lidstaten zijn de volgende veiligheidsinstructies van toepassing Om aan de geldende richtlijnen voor laagspanning te voldoen dient men zich hieraan strikt te houden Ook niet EU lidstaten dienen zich aan het volgende te houden tenzij de lokale wetgeving anders voorschrijft 1 2 10 11 Alle voorziene interne en externe aardaansluitingen dienen op adeguate wijze aangesloten te worden Na installatie onderhouds of reparatie werkzaamheden dienen alle beschermdeksels kappen en aardingen om reden van veiligheid weer aangebracht te worden Voedingskabels dienen te voldoen aan de vereisten van de normen IEC 227 of IEC 245 Alle bedrading dient geschikt te zijn voor gebruik bij een omgevings temperatuur boven 75 C Alle gebruikte kabelwartels dienen dusdanige inwendige afmetingen te hebben dat een adeguate verankering van de kabel wordt verkregen Om veilige werking van de apparatuur te waarborgen dient de voeding uitsluitend plaats te vinden via een meerpolige automatische zekering min 10A die alle spanningvoerende geleiders verbreekt indien een foutconditie optreedt Deze automatische zekering mag ook voorzien zijn van een mechanisch bediende schakelaar Bij het ontbreken van deze voorziening dient een andere als zodanig duidelijk aangegeven mogel
29. OCX 8800 Zero Flow Length of time COe zero gas flows Range is 120 to 600 seconds Default is 120 seconds Zero Purge Length of time after COe zero is complete before oxygen combustibles readings are considered valid Range is 60 to 180 seconds Default is 60 seconds Total duration of this function is flow time plus purge time Zero Tracks Determines if the analog output signals track or hold during the function Valid choices are None Both COe and O2 Zero Update Determines if the COe calibration constant is updated at the end of the function Valid choices are Yes and No A Yes choice will cause the COe calibration constant to update Configuring the Calibration Tolerance Feature with the Field Communicator Fieldbus 1 2 3 Use the 375 Field Communicator or AMS software to access the Fieldbus menu From the TRANSDUCER block menu select COe ZERO From the COe ZERO menu select the functions as follows COe Zero Enable Select Yes or No to enable or disable this feature COe Zero Interval Length of time between COe zero events Range is 60 to 480 minutes Default is 60 minutes COe Zero Duration Length of time COe zero gas flows Range is 120 to 600 seconds Default is 120 seconds COe Zero Purge Time Length of time after COe zero is complete before oxygen combustibles readings are considered valid Range is 60 to 180 seconds Default is 60 seconds Total duration of this function is flow
30. SPA jumper and switch settings are shown in Figure B 3 If the SPA with HART was factory configured by Emerson Process Management for operation with your OCX 8800 jumper and switch setting adjustments are not required However you may use the following procedure to verify that the jumper and switch settings are correct Adjust or verify jumper and switch settings as follows ACAUTION Electrostatic discharge ESD protection is required to avoid damage to the SPA electronic circuits 1 Refer to Figure B 3 Turn the SPA over and slide the access cover out Before changing any jumper or switch position take adequate precautions to avoid an electrostatic discharge B 2 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Figure B 3 SPA Jumper and Dip Switch Settings Figure B 4 SPA Setup for Calibration Fluke Model 87 Multimeter or eguivalent AC or DC Power Input 37390024 NOTICE REMOVE THIS PANEL FOR SERVICE ACCESS STATIC SENSITIVE Access Cover USE CAUTION WHEN CHANGING JUMPERS SPA Bottom View lt Password lt Password Password Source Current Dip Switches Failsafe Dip Switches ON OFF shown in correct position shown in correct position 37020022 2 Verify that the Password Jumper is set to the OFF position If the jumper is in the ON position reposition the jumper 3 Check the position of the Failsafe Dip Switches
31. Value Subcode Time Start Alarm State Unacknowledge Status Master Reset Self Test DD Version Info Methods Transmitter Options 39930009 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 Figure 6 8 Fieldbus Menu Tree Sheet 2 of 3 See Sheet 1 RESOURCE TRANSDUCER Al 1 Al 2 Al3 Al 4 PID ISEL ARTHM ADVANCED 6 10 Process Temperatures Raw Inputs Continued with O2 Cal Sheet 3 Block Mode Actual Block Mode Target Block Mode Permitted Strategy Alert Key Characteristics Tag Description O2 Primary Value O2 Secondary Value O2 Sensor Imp O2 Primary Value Range EU at 100 O2 Primary Value Range EU at 0 O2 Secondary Value Range EU at 100 O2 Secondary Value Range EU at 0 O2 Sensor Type O2 T90 O2 Cal Const COe Primary Value COe Secondary Value COe Primary Value Range EU at 100 COe Primary Value Range EU at 0 COe Secondary Value Range EU at 100 COe Secondary Value Range EU at 0 COe Sensor Type COe T90 COe Cal Cons O2 Secondary Value COe Secondary Value SB Temp Board Temp CJC Temp O2 Temp Max COe Max SB Temp Max Board Temp Max CJC Temp Max Heater Control O2 Sensor O2 Sensor Imp COe Delta Resistance COe Reference Ohms COe RTD Current O2 T C COe T c SB Board Temp IC CJC Temp Signal O2 Slope O2 Constant O2 Impedance Cal Prev O2 Slope Prev O2 Constant Pr
32. When the COe zero feature is used special pneumatic connections are required See Section 2 Pneumatic Installation for details The COe zero feature is only valid if the OCX 8800 is supplied with calibration solenoids and the solenoids have been activated An OCX 8800 shipped from the factory must be configured before the COe zero feature can be implemented This same process must be performed any time a replacement card stack is installed NWARNING During the COe Zero Function the analog output signals may track the oxygen and combustibles readings if configured to do so To avoid a potentially dangerous operating condition the OCX 8800 must be removed from the automatic combustion control loop before performing the COe Zero Function procedure NWARNING At the completion of the COe Zero Function the COe analog output signal will change if the Zero Update parameter is set to Yes Configuring the COe Zero Feature with the Field Communicator HART 1 Use the 375 Field Communicator or AMS software to access the HART menu 2 From the DETAILED SETUP menu select INPUT OUTPUT 3 From the INPUT OUTPUT menu select COE ZERO 4 From the COE ZERO menu select the functions as follows Zero Enabled Select Yes or No to enable or disable this feature Zero Intrvl Length of time between COe zero events Range is 60 to 480 minutes Default is 60 minutes Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009
33. a The link is not configured the status would show Not Connected Configure the CAS IN link to the block b The upstream block is sending back a Qual ity of Bad or a Status of Not Invited See the appropriate up stream block diagnostics for corrective action Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Symptom Mode sheds from RCAS to AUTO Mode sheds from ROUT to MAN Process and or block alarms will not work ARITHMETIC ARTHM FUNCTION BLOCK Figure 7 22 Arithmetic ARTHM Function Block Possible Causes Corrective Action 1 Remote Cascade Value 1 Host system is not writing RCAS_IN with a 1 Shed Timer Remote output value Shed timer Features Notification Status Options quality and status of good cascade within shed time see 2 below 2 The mode shed timer SHED_RCAS in the re source block is set too low Increase the value 1 Host system is not writing ROUT_IN with a quality and status of good cascade within shed time see 2 below 2 The mode shed timer SHED_RCAS in the re source block is set too low Increase the value 1 FEATURES_SEL does not have Alerts en abled Enable the Alerts bit 2 LIM_NOTIFY is not high enough Set equal to MAX_NOTIFY 3 STATUS_OPTS has Propagate Fault Forward bit set This should be cleared to cause an alarm to occur 39930018 The Arithmetic function block provides the
34. 3 From the Calib Setup menu select the following O2 Tol Check Select Yes to enable the calibration tolerance feature for the oxygen calibration Comb Tol Check Select Yes to enable the calibration tolerance feature for the combustibles calibration 3 9 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 COe PURGE ZERO FEATURE 3 10 This feature provides a way to periodically flood the COe sensor with air to perform two functions a provide additional oxygen to help burn off any combustible residue from the COe sensor and b allow for optional adjustment of the COe calibration constant If the OCX8800 is configured to update the COe calibration constant only the constant is updated The COe calibration slope is not affected To update both the constant and slope a full calibration must take place The feature uses the calibration solenoid that is also used for high O2 test gas and COe zero gas For the feature to work properly instrument air is used as the high O2 test gas This also requires the high O2 test gas value to be set at 20 95 As an option a two way valve may be installed to switch the high O2 test gas between the normal calibration gas and instrument air This allows the OCX 8800 to use a specified calibration gas for calibration then instrument air for the COe zero feature Switching between the two gases must be manually coordinated between scheduled calibrations and COe zero events
35. 32 EEPROM Corrupt Data Integrity Error 33 High Electronics Temperature Electronics Failure 34 ADC Timeout Error Electronics Failure 35 ADC Reference Error Electronics Failure 36 Heater Relay Failed Electronics Failure 37 Line Freguency Error Electronics Failure 38 Line Voltage Low Electronics Failure 39 Line Voltage High Electronics Failure 40 Inter board Communication Failure Electronics Failure Reserved for FB Transducer Block The following table lists the OCX transducer block I O channels for the Al Channel Assignments block for Al Blocks Table 7 16 I O Channel Assignments Transducer Block Channel Value Process Variable XD SCALE UNITS 1 O2 Concentration 2 Combustibles Concentration PPM 3 O2 Cell Temperature C 4 Combustibles Cell Temperature The following table lists the recommended Settings for the OCX transducer block I O channels for the Al Blocks Table 7 17 Recommended Settings for the I O Channel Assignments for the Al Blocks Transducer Block I O Channel Value LTYPE XD_SCALE 0 XD Scale 100 Units OUT_SCALE0 OUT SCALE 100 Units 1 Direct 0 100 0 100 2 Direct 0 1000 0 1000 3 Direct 0 1000 C 0 1000 C 4 Direct 0 1000 C 0 1000 C 7 21 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 Transducer Block Channel Status Table 7 18 I O Channel Status Channel 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 Transducer Block Simulate Support
36. 400 C COe Htr Rmp Rate Combustibles sensor heater over maximum temperature ramp rate Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action Incorrect COe heater wiring Check COe heater wiring per Figure 8 3 and Figure 9 9 Check the wiring at the heater and inside the electronics housing Correct wiring fault Perform Reset procedure in Section 3 Configuration and Startup to continue operation Incorrect COe thermocouple wiring Check COe thermocouple wiring per Figure 8 3 and Figure 9 9 Check the wiring at the thermocouple and inside the electronics housing Correct wiring fault Perform Reset procedure in Section 3 Configuration and Startup to continue operation Electronics package failure Replace electronics package SB Temp Very Hi Sample block heater over maximum temperature gt 260 C SB Htr Rmp Rate Sample block heater over maximum temperature ramp rate Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action Incorrect sample block heater wiring Check sample block heater wiring per Figure 8 3 and Figure 9 8 Check the wiring at the heater and inside the electronics housing Correct wiring fault Perform Reset procedure in Section 3 Configuration and Startup to continue operation Incorrect sample block thermocouple wiring Check sample block thermocouple wiring per Figure 8 3 and Figure 9 8 Check the wiring at the thermocouple and inside the electronics housing Correct wiring fault Perform Reset procedure in Section 3 Configuration
37. 5 2 If damaged use the following procedure to remove thermocouple adaptor 6 from sensor holder 4 a Use a propane torch to heat the thermocouple adaptor to 450 F 232 C minimum b While heating use a flat head screwdriver to apply removal torque Apply torque until the pipe thread sealant softens Remove and discard the thermocouple adaptor c Use MEK or methylene chloride solvent to clean thread sealant residue from the internal pipe threads in the sensor holder Refer to applicable MSDS sheet for solvent handling precautions Figure 9 15 COe Sensor Exploded View I SU Th 5 SS gt Screw Lockwasher COe Sensor Sensor Holder Gasket Thermocouple Adapter Pre Heater Plug Stainless Steel Balls 37390030 9 19 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 ZNCAUTION Always remove the stainless steel balls approximately 200 from sensor holder before removing or installing pre heater Turning pre heater in the sensor holder with the stainless steel balls in place will cause permanent damage to the pre heater 3 If pre heater 7 is to be removed clamp flats of sensor holder 4 in vise jaws with plug 8 pointing up Remove plug Unclamp sensor holder and pour stainless steel balls 9 into a container NOTE Pre heater should only be removed when pre heater or sensor holder is damaged If r
38. O i i A 2 pi O peo i bo O O z JO O i SS g x i imi iiZ x Eo Dd i q Hi A I A i d C i 2 S gt pio Zlojaja Z 18 Ee 1H O oro i OO mm d Q i i OOCOOGO0 u dS 5 0 i wig O O i C c E cc c c s i E 2 Pani O Oj 5xa i i o 1e Ti SooSo llle 2 i O Ol i i toe pra 12 a i M Q gs I L i i o 12 J z i i E j 8 3 ta toa zi i E o i 25 712 115 i O 2 2 Na 118 OOVO6GOO oo Og O i 29 OO i i SS 2 FEFE OO 582 09 D L i ZE 1 i Dd O O i i o 0100090000000 sse i i aly nes s 2 Obmg E 295 ij a SES zo Nem 18 i 2 Jamod L 180616 T Hast ade ao phy eh fh SR A Pee en Da a se o A Jo P hays et ah Sp Peces dp DON Gg sen sa Se ae I E JE ah cheb Un a eg a ck ELE tc LEA Re Pad Qu RE LA QR LE TUN DR DET MUS BRE RS US AER o o NU co Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 ALARM RELAY EVENTS Table 8 2 Alarm Relay Event Groups The OCX 8800 contains an alarm relay that can be configured to activate on one of twelve different groups of events These event groups and the conditions that trigger them are listed in Table 8 2 Alarm Relay Event Groups Alarm Relay Event Alarms Conditi
39. Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 OCX with Remote Electronics Figure 9 3 OCX with Remote Electronics Remove Sensor Housing 1 Turn off power to the system 2 Shut off the test gasses at the cylinders and close the instrument air valve 3 Disconnect the calibration gas reference air eductor air and dilution air lines from the sensor housing Figure 9 3 Sensor ousin A e i TROP Power Cable 65 Signal Cable e gt Signal 25 Outputs lt AC Power O A Input Instrument Air Reference Gas Electronics Housin G5 ii 9 SR High O Test Gas Low O Test Gas CO Test Gas 37390044 9 5 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 Figure 9 4 Sensor Housing Terminals 9 6 Heater Power Cable Signal Cable NOTE Wire colors shown are for cables supplied by Emerson Process Management Remove the cover from the sensor housing to expose the sensor housing terminal blocks Figure 9 4 Disconnect the signal cable from the O and T C terminal blocks and from the CO and CJC terminal blocks Disconnect the heater power cable from the HTR terminal blocks If moving the sensor housing to another work site disconnect and remove the power and signal cables from the sensor housing Remove insulation to access the mounting bolts Unbolt the sensor housing from the stack and take it to a clean work area Allow the sensor housing to co
40. anas visi dro ibas parsegi un dro ibas zem juma savienojumi ir japievieno atpakal Visiem zem juma savienojumiem vienmer jabut iezem tiem Elektropadeves vadiem jaatbilst IEC227 vai IEC245 prasibam Visai elektroinstalacijai jab t piem rotai lieto anai apkarteja temperat ra kas parsniedz 75 C Visu izmantoto kabe u blivju iek jiem izm riem j b t t diem lai atbilsto i nostiprin tu kabeli Lai nodro in tu s iek rtas dro u darb bu savienojums ar elektropadeves t klu j izveido izmantojot sl dzi kas k mes gad jum atvienos visas des kur s ir vad t ji Sl dz var b t iestr d ts ar meh nisks p rtrauc jsl dzis Ja t da nav tad ir j uzst da cita veida ier ce iek rtas atvieno anai no str vas padeves un t atbilsto i un skaidri j mar Sl d iem j atbilst k dam visp ratz tam standartam piem ram IEC947 Visai elektroinstal cijai j atbilst viet jiem standartiem Viet s kur iek rta vai t s p rsegi ir mark ti ar labaj pus nor d to simbolu visticam k zem tiem ir b stams spriegums os p rsegus dr kst no emt tikai tad ja iek rta ir atvienota no str vas padeves un os darbus dr kst veikt tikai atbilsto i apm c ti remontdarbu darbinieki Viet s kur iek rta vai t s p rsegi ir mar ti ar labaj pus nor d to simbolu apdraud jumu izraisa zem tiem eso s karst s virsmas os p rsegus dr kst no emt tikai atbilsto i apm c ti
41. cautions and instructions marked on and supplied with the product Inform and educate your personnel in the proper installation operation and maintenance of the product Install your equipment as specified in the Installation Instructions of the appropriate Instruction Manual and per applicable local and national codes Connect all products to the proper electrical and pressure sources Toensure proper performance use qualified personnel to install operate update program and maintain the product When replacement parts are required ensure that qualified people use replacement parts specified by Emerson Process Management Unauthorized parts and procedures can affect the product s performance place the safe operation of your process at risk and VOID YOUR WARRANTY Look alike substitutions may result in fire electrical hazards or improper operation Ensure that all equipment doors are closed and protective covers are in place except when maintenance is being performed by qualified persons to prevent electrical shock and personal injury The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice ZNCAUTION If a Model 375 Field Communicator is used with this unit the software within the Model 375 may require modification If a software modification is required please contact your local Emerson Process Management Service Group or National Response Center at 1 800 654 7768 amp
42. dll files sym ffo fhx and reg file The files probably will be on a floppy disk or a CD ROM that accompanies your device On CD ROMs delivered together with Emerson Process Management analyzers the files are located in the directory Fieldbus Dependent on the existent system use the files of the appropriate subdirectory After answering yes to the first prompt DeltaV will start the installation Figure 7 31 shows the Exploring DeltaV screen for reference Figure 7 31 DeltaV Explorer 5 Exploring Delta File Edit View Object Applications Tools Help S A X E O Matic International Fisher R osemount S ystems Inc Fisher Contrals FunctionBlockT emplates Be Micro Motion Inc Composite Templates mej ModuleT emplates Rosemount Analytical Inc Ei Fiusernuuni Ine 5 SMAR Lonigurabon z3 Unknown Manufacturer lt gt Recipes FI Setup 5 Yokogawa Electric 5 Control Strategies gE Unassigned 1 0 References 9 9 Equipment f AHEA PA Physical Network B8 Decommissioned Controllers B AJ Control Network hf CTLR O01B7C B Assigned Modules EU 1 0 5 2 8 nas Sy POT O P02 Decommissioned Fieldbus Devic 1 52414910 For Help press Fl User ADMINISTRATOR 7 63 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 7 64 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OC
43. echny bezpe nostn kryty a uzemn n V dy mus b t zaji t na integrita v ech zemnic ch svorek Si ove kabely by m ly odpov dat po adavk m normy IEC227 nebo IEC245 V echna zapojen by m la byt vhodna pro pou it p i vn j ch teplot ch nad 75 V echna pou it kabelov hrdla by m la mit takov vnit n rozm ry aby zajistila odpov daj c zakotven kabelu Spr vnou innost za zen zajist te vytvo te li p ipojen k nap jec mu zdroji pouze p es jisti kter v p pad poruchy odpoj v echny obvody s konduktory Jisti m e tak obsahovat mechanick odpojova Pokud ho neobsahuje mus b t zaji t n a jasn ozna en jin zp sob odpojen za zen od zdroje Jisti e nebo p ep na e mus odpov dat uzn van m norm m nap IEC947 V echna zapojen mus odpov dat m stn m norm m Je li za zen nebo kryt ozna en symbolem na prav stran pravd podobn se uvnit nach z nebezpe n nap t Tyto kryty by m ly b t sejmuty pouze po odpojen za zen od zdroje a to pouze kvalifikovan m zam stnancem Je li za zen nebo kryt ozna en symbolem na prav stran povrch za zen m e b t velmi hork Tyto kryty by m ly b t sejmuty pouze kvalifikovan m zam stnancem po odpojen za zen od zdroje N kter povrchy mohou b t st le hork Je li za zen nebo kryt ozna en symbolem na prav stran p e t te si
44. install cover gasket 4 Screw cover 3 onto sensor housing 8 Tighten cover firmly 4 Align locking clip 2 with gap between cover ribs 5 Loosen screw 1 and slide locking clip 2 fully into gap between cover ribs Retighten screw 1 Sensor Housing Leak Test 1 Install 1 4 NPT cap on dilution air inlet fitting Install a 1 4 NPT cap on sample tube 2 Figure 9 13 or plug 1 4 NPT sample inlet port Capped or plugged ports must be air tight 2 If not in place install exhaust tube 3 Figure 9 13 in exhaust port according to the instructions provided 3 Connect a calibrated manometer to the CAL GAS inlet port 4 Connect and apply clean instrument air at 35 psig 241 kPa gage to the instrument air inlet fitting 5 Observe the manometer reading The reading should be from 10 to 13 inches Water Column Locate and correct leaks if the reading is less than 10 inches WC 9 28 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 REPAIR ELECTRONICS HOUSING Electronics Housing Disassembly Use the following procedures to remove damaged components from the OCX 8800 electronics housing and to install new replacement parts Disassemble the unit only as needed to replace damaged components Use the assembly procedures that apply to install replacement parts and reassemble the unit Remove Cover 1 See Figure 9 24 Loosen screw 1 and slide locking clip 2 away from cover 3 Retighten screw 1
45. revision value will be incremented each time a static parameter value in the block is changed Defines PID equation structure to apply controller action The user description of the intended application of the block Discrete input that initiates external tracking The high and low scale values engineering units code and number of digits to the right of the decimal point associated with the external tracking value TRK_VAL The value after scaling from TRK_SCALE to OUT_SCALE applied to OUT in LO mode Used to set disturbance rejection vs tracking response action for a 2 0 de gree of freedom PID Used to set disturbance rejection vs tracking response action for a 2 0 de gree of freedom PID This alert is generated by any changes to the static data Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 7 13 PID Function Block Schematic Feedforward FF_VAL E Calculation BKCAL IN Lr TRK IN D BKCAL OUT RCAS OUT ROUT OUT RCAS IN ROUT IN Setpoint o Limiting and Filtering OUT CASLIN Limiting Bu Operator Setpoint SP HI LIM SP LO LIM DAT OUT HI LIM E GUT LO LM SP FTIME OUT SCALE Operator Scaling Output IN and Filtering HI HI LIM HI LIM DV HI LIM PV SCALE DV LO LIM PV FTIME LO LIM LO LO LIM TRK SCALE OUT SCALE 38740092 Setpoint Selection and The setpoint of the PID block is determined by the mode You can configure Limiting the SP HI LIM and SP LO
46. special caution should be taken to avoid unnecessary cutting and tearing of the material to minimize generation of airborne dust It is recommended that full body clothing be worn to reduce the potential for skin irritation Washable or disposable clothing may be used Do not take unwashed work clothing home Work clothes should be washed separately from other clothing Rinse washing machine thoroughly after use If clothing is to be laundered by someone else inform launderer of proper procedure Work clothes and street clothes should be kept separate to prevent contamination Product which has been in service at elevated temperatures greater than 1800 F 982 C may undergo partial conversion to cristobalite a form of crystalline silica This reaction occurs at the furnace lining hot face As a consequence this material becomes more friable special caution must be taken to minimize generation of air borne dust The amount of cristobalite present will depend on the temperature and length in service IARC has recently reviewed the animal human and other relevant experimental data on silica in order to critically evaluate and classify the cancer causing potential Based on its review IARC classified crystalline silica as a group 2A carcinogen probable human carcinogen The OSHA permissible exposure limit PEL for cristobalite is 0 05 mg m3 respirable dust The ACGIH threshold limit value TLV for cristobalite is 0 05 mg m3 respira
47. 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 OPERATOR INITIATED AUTOCALIBRATION Autocalibration Setup using the Field Communicator Fieldbus NOTE Automatic calibration is only available on units equipped with calibration solenoids Use the following procedure to specify a time interval in hours at which the OCX 8800 will automatically calibrate 1 From the Transducer screen select O2 Cal or COe Cal 2 From the O2 Cal or COe Cal screen select O2 Cal Setup or COe Setup 3 lfthe unit is eguipped with calibration solenoids and timed automatic calibration are desired select Solenoids then select Yes Select No to disable the calibration solenoids 4 Select O2 Cal Interval and or COe Cal Interval and enter the desired time in hours between automatic calibrations To disable automatic calibration for O2 and COe enter 0 for both Cal Interval parameters 5 If desired the O2 Next Cal and CO2 Next Cal next calibration time parameters can be changed to synchronize a calibration at a specific day or time An operator can initiate an automatic calibration at any time provided that the unit is eguipped with calibration solenoids Autocalibration using the optional To initiate a calibration using the LOI perform the following steps on the LOI menu tree Refer to Section 4 Using the LOI for the LOI menu tree 1 From the CALIBRATION menu use the right pointing arrow to select the Cal Control menu 2 Select Start Cal
48. 0 91 m Ceramic 5R10183H04 Tube Sample 6 ft 1 83 m 316 Stainless steel 5R10183H08 Tube Sample 6 ft 1 83 m Inconel 600 5R10183H05 Tube Sample 9 ft 2 7 m 316 Stainless steel 5R10183H09 Tube Sample 9 ft 2 7 m Inconel 600 6 5R10183H01 Tube Exhaust 7 5R10185H07 COe Extractive Tube 8 5R10185H08 Dilution Air Tube 9 5R10185H03 Eductor Drive Air Tube 10 5R10185H04 Reference Air Tube 11 6A00146G01 Heater Cable Assembly Remote Electronics 20 ft 6 m 6A00146G02 Heater Cable Assembly Remote Electronics 40 ft 12 m 6A00146G03 Heater Cable Assembly Remote Electronics 60 ft 18 m 6A00146G04 Heater Cable Assembly Remote Electronics 80 ft 24 m 6A00146G05 Heater Cable Assembly Remote Electronics 100 ft 30 m 6A00146G06 Heater Cable Assembly Remote Electronics 150 ft 45 m 11 6A00147G01 Signal Cable Assembly Remote Electronics 20 ft 6 m 6A00147G02 Signal Cable Assembly Remote Electronics 40 ft 12 m 6A00147G03 Signal Cable Assembly Remote Electronics 60 ft 18 m 6A00147G04 Signal Cable Assembly Remote Electronics 80 ft 24 m 6A00147G05 Signal Cable Assembly Remote Electronics 100 ft 30 m 6A00147G06 Signal Cable Assembly Remote Electronics 150 ft 45 m 12 1A99762H02 In Situ Filter 10 Micron Stainless Steel Sample Tube only 1 99762H03 Hasteloy In Situ Filter 10 Micron High Temperature Stainless Steel and Inconel Sample Tubes only 6P00349H01 In Situ Filter 20 Micron High Surface Area 13 6P00162H01 Flan
49. 03 01 75 02 38 37 39 72 71 43 Units EU of OUT SCALE None EU of PV SCALE Seconds EU of PV SCALE EU of PV SCALE EU of PV SCALE per second EU of PV SCALE per second EU of PV SCALE None None None None None None None EU of TRK SCALE Percent Percent None Description Block output that is provided to a supervisory host for a back calculation to al low action to be taken under limiting conditions or mode change Used when mode is RCAS Defines action to be taken on remote control device time out The target block setpoint value It is the result of setpoint limiting and setpoint rate of change limiting The time constant of the first order SP filter It is the time required for a 63 percent change in the IN value The highest SP value allowed The lowest SP value allowed Ramp rate for downward SP changes When the ramp rate is set to zero the SP is used immediately Ramp rate for upward SP changes When the ramp rate is set to zero the SP is used immediately The working setpoint of the block after limiting and filtering is applied Allows you to select options for status handling and processing The support ed status option for the PID block is Target to Manual if Bad IN The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks This data is not checked or processed by the block The revision level of the static data associated with the function block The
50. 14 4 F N T S 1 TySt1 Series Out GAIN x e x 1 eal F T S Q X Tys 1 Where GAIN proportional gain value Tr Integral action time constant RESET parameter in seconds s laplace operator d derivative action time constant RATE parameter Q fixed smoothing factor of 0 1 applied to RATE F feedforward control contribution from the feedforward input FF VAlparameter e emor between setpoint and process variable 38740091 To further customize the block for use in your application you can configure filtering feedforward inputs tracking inputs setpoint and output limiting PID equation structures and block output action Table 7 26 lists the PID block parameters and their descriptions units of measure and index numbers and Figure 7 13 illustrates the internal components of the PID function block 7 35 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 Table 7 26 PID Function Block System Parameters Parameter ACK OPTION ALARM HYS ALARM SUM ALERT KEY ALG TYPE BAL TIME BIAS BKCAL HYS BKCAL IN BKCAL OUT BLOCK ALM BLOCK ERR BYPASS CAS IN CONTROL OPTS CONTROL OPTS DV HI ALM DV HI LIM DV HI PRI DV LO ALM DV LO LIM DV LO PRI ERROR FF ENABLE 7 36 Index Number 46 47 45 04 74 25 66 30 27 31 44 06 17 18 13 64 57 56 65 59 58 67 70 Units None Percent None None None Seconds
51. 2 15 Pneumatic Installation Blowback Panel without Autocalibration without COe Zero Function Check Valve Sensor Housing Eductor Air In CAL Gas In Instrument Air Reference Air In Dilution Air In CAL Gas Dilution Blowback Out Air Out Air Out 5 IB i IB E G m 9 9 Blowback Control Air O pg a Q8 Instrument CAL Gas Air Out In Instrument Air Supply Instrument Air to Electronics Actuating Air Hoo 0 2 Stage V Z 5 Regulators A A x o Electronics 8 Housing 8 e 2 21 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 Figure 2 16 Pneumatic Installation Blowback Panel with Autocalibration without COe Zero Function CAL Gas Out ofj Be Instrument Air Supply CAL Gas Out 2 Stage Regulators 2 22 CAL Gas In Electronics Housing Dilution Air Out 19 LO O HI O T IT O e Instrument Air to Electronics Actuating Air co Eductor Air In Instrument Air Blowback Air Out Blowback Control A
52. 6 Lubricate and install COe sensor gasket 5 Apply anti seize compound to threads of screws 1 9 20 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 9 16 COe Sensor and Pre Heater Alignment COe SENSOR ASSEMBLY THERMOCOUPLE TOP VIEW COe Sensor Flat Sensor Holder Pre Heater Sensor Flat Holder Flat Sensor Holder 2to 2 1 4 in Flat 51 to 57 mm 3 a S 7 Install COe sensor 3 lockwashers 2 and screws 1 Rotate flat of COe sensor 3 to center of sensor holder 4 8 Align COe sensor flat parallel to sensor holder flat as shown in Figure 9 16 Tighten screws 1 Figure 9 15 9 If replacing thermocouple adaptor 6 apply anti seize to the pipe threads Install and tighten thermocouple adaptor Assemble O Sensor and Heater Strut Assembly 1 See Figure 9 14 Assemble O cell 2 gasket 5 and heater tube 3 Make sure the test gas passage holes line up with each other in all components 2 Apply a small amount of anti seize compound to the screw threads and use screws 1 to secure assembly Torque to 35 in Ibs 4 N m 3 Carefully slide heater strut assembly 9 into heater tube 3 4 Press down on the back plate of strut bracket 12 to ensure spring 11 tension is present to hold contact pad against O cell 2 5 Secure strut bracket 12 and return wire 8 with four screws 6 and lockwashers 7 Make sure return wire 8 is tightly fast
53. 8800 Index A COe Out Tracks F Accessories 1 16 Enumerations 7 20 Factory Repair C 1 Al Function Block 7 23 COe Purge Zero Feature 3 12 Fault Isolation 8 3 Alarm Detection 7 28 COeSensor 9 13 9 16 9 20 Field Communicator 6 1 Application Information 7 30 COe Sensor Holder Field Communicator Troubleshooting 7 34 Alignment 9 24 Connections 6 1 Alarm Event Enumerations 7 18 COe Sensor Parts 9 23 Fieldbus Menu Tree 6 9 Alarm Events 7 18 COe Sensor Thermocouple Fieldbus PWA Simulate 7 10 Alarm Relay Events 8 11 Heater Connections 9 13 9 25 Filtering 7 26 Alerts 7 4 COe Zero State Fitting E Type 9 35 Analog Input Al Enumerations 7 20 Fitting R Type 9 35 Function Block 7 23 Combustibles Sensor 1 4 Foundation 7 1 Analog Input Function Block Communicator Conections Foundation Fieldbus Schematic 7 26 Fieldbus 6 3 Technology 7 1 Analog Input Function Block Component Checklist 1 1 Fuse Locations 8 2 Timing Diagram 7 26 Configuration 3 2 3 4 Assemble O2 Sensor Configure Simulation G and Heater Strut 9 21 from AMS 7 10 Gro
54. AMS Tab What does the alert indicate Transducer Block T C Heater This alert 1 O Heater Failure 2 Comb Heater Failure 3 SB Heater Failure 4 O Heater Ramp Rate Exceeded 5 Comb Heater Ramp Rate Exceeded 6 SB Heater Ramp Rate Exceeded 7 Heater Relay Failed Transducer Block 1 O Cell Temp Very High 2 Comb Temp Very High 3 SB Temp Very High Transducer Block 1 O Cell Temp Low 2 O Cell Temp High 3 Comb Temp Low 4 Comb Temp High 5 SB Temp Low 6 SB Temp High Transducer Block 1 O Calibration Failed 2 Comb Calibration Failed 3 Calibration Warning Transducer Block Calibration Recommended Alerts TC Heater Alerts indicates that no measurable heat energy is being detected at the oxygen sensor or that the heater temperature is rising too fast This alert indicates a very high heater temperature temperature is rising too fast T C Heater This alert Alerts Calib ration Alerts Calib ration Alerts indicates a sensor heater temperature that is too high or too low This alert indicates that the slope and constant values determined from the calibration did not fall within an acceptable range This alert indicates that the sensor resistance has changed bya predetermined amount since the last calibration Recommended Action Check heater circuit for lose or broken connections check thermocoupl
55. Autocalibration page 5 3 Manual Calibration page 5 4 D A Trim Procedures LOl page 5 12 D A Trim Procedures HART page 5 14 During a calibration two calibration gases with known O concentrations and one calibration gas with a known COe concentration are applied to the OCX 8800 Slope and constant values are calculated to determine if the OCX 8800 is correctly measuring net concentrations of O and combustibles in the industrial process Before calibrating the OCX 8800 verify that the calibration gas parameters are correct by setting the test gas values used when calibrating the unit Refer to Section 3 Configuration and Startup There are three calibration methods available to the OCX 8800 automatic operator initiated automatic and manual Calibration commands and menus can be accessed by 375 Field Communicator or by the optional LOI If the OCX 8800 is equipped with calibration solenoids the unit can be programmed to automatically calibrate without any operator action Refer to the following paragraphs for using the LOI or 375 Field Communicator to set up the OCX 8800 for fully automatic calibration Autocalibration Setup using the optional LOI Use the following procedure to set up the OCX 8800 for automatic calibration If necessary use the LOI menu tree in Figure 4 4 for reference The unit must be equipped with calibration solenoids
56. CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION 5 2 5 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 Figure 2 4 Wall or Pipe Mounting of Electronics Housing NOTE Indicates items are included in mounting kit P N 4851 B40G02 Wall or Pipe Mounting Bracket and Screws Wall Mounting Bolts or Lag Screws 4 each by customer 2 6 Electronics Housing 37020021 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 2 5 Installation with Drip Loops o o o o DR Conduit Drip Loops Duct Wall Conduit Drip Loop Conduit Drip Loop Duct Wall 37020004 2 7 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 2 8 wiring must conform to local and national codes For reference factory wired solenoid power connections are shown in Figure 2 6 NWARNING Disconnect and lock out power before connecting the unit to the power supply Failure to lock out power could result in serious injury or death NWARNING Install all protective eguipment covers and safety ground leads after installation Failure to install covers and ground leads could result in serious injury or death To meet the Safety Reguirements of IEC 1010 EC reguirement and ensure safe operation of this eguipment connection to the main electrical power su
57. EMERSON http www raihome com OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Section 1 PREFACE DEFINITIONS ROSEMOUNT Analytical Introduction Preface e ee Shale ae ot ab Oe OXON eRe exes D Se page iii Definitions ae sis sn pi RE erre RR page iii SYmbolS oe Pees Wie baer RES page iv The purpose of this manual is to provide a comprehensive understanding of the OCX 8800 components functions installation and maintenance We recommend that you thoroughly familiarize yourself with the Introduction and Installation sections before installing your transmitter The introduction presents the basic principles of the transmitter along with its performance characteristics and components The remaining sections contain detailed procedures and information necessary to install and service the transmitter Before contacting Emerson Process Management concerning any questions first consult this manual It describes most situations encountered in your equipment s operation and details necessary action The following definitions apply to WARNINGS CAUTIONS and NOTES found throughout this publication A WARNING Highlights an operation or maintenance procedure practice condition statement etc If not strictly observed could result in injury death or long term health hazards of personnel
58. ERR Conditions Number Condition Name and Description 0 Other 1 Block Configuration Error The BY PASS parameter is not configured and Modes 7 42 is set to 0 the SP HI LIM is less than the SP LO LIM or the OUT HI LIM is less than the OUT LO LIM 2 Link Configuration Error 9 Simulate Active 4 Local Override The actual mode is LO 5 Device Fault State Set 6 Device Needs Maintenance Soon 7 Input Failure Process Variable has Bad Status The parameter linked to IN is indicating a Bad status 8 Output Failure 9 Memory Failure 10 Lost Static Data 11 Lost NV Data 12 Readback Check Failed 13 Device Needs Maintenance Now 14 Power Up 15 Out of Service The actual mode is out of service The PID function block supports the following modes Manual Man The block output OUT may be set manually Automatic Auto The SP may be set manually and the block algorithm calculates OUT Cascade Cas The SP is calculated in another block and is provided to the PID block through the CAS IN connection RemoteCascade RCas The SP is provided by a host computer that writes to the RCAS IN parameter RemoteOutput Rout The OUT is provided by a host computer that writes to the ROUT IN parameter Local Override LO The track function is active OUT is set by TRK VAL The BLOCK ERR parameter shows Local override Initialization Manual IMan The output path is not complete for example the casc
59. Error PD Action on PV Set RESET to zero to configure the PID block to perform integral only control regardless of the STRUCTURE parameter selection When RESET equals zero the equation reduces to an integrator equation with a gain value applied to the error GAIN x e s S Where GAIN proportional gain value enor s laplace operator 38740094 To configure the block output action enable the Direct Acting control option This option defines the relationship between a change in PV and the corresponding change in output With Direct Acting enabled True an increase in PV results in an increase in the output You can set control options in Manual or Out of Service mode only NOTE Track Enable Track in Manual SP PV Track in Man SP PV Track in LO or IMan Use PV for BKCAL OUT and Direct Acting are the only control options supported by the PID function block Unsupported options are not grayed out they appear on the screen in the same manner as supported options The PID function block provides a modified version of feedback reset limiting that prevents windup when output or input limits are encountered and provides the proper behavior in selector applications Table 7 27 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK ERR parameter Conditions in italics are inactive for the PID block and are given here only for your reference 7 41 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 October 2009 Table 7 27 BLOCK
60. HEPA filter cartridges Insulation surface should be lightly sprayed with water before removal to suppress airborne dust As water evaporates during removal additional water should be sprayed on surfaces as needed Only enough water should be sprayed to suppress dust so that water does not run onto the floor of the work area To aid the wetting process a surfactant can be used After RCF removal is completed dust suppressing cleaning methods such as wet sweeping or vacuuming should be used to clean the work area If dry vacuuming is used the vacuum must be equipped with HEPA filter Air blowing or dry sweeping should not be used Dust suppressing components can be used to clean up light dust Product packaging may contain product residue Do not reuse except to reship or return Ceramic Fiber products to the factory A 29 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 HIGH PRESSURE GAS CYLINDERS A 30 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING AND STORING HIGH PRESSURE GAS CYLINDERS Edited from selected paragraphs of the Compressed Gas Association s Handbook of Compressed Gases published in 1981 Compressed Gas Association 1235 Jefferson Davis Highway Arlington Virginia 22202 Used by Permission 1 Never drop cylinders or permit them to strike each other violently 2 Cylinders may be stored in the open but in such cases should be protected against extremes of weather and to prevent rusting from
61. Junction F S E o WHT CO REF Connector J4 O Sensor and CJC Thermocouple lt BLK CJC Connector J5 ELECTRONICS HOUSING SENSOR HOUSING o I r U a o 48 lt 5 a o 2 loke leo ke E O O 5 O OHgo OC Huo gt Ho o Oko C Pu P 1 1 o 9 ou ob x o S o 3 oH of di F m g HO ES EB 1 N T O oO O a 6 To ground screw O O O O O O O O BLU ux BLK RED m GRN 37390014 i I I I i I I i I i I I I i I I I I i I I I I i I I I I i I i I i j I I I i I i f I I I ji I f I i i I L Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 Figure 2 8 Customer Furnished Interconnect Wiring or Cables SIGNAL WIRING OR CABLE NOTE For RFI CE compliance the connector PROBE END must provide 360 degrees of electrical p 12 5 0 10 contact to the cable shield e 3 4 NPT Hub Size ai ELECTRONICS END Heat Shrink Heat Shrink 8 625 0 10 7 25 1 4 Tubing Pan Tubing amp 6 875 40 10 20 10 2 Long onnector 2 Long 1 2 Size 1 2 Size Strip Wire Ends 3 16 Typical
62. LIM parameters to limit the setpoint In Cascade or RemoteCascade mode the setpoint is adjusted by another function block or by a host computer and the output is computed based on the setpoint In Automatic mode the setpoint is entered manually by the operator and the output is computed based on the setpoint In Auto mode you can also adjust the setpoint limit and the setpoint rate of change using the SP RATE UP and SP RATE DN parameters In Manual mode the output is entered manually by the operator and is independent of the setpoint In RemoteOutput mode the output is entered by a host computer and is independent of the setpoint Figure 7 14 illustrates the method for setpoint selection 7 39 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 Figure 7 14 PID Function Block Setpoint Selection Filtering Feedforward Calculation Tracking Output Selection and Limiting Bumpless Transfer and Setpoint Tracking 7 40 Operator Setpoint SP HI LIM SP LO LIM SP RATE UP SP RATE DN Auto Man lt Setpoint Rate Limiting Limiting 8 Cas 8 filtering feature changes the response time of the device to smooth variations in output readings caused by rapid changes in input You can configure the filtering feature with the FILTER TYPE parameter and you can adjust the filter time constant in seconds using the PV FTIME or SP FTIME parameters Set the filter time constant to zero to dis
63. Recommended Corrective Action Check O thermocouple and circuit wires for short circuit condition per Figure 8 3 and Figure 9 8 Repair shorted wiring or replace failed thermocouple Perform Reset procedure in Section 3 Configuration and Startup to continue operation Slow heatup during cold start Perform Reset procedure in Section 3 Configuration and Startup to continue operation If alarm persists refer to the O2 Htr Failure alarm procedure O thermocouple or thermocouple circuit shorted COe TC Shorted Combustibles sensor heater thermocouple shorted Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action Check thermocouple resistance lead to ground of reference and active thermocouples per Figure 8 3 and Figure 9 9 If either thermocouple is open or shorted to ground replace combustibles sensor Slow heatup during cold start Perform Reset procedure in Section 3 Configuration and Startup to continue operation If alarm persists refer to the COe Htr Failure alarm procedure Combustibles sensor thermocouple shorted SB TC Shorted Sample block heater thermocouple shorted Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action Sample block thermocouple or thermocouple Check sample block thermocouple and circuit wires for short circuit condition per circuit shorted Figure 8 3 and Figure 9 8 Repair shorted wiring or replace failed thermocouple Perform Reset procedure in Section 3 Configuration and Startup to continue operation Slow
64. Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 October 2009 ADC Failure Voltage to digital conversion could not complete ADC Ref Error Voltage to digital conversion not accurate Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action Incorrect wiring between electronics and sensor Check all wiring between the electronics and sensor housings per Figure 8 3 Correct housings wiring faults Electronics package failure Replace electronics package O2 Htr Failure Oxygen sensor heater could not reach final temperature Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action O heater circuit wiring open Check cell heater circuit for broken wire or loose connection per Figure 8 3 and Figure 9 8 Repair broken wire or loose connection O heater open Check resistance of heater per Figure 9 8 Normal O heater resistance is 62 5 Ohms Replace heater if heater is open or has a large resistance Heater electronics failure Check heater fuse F3 in electronics housing per Figure 8 1 If open locate and correct cause of overload If is not open or if cause of overload cannot be found replace electronics package COe Htr Failure Combustibles sensor heater could not reach final temperature Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action COe heater circuit wiring open Check COe heater circuit for broken wire or loose connection per Figure 8 3 and Figure 9 9 Repair broken wire or loose connection COe heater open Check resistance of COe heater per F
65. Transducer Block Errors 7 22 The status of channel 1 to 4 are affected by the state of unit alarm In all cases the channel will read what it believes the correct sensor values Self Clearing alarms are reset when the alarm condition goes away All others reguire the device be restarted Table 7 18 indicates channel status under indicated device conditions Occurence Unless otherwise indicated in the table the status values are Occurence Normal Quality Value GOOD Quality Substatus Value NON SPECIFIC Limit Value NOT LIMITED Occurence Quality Value Quality Substatus Value Limit Value Powerup Warmup Stablize BAD NON_SPECIFIC NOT_LIMITED Normal GOOD NON_SPECIFIC NOT_LIMITED Calibrating Cal Verify Blow Back UNCERTAIN SENSOR_CONVERSION_INACCURATE NOT_LIMITED COe Zero Alarm UNCERTAIN SENSOR_CONVERSION_INACCURATE NOT_LIMITED Temperature Low amp High Cell Bad Error System Fault BAD DEVICE_FAILURE NOT_LIMITED Powerup Warmup Stablize GOOD NON_SPECIFIC NOT_LIMITED Normal GOOD NON_SPECIFIC NOT_LIMITED Calibrating Cal Verify Blow Back GOOD NON_SPECIFIC NOT_LIMITED Alarm System Fault BAD DEVICE_FAILURE CONSTANT Temperature Related Alarms T C Open T C Shorted T C Reversed ADC Error Temp Low amp High Good ACTIVE_BLOCK_ALARM NOT_LIMITED Setting PWA_SIMULATE to ON also allows simulating TB status and to check the correct mapping onto the PWA s FAILED ACTIVE MAINT ACTIVE and ADVISE ACTIVE parameters Ou
66. a key is touched additional time to lockout is provided so that the lockout feature does not become a nuisance This additional revert time is one hour default and is also user configurable NOTE Always clean dust and soil away from the LOI screen each time the LOI is used Excessive dust can prevent the LOI from entering lockout This condition can cause uncommanded operations to occur 37390057 The LOI display shows a status code in the lower right hand corner of the display There are nine status codes to indicate the existing status of the device during operation The status code descriptions are shown in Table 4 1 eje DESCRIPTION AL Alarm The device is in a recoverable alarm state BL Blowback A blowback cycle is active CA Calibration A calibration cycle is active CV Calibration Verify A calibration verify task is in progress NM Normal The device is in a normal operating mode Power On system level initialization sequence is active This will continue for PO several seconds SF System Fault The device is in a non recoverable alarm condition The unit must be reset or power must be cycled off and on to resume operation ST Stabilize The device heater control is stabilizing after warm up Sensors are warming up to operating temperature WU Warm Up The device heaters are ramping up to operating temperature CZ COe Zero The COe Zero cycle is active 4 3 OCX 88
67. also isolates the function block from the vendor specific characteristics of the physical I O Alerts When an alert occurs execution control sends an event notification and waits a specified period of time for an acknowledgment to be received This occurs even if the condition that caused the alert no longer exists If acknowledgment is not received within the prespecified time out period the event notification is retransmitted This assures that alert messages are not lost Two types of alerts are defined for the block events and alarms Events are used to report a status change when a block leaves a particular state such as when a parameter crosses a threshold Alarms not only report a status change when a block leaves a particular state but also report when it returns back to that state Figure 7 2 illustrates a simple Fieldbus network consisting of a single segment link Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 7 2 Single Link Fieldbus Network LAS Fieldbus Link Link Active Scheduler Link Master 39930017 Basic Devices and or LinkMaster Devices Link Active Scheduler LAS All links have one and only one Link Active Scheduler LAS The LAS operates as the us arbiter for the link The LAS does the following recognizes and adds new devices to the link removes non responsive devices from the link distributes Data Link DL and Link Scheduling LS time on the
68. and Startup to continue operation Electronics package failure Replace electronics package O2 TC Open Oxygen sensor heater thermocouple open Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action O thermocouple or thermocouple circuit open Check O thermocouple and circuit wires for breaks or loose connections per Figure 8 3 and Figure 9 8 Repair breaks or loose connections or replace failed thermocouple Perform Reset procedure in Section 3 Configuration and Startup to continue operation COe TC Open Combustibles sensor heater thermocouple open Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action Combustibles sensor thermocouple open Check thermocouple resistance lead to ground of reference and active thermocouples per Figure 8 3 and Figure 9 9 If either thermocouple is open or shorted to ground replace combustibles sensor Table continued on next page 8 4 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 SB TC Open Sample block heater thermocouple open Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action Sample block thermocouple or thermocouple Check sample block thermocouple and circuit wires for breaks or loose connections per circuit open Figure 8 3 and Figure 9 8 Repair breaks or loose connections or replace failed thermocouple Perform Reset procedure in Section 3 Configuration and Startup to continue operation O2 TC Shorted Oxygen sensor heater thermocouple shorted Probable Cause
69. block and the BKCAL IN of the PID block communicate the status and guality of information being passed between the blocks The status indication shows that communications is functioning and the I O is working properly Figure 7 16 illustrates the correct function block configuration 7 45 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 October 2009 Figure 7 16 PID Function Block Diagram for Steam Heater Control Example Outlet Temperature Input BKCAL_IN BKCAL_OUT Al Function Block TT101 Figure 7 17 PID Function Block Feedforward Control Example 7 46 Steam Supply E PID ME AO a Function E Function Block OUT CAS IN Block 38740096 TC101 TCV101 Feedforward Control Situation In the previous example control problems can arise because of a time delay caused by thermal inertia between the two flow streams TT100 and TT101 Variations in the inlet temperature TT100 take an excessive amount of time to be sensed in the outlet TT101 This delay causes the product to be out of the desired temperature range Solution Feedforward control is added to improve the response time of the basic PID control The temperature of the inlet process fluid TT100 is input to an Al function block and is connected to the FF VAL connector on the PID block Feedforward control is then enabled FF ENABLE the feedforward value is scaled FF SCALE and a gain FF GAIN is determined Figure 7 17 illustrates the pr
70. corrected 1 An alarm condition with a priority of 1 is recognized by the system but is not reported to the operator 2 An alarm condition with a priority of 2 is reported to the operator but does not require operator attention such as diagnostics and system alerts 3 7 Alarm conditions of priority 3 to 7 are advisory alarms of increasing priority 10 15 Alarm conditions of priority 8 to 15 are critical alarms of increasing priority If the input status on the PID block is Bad the mode of the block reverts to Manual In addition you can select the Target to Manual if Bad IN status option to direct the target mode to revert to manual You can set the status option in Manual or Out of Service mode only NOTE Target to Manual if Bad IN is the only status option supported by the PID function block Unsupported options are not grayed out they appear on the Screen in the same manner as supported options 7 43 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 Application Information 7 44 The PID function block is a powerful flexible control algorithm that is designed to work in a variety of control strategies The PID block is configured differently for different applications The following examples describe the use of the PID block for closed loop control basic PID loop feedforward control cascade control with master and slave and complex cascade control with override Closed Loop Control To impl
71. danger from hot surfaces beneath These covers should only be removed by trained service personnel when power is removed from the equipment Certain surfaces may remain hot to the touch Where equipment or covers are marked with the symbol to the right refer to the Operator Manual for instructions All graphical symbols used in this product are from one or more of the following standards EN61010 1 IEC417 1503864 Where equipment or labels are marked Do Not Open While Energized or similar there is a danger of ignition in areas where an explosive atmosphere is present This eguipment should only be opened when power is removed and adeguate time as specified on the label or in the instruction manual has been allowed for the eguipment to cool down and then only by trained service personnel Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 DULE ITE Bezpe nostn pokyny pro zapojen a instalaci za zen N sleduj c bezpe nostn pokyny se speci ln vztahuj na v echny lensk st ty EU Pokyny by m ly b t p sn dodr ov ny aby se zajistilo spln n Sm rnice o n zk m nap t Pokud nejsou pokyny nahrazeny m stn mi i narodnimi normami m ly by je dodr ovat i ne lensk st ty EU 1 10 11 U v ech zemnic ch bod intern ch a extern ch by m lo b t vytvo eno odpov daj c uzemn n Po instalaci nebo odstran n probl m mus b t vym n ny v
72. defects in workmanship or material Should any failure to conform to this warranty become apparent during a period of one year after the date of shipment Rosemount Analytical shall upon prompt written notice from the purchaser correct such nonconformity by repair or replacement F O B factory of the defective part or parts Correction in the manner provided above shall constitute a fulfillment of all liabilities of Rosemount Analytical with respect to the quality of the equipment THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OF QUALITY WHETHER WRITTEN ORAL OR IMPLIED INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OF FITNESS FOR PURPOSE The remedy ies provided above shall be purchaser s sole remedy ies for any failure of Rosemount Analytical to comply with the warranty provisions whether claims by the purchaser are based in contract or in tort including negligence Rosemount Analytical does not warrant equipment against normal deterioration due to environment Factors such as corrosive gases and solid particulates can be detrimental and can create the need for repair or replacement as part of normal wear and tear during the warranty period Equipment supplied by Rosemount Analytical Inc but not manufactured by it will be subject to the same warranty as is extended to Rosemount Analytical by the original manufacturer At the time of installation it is important that the required services are supplied to the
73. for bumpless transfer and to pass limit status The value and status reguired by the BKCAL IN input of another block to prevent reset windup and to provide bumpless transfer of closed loop control The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the sub code field The first alert to become active will set the active status in the sta tus parameter As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task and other block alert may be reported without clearing the Ac tive status if the subcode has changed This parameter reflects the error status associated with the hardware or soft ware components associated with a block It is a bit string so that multiple er rors may be shown Used to override the calculation of the block When enabled the SP is sent directly to the output The remote setpoint value from another block Allows you to specify control strategy options The supported control options for the PID block are Track enable Track in Manual SP PV Track in Man SP PV Track in LO or IMAN Use PV for BKCAL OUT and Direct Acting Allows you to specify control strategy options The supported control options for the PID block are Track enable Track in Manual SP PV Track in Man SP PV Track in LO or IMAN Use PV for BKCAL OUT and Direct Acting The DV alarm data which includes a value of the alarm a timestamp of occ
74. however it may take a while for the data to refresh Calibration Step Apply O2 Low Gas Step Time Remaining 0 seconds O2 Value 0 40 Combustibles Value 1000 ppm Press Next for Selection Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 13 14 15 16 19 20 21 When the calibration status is at the Apply O2 Low Gas Apply Comb Low Gas step switch on O2 Low Gas COe Low Gas Verify the O2 concentration measured matches the O2 Low Gas parameter in the setup The unit samples reference air as the COe Low Gas Press OK when ready Select Next Calibration Step and press OK to start applying the test gas The time to apply the test gas is specified by the Gas Time The calibration step will change to Flow O2 Low Gas Flow Comb Low Gas and then Read O2 Low Gas Read Comb Low Gas for a period of time When ready Calibration Step will stop at the Apply O2 High Gas Apply Comb High Gas Switch off the O2 Low Gas Sample Reference Air and switch on the O2 High Gas Comb Test Gas Verify the O2 COe concentration measured matches the O2 High Gas COe Test Gas parameter in the setup Press OK when ready Select Next Calibration Step to start applying the test gas The time to apply the test gas is specified by the Gas Time The calibration step will change to Flow O2 High Gas Flow Comb High Gas and then Read O2 High Gas Read Comb High Gas for a period of time Skip over to Step 19 Stop G
75. i 12 Reguires item 13 for assembly 37390072 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Index No Part Number Description 1 5R10190G02 O Cell and Heater Assembly Standard Cell 5R10190G03 O Cell and Heater Assembly High Sulfur Cell 2 6P00177H01 Heater Insulator Mica 3 4851B46G03 Combustibles Sensor Replacement Kit 4 1A99786H01 Heater Leads Insulator 14 5 inches long 5 6P00163H01 COe Insulator 6 1A99746H02 Band Heater 7 1A99749H01 Thermocouple 8 1A99747H01 Elbow 9 5R10200H01 Eductor 10 6A00123G01 CJC Sensor RTD assembly ring type 11 6P00155H02 Insulator 12 1A98765H02 Heater Rod 2 required 13 1A99520H01 Watlube Heater Release Agent 10 3 October 2009 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 Figure 10 2 Sensor Housing Components Sheet 2 of 2 vZ006 2 gt 10 4 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Index No Part Number Description 1 1A99089H02 Cover Gasket O ring 2 5R10246H06 Blowback Filter 5 Micron Stainless Steel 3 1A98448H02 O ring 4 5R10247H01 Fitting 5 5R10183H02 Tube Sample 18 in 457 mm 316 Stainless steel 5R10183H06 Tube Sample 18 in 457 mm Inconel 600 5R10227G01 Tube Sample 18 in 457 mm Ceramic 5R10183H03 Tube Sample 3 ft 0 91 m 316 Stainless steel 5R10183H07 Tube Sample 3 ft 0 91 m Inconel 600 5R10227G02 Tube Sample 3 ft
76. is recognized by the system but is not reported to the operator 2 An alarm condition with a priority of 2 is reported to the operator but does not require operator attention such as diagnostics and system alerts 3 7 Alarm conditions of priority 3 to 7 are advisory alarms of increasing priority 8 15 Alarm conditions of priority 8 to 15 are critical alarms of increasing priority Block Execution The Arithmetic function block provides range extension and compensation through nine 9 arithmetic types There are two inputs IN and IN LO used in calculating PV PV is then combined with up to three inputs IN 1 IN 2 and IN 3 through the user selected compensation function ARITH TYPE to calculate the value of func A gain is applied to func and then a bias is added to get the value PRE OUT In AUTO PRE OUT is used for OUT Range Extension and Calculation of PV When both IN and IN LO are usable the following formula is applied to calculate range extension for PV PV G INt 1 G IN LO has a range from to 1 for IN from RANGE LO to RANGE HI 7 54 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Status Handling Application Information Figure 7 24 Relative Temperature Effects on Level Compensation Input Calculations For each of the inputs IN 1 IN 3 IN 4 there is a gain and bias The compensation terms t are calculated as follows When IN k is usable t k GAIN IN k BIAS IN k
77. is used as the setpoint for the slave steam flow loop The BKCAL_IN and BKCAL_OUT connections on the PID blocks are used to prevent controller windup on the master loop when the slave loop is in Manual or Automatic mode or it has reached an output constraint Figure 7 20 illustrates the correct function block configuration Figure 7 20 PID Function Block Diagram for Cascade Control Example Outlet Temperature Input Al Function Block Al Function Block FT 101 7 48 BKCAL_IN BKCAL_OUT PID Function Block BKCAL_IN BKCAL_OUT PID Function Block 38740100 FC 101 TCV 101 Cascade Control with Override You can use the PID function block with other function blocks for complex control strategies Figure 7 21 illustrates the function block diagram for cascade control with override When configured for cascade control with override if one of the PID function blocks connected to the selector inputs is deselected that PID block filters the integral value to the selected value the value at its BKCAL_IN The selected PID block behaves normally and the deselected controller never winds up At steady state the deselected PID block offsets its OUT value from the selected value by the proportional term When the selected block becomes output limited it prevents the integral term from winding further into the limited region When the cascade between the slave PID block and
78. lock out power before working on any electrical components There may be voltage up to 264 VAC Use the following procedures to remove or install the OCX 8800 EMERSON http www raihome com OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX with Integral Electronics Figure 9 1 OCX with Integral Electronics 9 2 Remove OCX 8800 1 Turn off power to the system 2 Shut off the test gases at the cylinders and shut off the instrument air 3 Disconnect the test gas and instrument air lines from the electronics housing Figure 9 1 Adapter Plate Duct S Signal Outputs Twisted Pairs AC Power Input Sensor Housing Instrument Air Electronics Reference Gas Housing High O Test Gas Low O Test Gas CO Test Gas 37390043 4 Remove the cover from the electronics housing to expose the electronics housing terminal blocks Figure 9 2 5 Disconnect and remove the power leads from the AC power input terminal block and remove the ground lead from the ground stud 6 Disconnect and remove the O and signal leads from the 4 20 mA signal output terminal block 7 If used disconnect and remove the external relay leads from the alarm output relay terminal block 8 Disconnect and remove customer power and signal wire conduits and wiring from the electronics housing 9 Remove insulation to access the sensor housing mounting bolts Unbolt the OCX 8800 fro
79. of the OCX This is similar in nature to the command 48 status bits in HART A bit enumerated value used to communicate the status of the OCX This is similar in nature to the command 48 status bits in HART The current temperature reading of the electronics temperature sensor The current voltage reading of the electronics temperature sensor This initiates a blowback cycle 1 Do a manual blow back The Calculated line frequency The calculated line voltage This is the maximum electronics temperature seen by the analyzer This resets the maximum temperatures See FF 891 section 5 3 The time between automatic calibrations of the O sensor The value of the O high test gas This gas is also used as the low gas for calibrating the combustibles sensor The value of the O low test gas The instaneous impedance value for the O cell The O calibration constant This is the constant value calculated from the last failed O calibration This is the slope value calculated from the last failed O calibration O heater duty cycle The impedance value that was calculated as a result of the current successful O calibration The percent of range of the current O reading The O calibration constant from the previous good calibration The impedance value from the previous good calibration The O calibration slope from the previous good calibration The value and status of the O concentration reading The High and Low rang
80. prolonged breathing of particles of respirable size may cause inflammation of the lung leading to chest pain difficult breathing coughing and possible fibrotic change in the lung Pneumoconiosis Pre existing medical conditions may be aggravated by exposure specifically bronchial hyper reactivity and chronic bronchial or lung disease INGESTION May cause gastrointestinal disturbances Symptoms may include irritation and nausea vomiting and diarrhea SKIN Slightly to moderate irritating May cause irritation and inflammation due to mechanical reaction to sharp broken ends of fibers EXPOSURE TO USED CERAMIC FIBER PRODUCT Product which has been in service at elevated temperatures greater than 1800 F 982 C may undergo partial conversion to cristobalite a form of crystalline silica which can cause severe respiratory disease Pneumoconiosis The amount of cristobalite present will depend on the temperature and length of time in service See Section IX for permissible exposure levels SPECIAL TOXIC EFFECTS The existing toxicology and epidemiology data bases for RCF s are still preliminary Information will be updated as studies are completed and reviewed The following is a review of the results to date EPIDEMIOLOGY At this time there are no known published reports demonstrating negative health outcomes of workers exposed to refractory ceramic fiber RCF Epidemiologic investigations of RCF production workers are o
81. remontdarbu darbinieki kad iek rta ir atvienota no str vas padeves lesp jams da as virsmas ar p c iek rtas atvieno anas paliks karstas Ja iek rta vai p rsegi ir mark ti ar labaj pus eso o simbolu skatiet operatora rokasgr mat ietvertos nor d jumus Visi aj izstr d jum izmantotie grafiskie simboli atbilst vienam vai vair kiem no iem standartiem EN61010 1 IEC417 un ISO3864 Ja iek rtai vai uzlimam ir mar jums Neatv rt kamer piesl gta str vai vai tamlidziga norade tas nozim ka spradzienbistama vide ir uzliesmo anas b stam ba So iek rtu dr kst atv rt tikai tad ja ir atvienota strava un ir nogaidits iekartas atdzi anai nepiecieSamais laiks kas noradits uzlim vai ekspluatacijas rokasgramata un Sos darbus drikst veikt tikai atbilsto i apmaciti remontdarbu darbinieki OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 A 16 IMPORTANTI STRUZZJONIJIET TAS SIGURTA GHALL WIRING U L INSTALLAZZJONI TAT TAGHMIR L istruzzjonijiet tas sigurta japplikaw spe ifikament ghall Istati Membri ta l UE Dawn g andhom ji u osservati b mod strett biex tkun gurata l konformit mad Direttiva dwar il Vulta Baxx Stati li mhumiex membri ta l UE g andhom ukoll ikunu konformi ma dan li ej lief jekk dawn ikunu sostituti mill Istandards lokali jew Nazzjonali 1 Konnessjonijiet adegwati ta l ert g andhom isiru g all punti kollha ta l ert interni u
82. source None None None EU of OUT SCALE or Percent or EU of IN EU of OUT SCALE Supplied by IN EU of OUT RANGE or Supplied by IN None EU of OUT EU of OUT or EU of PV SCALE Description The identification number of the plant unit This information may be used in thehost fro sorting alarms etc The set of 9 arithmetic functions applied as compensation to or augmentation of the range extended input Specifies the time for a block value to match an input output or calculated value or the time for dissipation of the internal balancing bias The bias value The bias value for IN 1 The bias value for IN 2 The bias value for IN 3 This block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or System problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the active status in the status parameter As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task and other block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed The summary of active error conditions associated with the block The possible block errors are Block configuration error Simulate active Local override Input failure process variable has Bad status Output failure Readback failed Out of Service and Other Each function block reports none or a subset of these error conditions Determines the high limit of the co
83. standartai 1 10 11 Turi b ti atliktas tinkamas eminimas visuose j eminimo ta kuose vidiniuose ir i oriniuose kur numatyta Visos apsaugin s dangos ir j emikliai po instaliacijos ar remonto turi b ti pakeisti Vis eminimo terminal vientisumo prie i ra turi b ti atliekama nuolat Matinimo tinklo laidai turi atitikti IEC227 ar IEC245 reikalavimus Visi laidai turi b ti tinkami naudojimui aplinkos temperatutoje auk tesn je nei 75 C Visi naudojam kabeli riebok liai turi b ti toki vidini matmen kad b t galimas tinkamas kabelio pritvirtinimas Saugaus io prietaiso veikimo u tikrinimui prijungimas prie maitinimo tinklo turi b ti atliekamas tik per automatin pertraukiklj kuris atjungs visas grandines ne an ius konduktorius linijos gedimo metu _ Automatinis pertraukiklis taip pat gali tur ti mechani kai veikiant izoliavimo jungikl Jeigu ne tuomet turi b ti nurodytos kitos renginio atjungimo priemon s ir ai kai pa ym tos kad jos tokios yra Automatiniai perjungikliai ar jungikliai turi atitikti pripa intus standartus tokius kaip IEC947 Visi laidai turi atitikti visus vietinius standartus Kur renginys ar dangos yra pa ym ti simboliu de in je emiau turi b ti pavojinga ios dangos turi b ti nuimamos tik tada kai srov yra pa alinta i renginio ir tik tuomet tai turi atlikti apmokytas personalas Ten kur renginys ar dangos yra pa
84. system and that the electronic controller is set up at least to the point where it is controlling the sensor heater This will ensure that should there be a delay between installation and full commissioning that the sensor being supplied with ac power and reference air will not be subjected to component deterioration 3993 9 09 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 Rosemount Analytical and the Rosemount Analytical logotype are registered trademarks of Rosemount Analytical Inc HART is a registered trademark of the HART Communications Foundation All other marks are the property of their respective owners WORLD HEADQUARTERS Emerson Process Management ROSEMOUNT ANALYTICAL EUROPE Rosemount Analytical Inc Emerson Process Management 6565P Davis Industrial Parkway Gmbh amp co OHG Solon OH 44139 Industriestrasse 1 T 440 914 1261 63594 Hasselroth T 800 433 6076 Germany F 440 914 1262 T 49 6055 884 0 E gas csc emerson com F 49 6055 884 209 EUROPE MIDDLE EAST AFRICA GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY ASIA PACIFIC Emerson Process Management CENTER AND LATIN AMERICA Emerson Process Management Shared Services Limited Emerson Process Management Asia Pacific Private Limited Heath Place Rosemount Analytical Inc 1 Pandan Crescent Bognor Regis 11100 Brittmoore Park Drive Singapore 128461 West Sussex PO22 9SH Houston TX 77041 Republic of Singapore England T 713 467 6000 T 656 777 8211 T 44 1243 863121 F 713 827 3329
85. til at udstyret er k let ned Den n dvendige tid hertil er angivet p etiketten eller i brugervejledningen Udstyret m kun bnes af en fagl rt person Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 BELANGRIJK Veiligheidsvoorschriften voor de aansluiting en installatie van dit toestel De hierna volgende veiligheidsvoorschriften zijn vooral bedoeld voor de EU lidstaten Hier moet aan gehouden worden om de onderworpenheid aan de Laag Spannings Richtlijn Low Voltage Directive te verzekeren Niet EU staten zouden deze richtlijnen moeten volgen tenzij zij reeds achterhaald zouden zijn door plaatselijke of nationale voorschriften 1 Degelijke aardingsaansluitingen moeten gemaakt worden naar alle voorziene aardpunten intern en extern 2 Na installatie of controle moeten alle veiligheidsdeksels en aardingen terug geplaatst worden Ten alle tijde moet de betrouwbaarheid van de aarding behouden blijven 3 Voedingskabels moeten onderworpen zijn aan de IEC227 of de IEC245 voorschriften 4 Alle bekabeling moet geschikt zijn voor het gebruik in omgevingstemperaturen hoger dan 75 C 5 Alle wartels moeten zo gedimensioneerd zijn dat een degelijke kabel bevestiging verzekerd is 6 Om de veilige werking van dit toestel te verzekeren moet de voeding door een stroomonderbreker gevoerd worden min 10A welke alle draden van de voeding moet onderbreken De stroomonderbreker mag een mechanische schakelaar beva
86. time plus purge time COe Zero Output Track Determines if the analog output signals track or hold during the function Valid choices are None Both COe and O2 COe Zero Update Determines if the COe calibration constant is updated at the end of the function Valid choices are Yes and No A Yes choice will cause the COe calibration constant to update Configuring the COe Zero Feature with the LOI 1 2 3 Use the Z pattern to enter the LOI menu tree From the SYSTEM menu select Input Output From the Input Output menu select COe Zero Select the functions as follows COe Zero Enable Select Yes or No to enable or disable this feature COe Zero Intrvl Length of time between COe zero events Range is 60 to 480 minutes Default is 60 minutes COe Zero Flow Length of time COe zero gas flows Range is 120 to 600 seconds Default is 120 seconds 3 11 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 RESET PROCEDURE 3 12 COe Zero Purge Length of time after COe zero is complete before oxygen combustibles readings are considered valid Range is 60 to 180 seconds Default is 60 seconds Total duration of this function is flow time plus purge time COe Zero Tracks Determines if the analog output signals track or hold during the function Valid choices are None Both COe and O2 COe Zero Update Determines if the COe calibration constant is updated at the end of the func
87. to COMP_HI if the numerator is negative then f is set to COMP_LO The square root of a negative value will equal the negative of the square root of the absolute value Imaginary roots are not supported Flow Compensation Traditional Multiply Approximate BTU Flow and Divide func PV f func PV f func PV f COMP HI COMP HI COMP HI f t 1 t 2 f t 1 t 2 f da 1 3 COMP LO COMP LO COMP LO 39930029 If there is a divide by zero and numerator is positive f will be limited to COMP HI if the numerator is negative f will be limited to COMP LO Compensation inputs which are not usable are not included in the calculation PV is always included Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Troubleshooting Refer to Table 7 32 to troubleshoot any problems that you encounter Table 7 32 Troubleshooting Symptom Possible Causes Model will not leave OOS Target model not set Configuration error Resource Block Schedule Status of outputs is BAD Inputs Block alarms will not work Features Notification Status Options INPUT SELECTOR ISEL FUNCTION BLOCK Figure 7 26 Input Selector ISEL Function Block OP SELECT Corrective Action Set target mode to something other than OOS BLOCK_ERR will show the configuration error set ARITH TYPE must be set to a valid value and cannot be left at 0 The actual mode of the Resource block is OOS See Resource block diagnostics
88. to detect the LO alarm condition The LO LO alarm data which includes a value of the alarm a timestamp of occurrence and the state of the alarm The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the LO LO alarm condition The priority of the LO LO alarm The priority of the LO alarm If percentage value of transducer input fails below this PV 0 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Index Parameter Number Units Description MODE BLK 05 None The actual target permitted and normal modes of the block Target The mode to go to Actual The mode the block is currently in Permitted Allowed modes that target may take on Normal Most common mode for target OUT 08 EU of OUT SCALE The block output value and status OUT D 37 None Discrete output to indicate a selected alarm condition OUT SCALE 11 The high and low scale values engineering units code and number of digits to the right of the decimal point associated with OUT PV 07 EU of XD SCALE The process variable used in block execution PV FTIME 18 Seconds The time constant of the first order PV filter It is the time reguired for a 63 change in the IN value SIMULATE 09 None A group of data that contains the current transducer value and status the simulated transducer value and status and the enable disable bit STRATEGY 03 None The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks This data is not checked or processed by the b
89. to exit without changes The Field Communicator displays Setting Fld dev output to 20 mA Press OK Read the COe millamp output at the digital multimeter Enter the reading at the Field Communicator and press ENTER Select ABORT to exit without changes The Field Communicator displays Setting Fld dev output to 4 mA Press OK The Field Communicator displays Fld dev output 4 00 mA equal to reference meter Using the up or down arrow select 1 Yes or 2 No and Press ENTER If No the process repeats from step 6 The Field Communicator displays Setting Fld dev output to 20 mA Press OK The Field Communicator displays Fld dev output 20 00 mA equal to reference meter Using the up or down arrow select 1 Yes or 2 No and Press ENTER If No the process repeats from step 7 The Field Communicator displays NOTE Loop may be returned to automatic control 5 15 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 5 16 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Section 6 OVERVIEW FIELD COMMUNICATOR CONNECTIONS ROSEMOUNT Analytical Field Communicator OvervioW ws EGRE ee ee es page 6 1 Field Communicator Connections page 6 1 Hart Menu Tree page 6 5 Fieldbus Menu Tree page 6 9 The 375 Field Communicator is a communication interface device It supports HART and Fieldbus device
90. to use automatic calibration NOTE Automatic calibration is only available on units equipped with calibration solenoids 1 From the operating display use the right pointing key to select SYSTEM first column submenu 2 From the SYSTEM first column submenu use the right pointing key to select the Calib Setup second column submenu 3 From the Calib Setup second column submenu use the right pointing key to select the third column parameter list ex EMERSON http www raihome com OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 5 2 4 Scroll down to the last item Use Solenoids If the unit is equipped with calibration solenoids and timed automatic calibration is desired select Yes 5 Use the up pointing key to select the item O2 Out Tracks Select Yes or No to determine if updates to the O lock value will take place 6 Use the down pointing key to select the item COe Out Tracks Select Yes or No to define if updates to the COe lock value will take place 7 Use the down pointing key to select the item O2 Cal Interval Enter the amount of time in days and hours that is desired between automatic calibrations 8 Use the down pointing key to select the next item O2 Next Cal Enter the amount of time in hours until the next automatic calibration Select the left pointing key three times to move back to the LOI operating display Autocalibration Setup using the Field Communicator HAR
91. ym ti simboliu de in je ten yra pavojus nuo kar t pavir i apa ioje ios dangos gali b ti nuimamos tik apmokyto personalo kai srov yra pa alinta i renginio Tam tikri pavir iai gali i likti kar ti lie iant Ten kur renginys ar dangos yra pa ym ti simboliu d Sin je r nurodymus Valdymo instrukcijose Visi grafiniai simboliai naudojami iam produktui yra i vieno ar daugiau toliau i vardint standart EN61010 1 IEC417 ir ISO3864 Ten kur renginys ar etiket s pa ym ti Neatidaryti esant srov s tiekimui ar pana iai u sidegimo pavojus tose vietose kur sprogstamoji atmosfera Sis jrenginys gali biti atidarytas tuomet kai pa alinta srov ir pra jes atitinkamas laikas nurodytas etiket je ar valdymo instrukcijoje pakankamas jrenginio atauSimui ir tai tik apmokyto personalo Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 SVARIGI Dro bas nor d jumi Sis iek rtas pievieno anai un uzstadi anai Turpm kie dro bas nor d jumi attiecas uz vis m ES dal bvalst m Tie ir stingri j iev ro lai nodro in tu atbilst bu Zemsprieguma direkt vai Turpm k nor d tais j iev ro ar valst s kas nav ES dal bvalstis ja vien os nor d jumus neaizst j viet jie vai valsts standarti 1 2 10 11 Visi pieejamie iek jie un r jie Zem juma punkti ir atbilsto i jaiezeme Pec uzstadi anas vai probl mu risina
92. 0 PCT gt PV FULL 25 PCT gt SCLE SV SET ZERO 0000 PPM gt SET FULL 1000 PPM 2 EXIT SCLE 2 SCLE DSPL SCLE DSPL SCLE INPT AL 2 PV DSPL SCLE 5 SET ZERO 2 0000 PCT DSPL 5 sETFULL 2 25 PCT 2 SV DSPL 2 SET ZERO gt 0000 PPM gt SET FULL gt 1000 PPM 2 EXIT DSPL 2 SCLE OUT 2 SET ZERO 2 4 000 MA SCLE 5 SET FULL 2 4 20 00 MA OUT 2 EXIT Z FS 2 TRIM OUT 2 TRIM ZERO 2 4 000 MA gt TRIM FULL gt 20 00 MA 2 EXIT TRIM 2 CONF Refer to CONF spa manual ALRM for settings or V PASS WORD V CONF EXIT gt SPA setup complete observe process value display 37390003 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Appendix C Return of Materials RETURNING MATERIAL If factory repair of defective eguipment is reguired proceed as follows 1 Secure a return authorization number from an Emerson Process Management sales office or representative before returning the eguipment Eguipment must be returned with complete identification in accordance with Emerson Process Management instructions or it will not be accepted In no event will Emerson Process Management be responsible for eguipment returned without proper authorization and identification 2 Carefully pack defective unit in a sturdy box with sufficient shock absorbing material to ensure that no additional damage will occur during shipping 3 In a cover letter describe completely
93. 0 volts 3 Stud Size 4 25 Long Teflon Tubing Braided shield tinned copper 9096 8 10 4 5 20 10 0 042 ID Cut off drain wire coverage with 18 AWG 24 tinned copper 8 DIEN at probe end of shield uninsulated drain wire 2 12 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 PNEUMATIC Pneumatic system connections depend on whether reference air set INSTALLATION calibration solenoids and or blowback equipment options are equipped on your transmitter Refer to the following paragraphs and select the option that applies to your transmitter configuration Reference Air Set Option only When no options or only the reference air set option is equipped use the following procedure to install the pneumatic system components 1 Refer to Figure 2 9 Connect the reference air set regulator filter and pressure gage to the instrument air inlet on the electronics housing and to the inlet side of the dilution air flow meter 2 Connect the dilution air flow meter output to the dilution air inlet fitting on the sensor housing 3 Install an air line between the instrument air outlet fitting on the electronics housing and the tee fitting on the sensor housing ZNCAUTION Do not use 100 nitrogen as an O low gas It is suggested that O low gas be between 0 496 and 2 096 Do not use gases with hydrocarbon concentrations of more than 40 parts per million Failure to use proper gases will result in erroneous r
94. 00 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 LOI MENU TREE Figure 4 4 LOI Menu Tree Sheet 1 of 4 4 4 02 X XX Comb XXX ppm SENSOR DATA CONTINUED ON This section consists of a menu tree for the LOI on the OCX 8800 Figure 4 4 This menu is specific to the OCX 8800 First Column Submenus From the operating display 02 and COe ppm the left pointing Enter key is the only option to move into the first column submenus of the LOI menu tree The first column contains three submenus SENSOR DATA Figure 4 4 sheet 1 of 4 CALIBRATION sheet 2 of 4 and SYSTEM sheets 3 and 4 of 4 From the operating display SENSOR DATA is displayed when the right pointing key is selected Use the up or down pointing key to move to the other first column submenus Second Column Submenus From the first column submenus selecting the right pointing key moves the display into the second column submenus The up and down pointing keys allow the display to move to the second column submenus of the first column submenu selected The left pointing key moves the display back to the first column submenu Third and Fourth Column Submenus From the second column submenus selecting the right pointing key moves the display into the third column submenus The third column submenu may be another menu or a list of parameters The up and down pointing keys allow the display to move to the different parameters or menus The t
95. 1 Collegamenti di terra idonei devono essere eseguiti per tutti i punti di messa a terra interni ed esterni dove previsti Dopo l installazione o la localizzazione dei guasti assicurarsi che tutti i coperchi di protezione siano stati collocati e le messa a terra siano collegate L integrit di ciscun morsetto di terra deve essere costantemente garantita cavi di alimentazione della rete devono essere secondo disposizioni IEC227 o IEC245 L intero impianto elettrico deve essere adatto per uso in ambiente con temperature superiore a 75 Le dimensioni di tutti i connettori dei cavi utilizzati devono essere tali da consentire un adeguato ancoraggio al cavo Per garantire un sicuro funzionamento dello strumento il collegamento alla rete di alimentazione principale dovr essere eseguita tramite interruttore automatico min 10A in grado di disattivare tutti i conduttori di circuito in caso di guasto Tale interruttore dovr inoltre prevedere un sezionatore manuale o altro dispositivo di interruzione dell alimentazione chiaramente identificabile Gli interruttori dovranno essere conformi agli standard riconosciuti quali IEC947 1 simbolo riportato sullo strumento o sui coperchi di protezione indica probabile presenza di elevati voltaggi Tali coperchi di protezione devono essere rimossi esclusivamente da personale qualificato dopo aver tolto alimentazione allo strumento 1 simbolo riportato sullo strumento o sui coperchi di p
96. 1 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 Install Solenoid Valves 1 Disassemble replacement solenoid valve 15 or 16 Figure 9 24 Install new solenoid valve base Be careful not to overtighten Install new washer and solenoid coil assembly and secure with nut Ron Connect the solenoid leads to the proper terminations on the solenoid power terminal block Figure 9 27 Install Electronics Stack 1 Install electronics stack 5 Figure 9 24 and secure with lockwashers 14 and screws 13 2 See Figure 9 26 and Figure 9 27 Reconnect power cable signal cable and solenoid lead connectors to electronics stack terminals Install LOI Module and Board 1 Install LOI board 9 Figure 9 24 and secure with two screws 11 and lockwashers 12 2 Note the location of the LOI connector 10 Plug LOI module 8 and connector into one of the four mating receptacles provided 3 Install three screws 7 to secure the LOI module 9 32 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 9 26 Electronics Housing Cable Connections SHIELD To Ground Screw Heater Power Connector J3 1 nooo noon LI nI 11 799999999 y J nn nn a non ln a a o o nn nn nono oon oo ono 19990999 jsssss 000009 V9 9988 0000000009
97. 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 HART MENU TREE This section provides a menu tree for the Field Communicator This menu is specific to the OCX 8800 applications Figure 6 3 HART Menu Tree Sheet 1 of 4 Process Variables Sensor Values Sensor Raw Inputs O2 Raw Inputs COE Raw Inputs DEV Raw Inputs 2 2 SB Temp Brd Temp CJC Temp O2 Snsor O2 T C O2 Snsor Imp COe Delta V COe Ref V COe Delta R Coe Ref R COe T C RTD Current SB T C Board Temp IC CJC Temp Signal Output Variables PV AOUT DEVICE SETUP SV 2 TV is 4V is AV COe Temp Sensor Limits 2 02 02 O2 USL 02 LSL O2 Temp O2 Temp O2 TC USL O2 TC LSL COe COe COe COe USL COe LSL COe Temp COe Temp COe TC USL COe TC LSL CONTINUED ON SHEET 2 39930012 6 5 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 Figure 6 4 HART Menu Tree Sheet 2 of 4 CONTINUED FROM SHEET 1 Diag Service Status Calibration Blowback Loop Test D A Trim Hardware Max Temp CONTINUED ON CONTINUED ON SHEET 3 SHEET 3 Operate Mode Status Group 1 Status Group 2 Status Group 3 Status Group 4 Status Group 5 Status Group 6 AO Saturated AO Fixed Cal Control Cal Constants Cal Verify BIBk State Blowback O2 Loop Test COe Loop Test O2 D A Trim COe D A Trim Model Number Sensor Housing CPLD Regs Line Freguency Line Volta
98. 220099998 Signal Port 3 4 NPT S e e m TU Power Port EMI Filter Block 3 4 NPT G N L1 G TOP VIEW 1 2 SIZE Customer Ga Ground Stud Wiring Tooth Ground Lockwasher Earth Ground Stud Typical for Electronics and Sensor Housing 9 8 37390013 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 9 6 Remote Electronics Housing Cable Connections 2HTR CO 1HTR CO SHIELD 2HTRO To 1HTR O Ground 2HTR SB Screw 1HTR SB Heater Power Connector J3 1 non nn oo no LI 11 III J 1 noo nn a non lu a o o o o a oo oo oo oo oo oo oo Looss SKEN O2 Cell amp Thermocouple Connector J5 2 Sensor amp CJC Connector J4 CO ACT REF CJC CJC EXC ELECTRONICS HOUSING Signal Cable Heater Power Cable NOTE Wire colors shown are for cables supplied by Emerson Process Management 37390016 9 9 OCX 8800
99. 3 See FF 891 section 5 3 See FF 903 section 3 3 See FF 903 sections 3 3 See FF 891 section 5 3 The current state of the Calibration Check 0 Idle 1 1 Flow High 2 Flow Lo O5 3 Flow High COe 4 Purge Gas 5 Done Initiates a calibration verify of O or Combustibles gas 0 Start Flow High 1 Start Flow Lo 3 Start Flow High COe 3 Purge Gas 6 No Effect Time remain for the current Calibration Check state See FF 903 section 3 3 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Transducer Block Enumerations Table 7 4 Calibration State Values Table 7 5 Calibration Control Enumerations Calibration States During a running calibration procedure the states below reflect the current step that the calibration is running in Refer to Table 7 4 Index CAL_STATE Description Operator Ack Required to Continue 0 Idle Yes cal can also be initiated from internally generated events 1 Apply O2 Low Gas Yes If Parameter Solenoids Present is 0 2 Flow O2 Low Gas No 3 Read O2 Low Gas No 4 Apply O2 High Gas Yes If Parameter Solenoids Present is 0 5 Flow O2 High Gas No 6 Read O2 High Gas No 7 Apply Comb Low Gas Yes If Parameter Solenoids Present is 0 8 Flow Comb Low Gas No 9 Read Comb Low Gas No 10 Apply Comb High Gas Yes If Parameter Solenoids Present is 0 11 Flow Comb High Gas No 12 Read Comb High Gas No 13 Stop Gas Yes If Parameter Solenoids Present is 0 14 Purge N
100. 6 See TB Channel Assignment Table 7 16 gt o a PID Block PID Proportional Integral Derivative of any Al BLOCK Arithmetic Block ARTHM Arihmetic Function Block Input Selector Block ISEL Input Selector Function Block The PlantWeb Alerts PWA software supports three groups of alarms for three severity levels 1 Failed 2 Maintenance and 3 Advisory Each PWA can be configured for one or more of the three alarm groups The PWA alarms and their severity level default settings are listed in Table 7 2 PlantWeb Alert Severity Level Default Reserved none Sensor Malfunction Failed Sensor Degraded Failed Thermocouple Malfunction Failed Sensor Heater Malfunction Failed Sensor Heater Over Temperature Failed Sensor Heater Temperature Variance Maintenance Calibration Error Maintenance Calibration Recommended Advisory NV Memory Failure Failed NV Writes Deferred Advisory High Electronics Temperature Maintenance ADC Failure Failed Line Input Out of Range Advisory Inter Board Comm Failure Failed Simulate Active Advisory Each alarm condition can be Enabled Disabled or have alarm reporting Suppressed The PWA alarms must be Enabled to allow the corresponding alarm condition to be detected The PWA alarms can be Suppressed to mask out failures from annunciation Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Mapping of PWA Description of the PlantWeb Alerts that are supporte
101. 6 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 A 20 DOLE ITE Bezpe nostn pokyny pre zapojenie kablov a in talaciu tohto pr stroja Nasledovn bezpe nostn pokyny sa vzt ahuj konkretne na v etky lenske taty EU Musia byt striktne dodrzan aby sa zaistila zhoda so Smernicou o n zkom napiti taty ktor nie su lenskymi tatmi EU by mali nasledovn pokyny taktie dodrziavat pokial nie su nahraden miestnymi alebo narodnymi normami 1 2 10 11 Adekv tne uzemnenia musia by vykonan na v etk ch bodoch uzemnenia intern ch aj extern ch tam kde s poskytnut Po in tal cii alebo rie en probl mov musia by v etky bezpe nostn kryty a bezpe nostn uzemnenia vymenen Integrita v etk ch uzem ovac ch termin lov musi by v dy zachovan K ble sie ov ho nap jania musia by v zhode s po iadavkami IEC227 alebo IEC245 V etky k blov pripojenia by mali by vhodn pre pou vanie v teplote okolia vy ej ako 75 C V etky pou it k blov priechodky musia ma tak vn torn rozmery aby poskytovali adekv tne uchopenie k bla Pre zaistenie bezpe nej prev dzky tohto zariadenia mus by pripojenie k siet ov mu nap janiu zapojen len cez preru ova obvodu ktor po as poruchovej situ cie odpoj v etky obvody elektrick ch vodi ov Preru ova obvodu by mal obsahova aj mechanicky ovl dan sekov vyp na Ak nie mus by poskytnut in sp s
102. 8 9 17 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 Figure 9 14 Os Cell Heater and Thermocouple Exploded View Screw O Cell Heater Tube Contact Thermocouple Assembly 5 Gasket 6 Screw 7 Lockwasher 8 9 Ka Return Wire Heater Strut Assembly 10 Spring Clip 11 Spring Strut Bracket x UM e Test Gas Passage Holes 37390032 9 18 ZNCAUTION Do not remove the cell unless you are certain it needs to be replaced Removal may damage the cell and platinum pad Remove the O cell for cell replacement only Disassemble O Cell and Heater Strut Assembly Do not attempt to replace the O cell until all other possibilities for poor performance have been considered If cell replacement is needed order the O cell replacement kit Refer to Section 10 Replacement Parts The O cell replacement kit contains an O cell and flange assembly gaskets socket head cap screws and anti seize compound The items are carefully packaged to preserve precise surface finishes Do not remove items from the package until they are ready to be used 1 Remove the four allen cap screws 1 Figure 9 14 from the O cell 2 Remove the O cell The cell flange has a notch that may be used to gently pry the flange away from heater tube 3 NOTE The pad on the end of contact thermocouple assem
103. ACT Do not rub or scratch exposed skin Wash area of contact thoroughly with soap and water Using a skin cream or lotion after washing may be helpful Get medical attention if irritation persists Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 SECTION VI REACTIVITY DATA STABILITY CONDITIONS TO AVOID Stable under normal conditions of use HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION CONDITIONS TO AVOID INCOMPATIBILITY MATERIALS TO AVOID Incompatible with hydrofluoric acid and concentrated alkali HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS N A SECTION VII SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURES STEPS TO BE TAKEN IF MATERIAL IS RELEASED OR SPILLED Where possible use vacuum suction with HEPA filters to clean up spilled material Use dust suppressant where sweeping if necessary Avoid clean up procedure which may result in water pollution Observe Special Protection Information Section VIII WASTE DISPOSAL METHODS The transportation treatment and disposal of this waste material must be conducted in compliance with all applicable Federal State and Local regulations SECTION VIII SPECIAL PROTECTION INFORMATION RESPIRATORY PROTECTION Use NIOSH or MSHA approved equipment when airborne exposure limits may be exceeded NIOSH MSHA approved breathing equipment may be required for non routine and emergency use See Section IX for suitable equipment Pending the results of long term health effects studies engineering control of air
104. BIBk Intrvl BIBk Period BIBk Purge Time Zero Enabled Zero Intrvl Zero Flow Zero Purge Zero Tracks Zero Update O2 Slope O2 Const O2 T90 COe Slope COe Const COe T90 PCNC Enable PCDC Enable Luminance Lockout Time Revert Time Solenoids Gas Time Purge Time O2 Out Tracks O2 Low Gas O2 High Gas O2 Cal Intrvl O2 Next Cal Time O2 Tol Check Cal Rec Enable Solenoids Gas Time Purge Time COe Out Tracks COe Test Gas COe Cal Intrvl COe Next Cal Time COe Slope Warn COe Tol Check Cal Rec Enable 39930015 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 FIELDBUS MENU TREE This section consists of a menu for the Field Communicator This menu is specific for the OCX 8800 Applications Refer to the Fieldbus Parameter Descriptions for the applicable range units and description for the fieldbus menu parameters Figure 6 7 Fieldbus Menu Tree Sheet 1 of 3 Manufacturer ID Device Type Device Revision DD Revision Characteristics Tag Description Hardware Revision Software Revision Private Label Distributor Final Assembly Number Output Board Serial Number ITK Version Identification Block Mode Actual Block Mode Target Block Mode Permitted Strategy Alert Key Sched Remote Casacade Sched Remote Out Grant Deny Grant Grant Deny Deny Process Write Priority Confirm Time Limit Notify Max Notify Fault State Set Fault State Clear Fault State Alarm Su
105. Bk Period Length of time blowback is activated 5 seconds recommended BIBk Purge Time Length of time after blowback is complete before oxygem combustibles readings are considered valid Set as required by the application 5 Manually initiate blowback from DIAG SERVICE then BLOW BACK When select BLOWBACK Configuring Blowback with the Field Communicator Fieldbus 1 Use the 375 Field Communicator or AMS software to access the Fieldbus menu 2 From the TRANSDUCER block menu select Alarm Relay Blowback 3 From the Alarm Relay Blowback menu select Blowback 4 From the Blowback menu select Blowback Enabled Also set the following parameters Blowback Interval Length of time between blowback events 60 minutes recommended Blowback Period Length of time blowback is activated 5 seconds recommended Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 CALIBRATION VERIFY FEATURE Blowback Purge Time Length of time after blowback is complete before oxygem combustibles readings are considered valid Set as required by the application Initiate Blowback Initiates a blow back event manually Configuring Blowback with the LOI 1 Use the Z pattern to enter the LOI menu tree 2 From the SYSTEM menu select Blow Back 3 From the Blow Back menu select Blow Bk Enable Select Yes to enable blowback Also set the following parameters Blow Bk Intrvl Length of time between blowback events R
106. CIFICATIONS Specifications Net O Range Combustibles Accuracy Oxygen Combustibles System Response to Test Gas Oxygen Combustibles Temperature Limits Process Sensors Housing Electronics Housing Local Operator Interface Nominal and Approximate Shipping Weights 18 in 457 mm probe package 3 ft 0 91 m probe package 6 ft 1 83 m probe package 9 ft 2 74 m probe package Housings Mounting Integral Electronics Mounting and Mounting Positions Remote Electronics Sensors Housing Electronics Housing Materials Probes Enclosures Calibration Calibration Gas Mixtures Recommended Ref test gas bottles kit 1A99119G04 Calibration Gas Flow Reference Air Eductor Air Dilution Air 0 1 to 0 40 O fully field selectable 0 1000 ppm to 0 5 fully field selectable 0 75 of reading or 0 05 whichever is greater 2 range 10 sec T90 25 sec T90 32 to 2600 F 0 to 1427 C 40 to 212 F 40 to 100 C ambient 40 to 149 F 40 to 65 C ambient 40 to 185 F 40 to 85 C internal operating temperature of electronics inside instrument housing as read by HART or FOUNDATION fieldbus 40 to 158 F 40 to 70 C ambient At temperatures above 158 F 70 C inside instrument housing the infrared keypad will cease to function but the OCX 8800 will continue to operate properly 54 Ibs 20 kg 55 Ibs 20 5 kg 57 Ibs 21 kg 59 Ibs 22 kg F
107. COe calibration using the 375 Field Communicator use the following procedure If necessary refer to Section 6 Field Communicator for the HART menu tree NOTE To select a menu item either use the up and down arrow keys to scroll to the menu item and press the right arrow key or use the number keypad to select the menu item number To return to a preceding menu press the left arrow key oR O N gt 10 Select DIAG SERVICE from DEVICE SETUP menu Select CALIBRATION from the DIAG SERVICE menu Select CAL CONTROL from the CALIBRATION menu Select CAL METHODS from the CAL CONTROL menu From the CAL METHODS menu select the type of calibration desired COe Calibration or In the first Calibration screen a loop should be removed from automatic control warning appears Remove the OCX 8800 from any automatic control loops to avoid a potantially dangerous operating condition and press OK The main Calibration screen should look like the following Press OK to continue OCX TAG NAME STEP Idle TIME REMAIN 0s COe 0 20 ppm COe DELTA R 0 00 ohm OK NEXT to Select ABORT CANCEL to Exit From the SELECT ACTION screen select START CAL STEP CAL to continue calibration select ABORT CAL to abort calibration or EXIT CAL to exit calibration Select one item from the list and press ENTER OCX TAG NAME SELECT ACTION 1 START CAL STEP CAL 2 ABORT CAL 3 EXIT CAL The unit samples O High Gas as t
108. EU of OUT SCALE Percent EU of OUT SCALE EU of PV SCALE None None None EU of PV SCALE None None None EU of PV SCALE None None EU of PV SCALE None EU of PV SCALE None Description Used to set auto acknowledgment of alarms The amount the alarm value must return to within the alarm limit before the associated active alarm condition clears The summary alarm is used for all process alarms in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the Status parameter As soon as the Unreported sta tus is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed The identification number of the plant unit This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc Selects filtering algorithm as Backward or Bilinear The specified time for the internal working value of bias to return to the oper ator set bias Also used to specify the time constant at which the integral term will move to obtain balance when the output is limited and the mode is AU TO CAS or RCAS The bias value used to calculate output for a PD type controller The amount the output value must change away from the its output limit be fore limit status is turned off The analog input value and status from another block s BKCAL OUT output that is used for backward output tracking
109. F 656 777 0947 A F 44 1243 845354 E analytical ap emerson com http www raihome com EM ERSO N 2009 Emerson Process Management All rights reserved
110. G arr KQUTEG ETTIPAVEIES KATW arr T roia Ba TIPETTE VA APAIPOUVTAI ATTO EI IKEUJJEVO TEXVIKO TIPOOWTTIKO OTAV XEI axoaipeOe arr TN OUOKEUN amp ETTIPAVEIEG UTTOPOUV va EOTEC OTNV Agr OTTOU OUOKEU G eivai ONHAOLEVA pe TO OUUBOAO Trou iKov Cerai AVATPEETE OTIC xphons OUOKEUAC Oda TA TTOU xPNOIJOTTOIOUVTAI CE AUTO TO Eival Eva rrepico repa TA EES TTPOTUTTAa EN61010 1 417 kai 1503864 GUOKEUN rj ETIKETA eivai orjuaop vr HE TNV EvoEIEN Mnv avo yere evw Aerroupy a rj AMAN rrap pora urr pyei KiVOUVOG amp OE TTEPIOXEG HE EKPNKTIKI O E OTIMOJJIOG TIPETTE VA AVOlyETAI OVO rav EIVAI EKTOG PEUJJATOG KAI AOU amp o TTOU AVAYPABETAI OTNV ETIKETA EYxEIPIDIO OONyIWV WOTE VA WUxO I kai OVO EKTTAI EULI VO TTPOOWTTIKO OUVTBENONG Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 OLULINE TEAVE Juhtmestiku ja seadme paigaldamisega seotud ohutusjuhised Alljargnevad ohutusjuhised rakenduvad eriti k igi Euroopa Liidu liikmesriikide suhtes Antud juhiseid tuleb tapselt jargida et kindlustada vastavus madalpinge dir
111. IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 O5 CELL AND HEATER STRUT ASSEMBLY Figure 10 5 Os Cell and Heater Strut Assembly 7 8 S Index No Part Number Description 1 4851B44G01 Contact and Thermocouple Assembly 2 5R10211G02 Heater Strut Assembly 3 Ref Heater Tube 4 Ref Gasket part of O Cell Replacement Kit item 7 5 Ref O Cell part of O Cell Replacement Kit item 7 6 Ref Screw part of O Cell Replacement Kit item 7 7 4851B45G01 O Cell Replacement Kit Standard Sensing Cell 4851B45G03 O Cell Replacement Kit High Sulfur Cell 10 9 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 October 2009 10 10 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Appendix A Safety Data Safety Instructions page A 2 Safety Data Sheet for Ceramic Fiber Products page A 24 High Pressure Gas Cylinders page A 30 ROSEMOUNT amp Analytical EMERSON http www raihome com OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS A 2 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE WIRING AND INSTALLATION OF THIS APPARATUS The following safety instructions apply specifically to all EU member states They should be strictly adhered to in order to assure compliance with the Low Voltage Directive Non EU states should also comply with the follow
112. IOUS CONSTANT COMB PREVIOUS SLOPE COMB PRIMARY VALUE COMB PRIMARY VALUE RANGE COMB PRIMARY VALUE TYPE section 4 1 COMB REFERENCE OHMS COMB SECONDARY VALUE COMB SECONDARY VALUE RANGE COMB SENSOR CAL DATE COMB SENSOR _ EXCITATION COMB SENSOR TYPE COMB SETPOINT COMB SLOPE 200 4500 COMB SLOPE WARNING 25 0 99 0 COMB T90 0 300 COMB TEMP MAX COMB THERMOCOUPLE _ INPUT COMB TIME TO NEXT CAL COMB TOL CHECK COZERO DURATION COZERO ENABLED COZERO INTERVAL COZERO OUTTRAK 0 9999 120 600 60 480 0 1 2 3 7 14 Valid Range See FF903 0 No 1 Yes 0 Off 1 On Units Hours PPM PPM Ohms PPM PPM Ohm PPM PPM Ohm Ohms mA C PPM Ohm of FS Seconds mV Hours Seconds Enumerated Minutes Enumerated Description See FF 903 section 3 3 The time between automatic calibrations of the combustibles sensor The value of the combustibles test gas The combustibles calibration constant The raw value of the combustibles level input This is the difference between the active and reference RTDs This is the constant value calculated from the last failed Combustibles calibration This is the slope value calculated from the last failed Combustibles calibration Combustibles heater duty cycle The percent of range of the current combustibles reading The combustibles calibration constant from the previous good calibration T
113. Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 8800 Oxygen Combustibles Transmitter ROSEMOUNT Analytical EMERSON http www raihome com Process Management Page Section HIGHLIGHTS OF CHANGES Effective September 2009 Rev 2 0 Summary Throughout IM Included coverage of all General Purpose OCX 8800 configurations options into this single Instruction Manual Added FOUNDATION Fieldbus communications option Added coverage of optional COe Purge Zero function equipment illustrations with related installation and operating procedures Added coverage of three optional in situ filters Added coverage of optional wall mount or rack mount blowback panel Adde coverage of PlantWeb Alert data for OCX 8800 units with FOUNDATION Fieldbus communications Added Appendix B coverage of optional Moore Industries Site Pprogrammable Alarm for OCX 8800 units with HART communications Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 SECTION i Introduction SECTION 1 Description and Specifications SECTION 2 Installation SECTION 3 Configuration and Startup SECTION 4 Using the LOI SECTION 5 Calibration ROSEMOUNT Analytical Table of Contents Essential Instructions Preface a ae eee eat be Definitions Symbols Component Checklist System Overview Specification
114. K ERR Conditions Number Condition Name and Description 0 Other 1 Block Configuration Error the selected channel carries a measurement Modes Alarm Detection 7 28 that is incompatible with the engineering units selected in XD SCALE the L TYPE parameter is not configured or CHANNEL zero 2 Link Configuration Error 3 Simulate Active Simulation is enabled and the block is using a simulated value in its execution 4 Local Override 5 Device Fault State Set 6 Device Needs Maintenance Soon Tf Input Failure Process Variable has Bad Status The hardware is bad or a bad status is being simulated 8 Output Failure The output is bad based primarily upon a bad input 9 Memory Failure 10 Lost Static Data 11 Lost NV Data 12 Readback Check Failed 13 Device Needs Maintenance Soon 14 Power Up 15 Out of Service The actual mode is out of service The Al Function Block supports three modes of operation as defined by the MODE BLK parameter Manual Man The block output OUT may be set manually Automatic Auto OUT reflects the analog input measurement or the simulated value when simulation is enabled Out of Service O S The block is not processed FIELD VAL and PV are not updated and the OUT status is set to Bad Out of Service The BLOCK ERR parameter shows Out of Service In this mode you can make changes to all configurable parameters The target mode of a block may be restricted to one or more
115. Low for a period of time During this period if an attempt is made to go to the next calibration step by pressing OK and selecting START CAL STEP CAL you will be prompted with Operator step command is not accepted at this time When ready Calibration Status will stop at the AppO2Hi Switch off the O Low Gas and switch on the O High Gas Verify the concentration measured matches the O2 HIGH GAS parameter in the Setup Press OK when ready Select START CAL STEP CAL to start applying the O High Gas The time to apply the test gas is specified by the Gas Time The Calibration Status should be automatically changed to FlowO2Hi and then ReadO2Hi for a period of time During this period if an attempt is made to go the next calibration step by pressing OK and selecting START CAL STEP CAL you will be prompted with Operator step command is not accepted at this time When ready Calibration Status will stop at STOP GAS Switch off the O High Gas Press OK when ready Select START CAL STEP CAL to start purging gas The time to purge gas is specified by the Purge Time When the Purge step is complete the Calibration Status will be at IDLE A Calibration Failed alarm will be set if the calibration has failed When calibration is complete Select Exit Cal to exit the calibration method Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Manual COe Calibration using the Field Communicator HART To perform a manual
116. Mechanical Failure 6 O2 Cell Temperature Low Mechanical Failure 7 O2 Cell Temperature High Mechanical Failure 8 O2 Cell Temperature Very High Mechanical Failure 9 O2 Heater Failure Mechanical Failure 10 O2 Heater Ramp Rate Electronics Failure 11 Combustibles Cell Error Mechanical Failure 12 Combustibles Thermocouple Open Mechanical Failure is Combustibles Thermocouple Shorted Mechanical Failure 14 Combustibles Thermocouple Reversed Mechanical Failure 15 Combustibles Temperature Low Mechanical Failure 16 Combustibles Temperature High Mechanical Failure 17 Combustibles Temperature Very High Mechanical Failure 18 Combustibles Heater Failure Mechanical Failure 19 Combustibles Heater Ramp Rate Electronics Failure 20 Sample Block Thermocouple Open Mechanical Failure 21 Sample Block Thermocouple Shorted Mechanical Failure 22 Sample Block Thermocouple Reversed Mechanical Failure 23 Sample Block Temperature Low Mechanical Failure 24 Sample Block Temperature High Mechanical Failure 25 Sample Block Temperature Very High Mechanical Failure 26 Sample Block Heater Failure Mechanical Failure 27 Sample Block Heater Ramp Rate Electronics Failure Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Alarm Value of XD_ERROR Number Description see FF 903 28 O2 Calibration Failed Calibration Error 29 Combustible Calibration Failed Calibration Error 30 Combustible Calibration Warning Calibration Error 31 O2 Calibration Recommended Calibration Error
117. O2 Start Cal COe or Start Cal Both to start the calibration Select Cal Verify to access the calibration window 3 At the prompt use the right pointing arrow to initiate automatic calibration Autocalibration using the Field Communicator HART To initiate an automatic calibration using 375 Field Communicator perform the following steps Refer to Section 6 Field Communicator for the HART menu tree 1 Select DIAG SERVICE from DEVICE SETUP menu Select CALIBRATION from the DIAG SERVICE menu Select CAL CONTROL from the CALIBRATION menu Select CAL METHODS from the CAL CONTROL menu From the CAL METHODS menu select the type of calibration desired O2 Calibration COe Calibration or O2 and COe Calibration Qu m Co 5 3 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 MANUAL CALIBRATION 5 4 Autocalibration using the Field Communicator Fieldbus To initiate an automatic calibration using 375 Field Communicator perform the following steps Refer to Section 6 Field Communicator for the FOUNDATION Fieldbus menu tree 1 From Transducer screen select Methods 2 Select OCX Calibration from the Methods menu 3 From the OCX Calibration menu select the type of calibration desired Calibrate O2 Sensor Calibrate Combustibles Sensor or Calibrate Both Sensors If a unit is not equipped with calibration solenoids a calibration must be performed by an operator following prompts from the
118. OUSING i Optional In Situ Flilter SSS T O as Table 2 Installation Removal 0 06 aske Dim A Dim ti ANSI 3535B18H02 S DIN 3535B45H01 EN T 2 i 457 864 Sii 4 0 101 6 with high surface 8 SA E Org Stainless Steel Filter 2 g 914 1321 9115 7 3 186 4 with Stainless Steel 9 8 6 fi 72 88 O a or Hastelloy Filter i 1829 2235 og E reji 108 124 11 0 1 I E 9 2743 3150 p I la I C Allow 9 in i 229 mm for Cover Removal ELECTRONICS HOUSING 9 E 8 5 2 4 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 2 3 Adapter Plate Installation NOTE Dimensions are in inches with millimeters in parentheses Only adapter plate is furnished by Emerson Process Management Adapter Plate Kit Mounting Dimensions Bolt Circle Plate Size A Stud Size B Dia C 6 00 4 75 152 5 8 11 UNC 2A 121 7 50 5 71 191 M 16 x 2 0 6g 145 Part numbers for adapter plates include attaching hardware Section D D A gt Section D D Masonary Stack Wall Field weld pipe to adapter plate Dia min rura T Metal Stack B Sleeve length or Duct Wall De Bolt adapter plate to optional outside wall surface Weld or bolt adapter Joint must be air tight plate to metal wall Joint must be air tight METAL WALL MASONRY WALL o STACK OR DUCT STACK 5
119. PT fitting 3 See the upper leg of the instrument air supply Connect the output of the 35 psi regulator filter to one port of the normally closed air operated solenoid valve and to the inlet side of the dilution air flow meter 4 Connect the dilution air flow meter output to the DILUTION AIR inlet fitting on the sensor housing 5 Install an instrument air line between the open port of the normally open air operated solenoid valve and the tee fitting on the sensor housing 6 Connect the output of the 55 psi regulator filter to one port of the normally open air operated solenoid valve and to the instrument air inlet on the back of the electronics housing 7 Install an air line between the open port of the normally closed air operated solenoid valve and the check valve inlet fitting on the sensor housing 8 Install an air line between the instrument air outlet fitting on the electronics housing and the control air inlet fitting on the air operated solenoid valve 2 17 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 Figure 2 12 Pneumatic Installation OCX with Reference Air Set Solenoids Blowback and Autocalibration without COe Zero Function El Cal Gas Flow Meter VAN CAUTION 7 scih 20 30 psig Recommended 7 Pressure regulator with 1 8 inlet port is factory 3 set for 35 psig Regulator with 1 4 inlet port is Check Valve factory set for 55 psig If regulators are not oH instal
120. Position the dip switches as shown in Figure B 3 4 Check the position of the Source Current Dip Switches Position the dip switches as shown in Figure B 3 5 Reinstall the SPA access cover Configuration Calibration Prior to operation the SPA operating parameters must be configured via a menu driven setup procedure At the end of the configuration procedure the SPA analog output signal is calibrated to insure valid communications 1 See Figure B 4 Connect a calibrated ammeter Fluke Model 87 or equivalent accurate to 0 025 to the SPA analog output terminals Observe polarity 2 Connect a 90 to 260 VAC or 22 to 300 VDC power source to the SPA power terminals When connecting an AC power source use the AC and ACC AC Common terminals For a DC source use the AC and Ground terminals 3 If desired you can connect the 4 to 20 mA O2 signal wires from the OCX 8800 analog output terminal block to the SPA Input terminals The OCX must be operational to transmit the O2 signal Observe polarity B 3 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 NOTE The O signal connection is not required for SPA configuration or calibration The OCX interface will allow you to observe the signal level when the SPA configuration procedure is completed 4 Observe the front panel of the SPA Figure B 5 a A process value display in the SPA display window indicates that the SPA is operational Four pu
121. RVICE 3 From the DIAG SERVICE menu select CALIBRATION 4 From the CALIBRATION select CAL VERIFY Select Verify Calibration From this menu select the functions as follows Flow High O2 Gas Flows the high O2 test gas for the time specified in the calibration setup Flow Low O2 Gas Flows the low O2 test gas for the time specified in the calibration setup Flow High COe Gas Flows the COe test gas for the time specified in the calibration setup 3 7 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 3 8 Purge Gas Initiates a delay for the specified purge time before oxygen combustibles readings are considered valid NOTE A Purge will automatically follow a gas flow Performing a Calibration Verify with the Field Communicator Fieldbus 1 Use the 375 Field Communicator or AMS software to access the Fieldbus menu 2 From the TRANSDUCER block menu select METHODS 3 Set the Mode to OOS Out of Service before starting the Calibration Verify process 4 From the METHODS menu select OCX Cal Verify From this menu select the functions as follows Flow High O2 Gas Flows the high O2 test gas for the time specified in the calibration setup Flow Low O2 Gas Flows the low O2 test gas for the time specified in the calibration setup Flow High COe Gas Flows the COe test gas for the time specified in the calibration setup Purge Gas Initiates a delay for the specified purge
122. SCALE EUO and OUT SCALE EU100 values Change OUT SCALE or set values within range Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 PROPORTIONAL INTEGRAL DERIVATIVE PID FUNCTION BLOCK BKCAL IN BKCAL OUT BKCAL The analog input value and statusfrom another TRKIN D Initiates the external tracking function block s BKCAL OUT output that is used for TRK_VAL The value after scaling applied to OUTin backward output tracking for bumpless transfer Local Override mode dt limit status s PERE ae ii BKCAL OUT The value and status reguired by the CASIN The remote setpoint value from another function BKCAL IN input of another function block block to prevent reset windup and to provide S FF VAL The feedforward control input value and status bumpless transfer to closed loop control S Ni IN The connection for the process variable from OUT z The block output and status 8 another function block The PID function block combines all of the necessary logic to perform proportional integral derivative PID control The block supports mode control signal scaling and limiting feedforward control override tracking alarm limit detection and signal status propagation The block supports two forms of the PID eguation Standard and Series You can choose the appropriate eguation using the FORM parameter The Standard ISA PID eguation is the default selection Standard Out GAIN xe x
123. Sensor housing exposed to high wind and or extreme cold temperatures High noise or voltage fluctuations in power Check power supply for line noise or voltage fluctuations Install filter power line kit supply PN 6A00171G01 or high quality line filter for input power Install sensor housing flange insulator PN 6P00162H01 COe Temp Low Combustion sensor heater temperature low lt 290 C Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action Sensor housing exposed to high wind and or extreme cold temperatures High noise or voltage fluctuations in power Check power supply for line noise or voltage fluctuations Install power line filter kit supply PN 6A00171G01 or high quality line filter for input power Install sensor housing flange insulator PN 6P00162H01 SB Temp Low Sample block heater temperature low lt 150 C Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action Sensor housing exposed to high wind and or extreme cold temperatures High noise or voltage fluctuations in power Check power supply for line noise or voltage fluctuations Install power line filter kit supply PN 6A00171G01 or high quality line filter for input power Install sensor housing flange insulator PN 6P00162H01 Line Freg Error AC power line freguency out of usable range lt 45 Hz or gt 66 Hz Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action High noise or voltage fluctuations in power Check power supply for line noise or voltage fluctuations Inst
124. T NOTE Automatic calibration is only available on units equipped with calibration solenoids Use the following procedure to specify a time interval in hours at which the OCX 8800 will automatically calibrate 1 From the DEVICE SETUP screen select DETAILED SETUP 2 From the DETAILED SETUP screen select CAL SETUP then select O2 CAL PARAMS or COE CAL PARAMS 3 lfthe unit is equipped with calibration solenoids and timed automatic calibrations are desired select Solenoids then select Yes Select No to disable the calibration solenoids 4 Select O2 Cal Intrvl O calibration interval and enter the desired time in hours between automatic calibrations Select COE Cal Intrvl and enter the desired time between automatic COe calibrations To disable automatic calibration for O and COe enter 0 for both Cal Intrvl parameters 5 If desired the O2 Next Cal Time and the COe Next Cal Time next calibration time parameters can be changed to synchronize a calibration at a specific day or time ZNCAUTION When setting automatic calibration times Callntrvl and NxtCalTm should be set so that O and COe are NOT calibrated simultaneously NOTE To select a menu item either use the up and down arrow keys to scroll to the menu item and press the right arrow key or use the number keypad to select the menu item number To return to a preceding menu press the left arrow key Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2
125. TIPETTE va eivai KATGAANAES yia xpAON OE xwpou UWNAOTENN ATTO 75 OTUTTIOBAITITES Ba TIPETTE Eval TETOIWV EOWTEPIKWV OIQOT CEU JV WOTE VA TIAPEXOUV ETTAPKN OTEPEWON TWV KOMW IWV Na Tn MEITOUPYIAG auris TNS OUOKEUN lt G OUVOLON VA YIVETAL u vo AOGAMEIODIAKOTITN orro og ATTOGUVO EI OMOUG roug NAEKTPOYOPOVG AVWYOUG TWV KUKAWHOTWV OTN IAPKEIA KATAOTAONS OH AAJATOG O AOGAMEIOOIAKOTITNC HTTopei eTrioNG va IAKOTITN ATTOHOVUWONG dev TrepiAauBavel TOTE GAMA ATTOGUV OEONG TNS OUOKEUIJC TNV TPOGLO OOIH VA TTapOXNBOUV Kal VA ONHAVOBOUV caqug WG T TOIO AOMAAEIOOIAKOTITES OIAKOTITEG TTP TTEI VA HE AVAYVWPIOLJEVA TTPOTUTTA rrug TO IEC 947 OAeg oi KAAWOIWOEIC TIPETTE VA OUHHOP WVOVTAI HE TA TTPOTUTTA cuokeu g eivai orjuaop va HE TO OUUBOAO Trou EIKOV ETAI ETTIKIVOUVEG TAOEIG EVUTIAPXOUV KOTW ra Ba TIPETTE VA APAIPOUVTAI OTAV yei AgalpeOci Tpo do oo a arr OUOKEUN KAI OTNV TTEPITTTUJON AUTH HOVO EIOIKEULJEVO TEXVIKO TTPOOWTTIKO Orrou OUOKEVEG f eivai orpiaop va pE TO Trou EIKOVI ETAI E I KIVOUVO
126. TR SB 1 eS COe Heater Wires COe Sensor Wires COe Thermocouple Wires 37390018 9 25 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 Figure 9 22 Installation of O Cell and Heater Strut Assembly Screw Locking Clip Cover O ring Marking Plate Terminal Insulator Reference Air Tube Rss KO Sensor Housing QN OS Heater Strut Assembly 10 Gasket 11 Screw 12 Heater Clamp 13 Heater Rod 37390067 9 26 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Install Sample Block Heater Rods 1 Before installing sample block heater rods 13 Figure 9 22 evenly coat the heater rods with Watlube heater release agent 2 Install the heater rods 13 heater clamps 12 and screws 11 3 Reconnect the heater rod leads at the sensor housing terminal blocks Figure 9 23 Figure 9 23 O Cell Thermocouple and O Cell Wires Heater Connections O Heater Wires Thermocouple Wires o 02 D Cell and Heater Strut Assembly T C SB Or O o OU OUO O O ORO Sample OO O Oo ONO O O Return Wire Sensor Housing Terminals _ Block EXC T
127. The blowback system periodically blows instrument air back through the sample line filter and out the sample tube This clears out particulate and keeps the sample line filter from clogging OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 System Operation Figure 1 2 shows the relationship between the components of the OCX 8800 The sensors and the electronics are contained in separate housings The sensor housing and probe mounts to a duct or process wall so that the probe protrudes into the flue gas stream An air powered eductor continuously pulls samples of the process flue gas through the probe to a chamber in front of the sensor housing where the sample passes the sensor and continues on to the COe sensor Dilution air is provided to the COe sensor and reference air to the O sensor After the gas sample flows past the O sensor and through the COe sensor it is drawn through the eductor where it mixes with the eductor air and exits through exhaust back into the system The electronics housing contains the CPU and communication boards which convert the sensor inputs into digital output signals The CPU can also initiate and perform calibrations Three test gasses and instrument air can be turned on and off by solenoids Test gas flow to the sensors is regulated by a flow meter between the electronics and sensor housings Instrument air is separated into eductor air reference air and dilution air The instrument a
128. To Good 20 Good 21 Good T4 Bad 20 Good 21 Good To Good 20 Good 21 Good OUT 130 F OUT 118 F To Another Function Block To Another Function Block 20 21 21 39930028 39930026 39930027 Selected Value Status Good 1 Good 2 Good 2 7 61 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 October 2009 Troubleshooting Table 7 37 Troubleshooting ISEL Block Symptom Possible Causes Corrective Action Mode w ill not leave 1 Target mode not set 1 Set target mode to something other than OOS OOS 2 Configuration error 2 BLOCK_ERR will show the configuration error bit set SELECT_TYPE must be 3 Resource block 4 Schedule Status of output is bad 1 Inputs 2 OP selected 3 Min good Block Alarms will not work 1 Features 2 Notification 1 Status Options OPERATION WITH EMERSON PROCESS MANAGEMENT DELTAV About AMS and DeltaV Software 7 62 set to a valid value and cannot be left at 0 3 The actual mode of the Resource block is OOS See Resource Block Diagnostics for corrective action 4 Block is not scheduled and therefore cannot execute to go to Target Mode Schedule the block to execute 1 All inputs have Bad status 2 OP_SELECT is not set to 0 or it is linked to an input that is not 0 and it points to an input that is Bad 3 The number of Good inputs is less than MIN GOOD 1 FEATURES SEL does not have Alerts enabled Enable Alerts bit 2 LIM NOTIFY is not high enoug
129. Up The device w as just pow ered up 15 Out of Service The actual mode is out of service Modes The ISEL function block supports three modes of operation as defined by the MODE BLK parameter Manual Man The block output OUT may be set manually Automatic Auto OUT reflects the selected value Out of Service O S The block is not processed The BLOCK ERR parameter shows Out of Service In this mode changes caNn be made to all configurable parameters The target mode of a block may be restricted to one or more of the supported modes Alarm Detection A block alarm will be generated whenever the BLOCK ERR has an error bit set The types of block error for the ISEL block are defined above 7 59 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 October 2009 Alarms are grouped into five levels of priority Table 7 35 Table 7 35 Alarm Priorities Priority Priority Description Number 0 The priority of an alarm condition changes to 0 after the condition that caused the alarm is corrected 1 An alarm condition with a priority of 1 is recognized by the system but is not reported to the operator 2 An alarm condition with a priority of 2 is reported to the operator but does not reguire operator attention such as diagnostics and system alerts 3to 7 Alarm conditions of priority 3 to 7 are advisory alarms of increasing priority 8 to 15 Alarm conditions of priority 8 to 15 are critical alarms of increasing priority Block Execu
130. X 8800 Section 8 OVERVIEW Grounding Electrical Noise Electrostatic Discharge ROSEMOUNT Analytical Troubleshooting OvervioW ws ERR RE en betes page 8 1 Diagnostic Alarms page 8 2 Fault Isolation 2250220500200 sec Rr nne page 8 3 Alarm Relay Events page 8 11 NWARNING Install all protective eguipment covers and safety ground leads after troubleshooting Failure to install covers and ground leads could result in serious injury or death The troubleshooting section describes how to identify and isolate faults that may develop in the OCX 8800 When troubleshooting the OCX 8800 reference the following information It is essential that adequate grounding precautions are taken when installing the system Thoroughly check both the probe and electronics to ensure the grounding quality has not degraded during fault finding The system provides facilities for 100 effective grounding and total elimination of ground loops The OCX 8800 has been designed to operate in the type of environment normally found in a boiler room or control room Noise suppression circuits are employed on all field terminations and main inputs When fault finding evaluate the electrical noise being generated in the immediate circuitry of a faulty system Ensure all cable shields are connected to earth Electrostatic discharge can damage ICs in the electronics Bef
131. ability to configure a range extension function for a primary input and applies the nine 9 different arithmetic types as compensation to or augmentation of the range extended input All operations are selected by parameter and input connection The nine 9 arithmetic functions are Flow Compensation Linear Flow Compensation Square Root Flow Compensation Approximate BTU Flow Traditional Multiply and Divide Average Summer Fourth Order Polynomial and Simple HTG Compensate Level This Arithmetic function block supports mode control Auto Manual Out of Service There is no standard alarm detection in this block 7 51 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 Table 7 29 Arithmetic ARTHM Block Index Number 7 52 4 29 30 31 21 23 25 36 27 28 32 22 24 26 12 14 16 17 18 15 13 33 34 Parameter ALERT KEY ARITH TYPE BAL TIME BIAS BIAS IN 1 BIAS IN 2 BIAS IN 3 BLOCK ALM BLOCK ERR COMP HI LIM COMP LO LI M GAIN GAIN IN 1 GAIN IN 2 GAIN IN 3 GRANT DENY IN LO INPUT OPTS MODE BLK OUT OUT HI LIM OUT LO LIM OUT RANGE PRE OUT PV Units None None Seconds None None None None None None EU of PV EU of PV None None None None None Determined by source or EU of PV SCALE Determined by supplying block or source Determined by supplying block or source Determined by supplying block or
132. able the filter feature The feedforward value FF VAL is scaled FF SCALE to a common range for compatibility with the output scale OUT SCALE A gain value FF GAIN is applied to achieve the total feedforward contribution You enable the use of output tracking through the control options You can set control options in Manual or Out of Service mode only The Track Enable control option must be set to True for the track function to operate When the Track in Manual control option is set to True tracking can be activated and maintained only when the block is in Manual mode When Track in Manual is Fa se the operator can override the tracking function when the block is in Manual mode Activating the track function causes the block s actual mode to revert to Local Override The TRK VAL parameter specifies the value to be converted and tracked into the output when the track function is operating The TRK SCALE parameter specifies the range of TRK VAL When the TRK IN D parameter is True and the Track Enable control option is True the TRK VAL input is converted to the appropriate value and outputin units of OUT SCALE Output selection is determined by the mode and the setpoint In Automatic Cascade or RemoteCascade mode the output is computed by the PID control eguation In Manual and RemoteOutput mode the output may be entered manually You can limit the output by configuring the OUT HI LIM and OUT LO LIM parameters You can configu
133. ad O2 Lo Read COe Hi Apply Hi O2 Gas Hit E when ready Hit E when ready Purge Flow O2 Hi Read O2 Hi O2 Slope O2 Constant O2 Sensor R COe Slope COe Constant Pre O2 Slope Pre O2 Const Pre O2 SensorR Pre COe Slope Pre COe Const Bad O2 Slope Bad O2 Const Bad COe Slope Bad COe Const NOTE Hit E when ready is displayed during semi automatic calibration only when Calib Setup value Use Solenoids 37390015 4 5 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 Figure 4 4 LOI Menu Tree Sheet 3 of 4 CONTINUED FROM SHEET 2 O2 High Gas O2 Low Gas O2 Reset Vals O2 Out Tracks O2 Cal interval O2 Next Cal COe Test Gas Calib Setup SYSTEM o Yes No Yes No Hrs Hrs COe Reset Vals Yes No COe Out Tracks Yes No COe Cal Interval Hrs COe Next Cal Hrs COe Slope Warn Use Solenoids Gas Time Purge Time O2 Tol Check Comb Tol Check Input Output Alarm Relay Blowback Zero CONTINUED ON SHEET 4 Yes No Seconds Seconds Yes No Yes No O2 Type O2 Range Hi O2 Range Lo O2 Alarm Level Trim O2 Out COe Type COe Range HI COe Range Lo COe Alarm Lvl Trim COe Out 20 4 mA __ mA procedure 20 4 mA bpm ppm mA procedure All COe Temp Sample Pr Sen Sample Ln Temp Unit Fail Hi Elect Temp Calib Fail O2 Cell Bad O2 Htr Open O2 Cell Temp In Calibrtn O
134. ade to slave path might not be open In IMan mode OUT tracks BKCAL IN Out of Service O S The block is not processed The OUT status is set to Bad Out of Service The BLOCK ERR parameter shows Out of service You can configure the Man Auto Cas and O S modes as permitted modes for operator entry Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Alarm Detection Status Handling A block alarm will be generated whenever the BLOCK_ERR has an error bit set The types of block error for the Al block are defined above Process alarm detection is based on the PV value You can configure the alarm limits of the following standard alarms High HI LIM High high HI HI Low LO Lowlow LO LO LIM Additional process alarm detection is based on the difference between SP and PV values and can be configured via the following parameters Deviation high DV HI LIM Deviation low DV LO LIM In order to avoid alarm chattering when the variable is oscillating around the alarm limit an alarm hysteresis in percent of the PV span can be set using the ALARM HYS parameter The priority of each alarm is set in the following parameters HI PRI HL HI PRI LO PRI LO LO PRI DV HI PRI DV LO PRI Alarms are grouped into five levels of priority Priority Number Priority Description 0 The priority of an alarm condition changes to after the condition that caused the alarm is
135. alibration gases match the concentration values in the device If the calibration has been performed correctly this alarm may indicate that the sensor requires replacement Refer to Section 8 Troubleshooting for details Oxygen cells will degrade over time due to aging and corrosion An increasing cell resistance is a good indicator of reduced cell performance As the cell impedance increases the cell output falls off and response time increases Calibrating the instrument will compensate for the increased cell resistance If using the device with an IMPS or SPS calibration sequencer increased cell impedance can automatically trigger a calibration Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 AMS What does the Recommended Alerts Alarms Tab alert indicate Action Description NV Memory Transducer FF The non volatile At startup wait 2 This alarm will generally occur during a startup Failure Block Device parameter minutes with power condition Rarely the device could be powered EEPROM Alerts storage on the applied and then down while a parameter is being stored to the Corrupt CPU board has cycle power again or non volatile memory The parameter will then be become reset device tagged as bad on the next power on and the Resource Block unreliable memory contents will be written with default 1 Manufacturing parameters Calibration data may be lost and the 2 Block Integrity unit should be recalibrated If the unit does no
136. all power line filter kit supply PN 6A00171G01 or high quality line filter for input power AC power line freguency is outside the usable Correct power supply freguency AC power line freguency must be between 50 and range of the OCX universal power supply 60 Hz Electronics package failure Check power supply freguency with a calibrated oscilloscope or freguency meter and compare with line freguency Replace electronics package if they do not agree within 1 Hz Line Voltage Low AC power line voltage below minimum lt 85 VAC Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action High noise or voltage fluctuations in power Check power supply for line noise or voltage fluctuations Install power line filter kit supply PN 6A00171G01 or high quality line filter for input power Electronics package failure Check power supply voltage and compare with line voltage Replace electronics package if they do not agree within 5 Table continued on next page 8 8 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Line Voltage High AC power line voltage above maximum gt 278 VAC Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action High noise or voltage fluctuations in power Check power supply for line noise or voltage fluctuations Install power line filter kit supply PN 6A00171G01 or high quality line filter for input power Electronics package failure Check power supply voltage and compare with line voltage Replace e
137. and sensor housings with the electronics cable ordered with the package Figure 2 7 Braided cable is available in lengths up to 150 ft 46 m NOTE Interconnect wiring shown is for Rosemount Analytical supplied cables For customer furnished interconnect wiring or cables refer to Figure 2 8 Signal Connections Connect the electronics housing terminals to the corresponding terminals in the sensor housing The twisted wire pairs are numbered on the inner plastic wrapper Keep twisted pairs together and match the numbers and wire colors shown in Figure 2 7 Heater Power Connections Use the blue white orange black red and yellow stranded wires in the heater power cable to connect power to the three heaters in the sensor housing Match the wire colors to the corresponding heater power terminal blocks in the sensor and electronics housings as shown in Figure 2 7 2 9 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 Figure 2 6 Line Voltage Earth and 4 20 mA Connections 00000 000000000 ts Alarm Output Relay Terminal Block FOUNDATION Signal Output Fieldbus HART Terminal Block AOUT2
138. ange is 0 to 32 000 minutes Default is 60 minutes 60 minutes is recommended Blow Bk Period Length of time blowback in activated Range is 1 to 5 seconds Default is 2 seconds 5 seconds is recommended Blow Bk Purge Length of time after blowback is complete before oxygem combustibles readings are considered valid Range is 0 to 500 seconds Default is 88 seconds Set as required by the application Force Blow Bk Initiates a blow back event manually The calibration verify feature flows one or more calibration gases to verify the analyzer is reading correctly The calibration verify feature flows each calibration gas on demand to verify calibration but does not change the slope or constant of the current calibration This function uses the same gas flow and purge times from the basic calibration setup The calibration verify feature is only valid if the OCX 8800 is supplied with calibration solenoids and the solenoids have been activated NWARNING During the Calibration Verify function the analog output signals will track the oxygen and combustibles readings To avoid a potentially dangerous operating condition the OCX 8800 must be removed from the automatic combustion control loop before performing the Calibration Verify procedure Performing a Calibration Verify with the Field Communicator HART 1 Use the 375 Field Communicator or AMS software to access the HART menu 2 From the DEVICE SETUP menu select DIAG SE
139. as if executing Calibrate O2 Sensor or Calibrate Combustibles Sensor The calibration step will change to Read Comb Low Gas for a period of time When ready Calibration Step will stop at Apply Comb High Gas Switch off the O2 High Gas and switch on the COe Test Gas Verify the COe concentration measured matches the COe Test Gas parameter in the setup Select Next Calibration Step to start applying the test gas The time to apply the test gas is specified by the Gas Time The calibration step will change to Flow Comb High Gas and then Read Comb High Gas for a period of time When ready Calibration step will stop at Stop Gas Switch off the O2 High Gas COe Test Gas Press OK when ready Select Next Calibration Step to start purging gas The time to purge gas is specified by the Purge Time When the Purge step is complete the Calibration Step will be at Idle The Calibration Failed alarm will be set if the calibration has failed When calibration is complete Select Exit to exit the calibration method 5 11 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 D A TRIM O D A trim procedure using the LOI PROCEDURES LOI Use the following procedure to perform the O D A trim procedure at the LOI Refer to the LOI menu tree in Figure 4 4 NWARNING To avoid a potentially dangerous operating condition the OCX 8800 must be removed from the automatic combustion control loop before you start the D A trim procedur
140. ation system that interconnects field eguipment such as sensors actuators and controllers Fieldbus is a Local Area Network LAN for instruments used in both process and manufacturing automation with built in capacity to distribute the control application across the network It has the ability to distribute control among intelligent field devices on the plant floor and digitally communicate that information at high speed that makes FOUNDATION Fieldbus an enabling technology EMERSON offers a full range of products from field devices to the DeltaV scalable control system to allow an easy transition to Fieldbus technology The Fieldbus retains the features of the 4 20 mA analog system including standardized physical interface to the wire bus powered devices on a single wire and intrinsic safety options and enables additional capabilities such as Increased capabilities due to full digital communications Reduced wiring and wire terminations due to multiple devices on one set of wires Increased selection of suppliers due to interoperability Reduced loading on control room equipment with the distribution of some control and input output functions to field devices Speed options for process control and manufacturing applications EMERSON http www raihome com OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 Introduction 7 2 NOTE The following descriptions and definitions are no
141. ble 7 12 Calibration Verify Step Values Sensor Housing Type SENSOR_HOUSING_TYPE Description TYPE 1 TYPE 2 TYPE 3 Cal Results CAL_RESULTS Description O2 Slope Error O2 Constant Error O2 Tolerance Check Failed CO Slope Error O2 Constant Error CO Tolerance Check Failed CO Slope Warning Calibration Verify Status During a running calibration verify procedure the states below reflect the current step that the calibration verify is running in VERIFY_STATE Description Idle Flow High O2 Gas Flow Low O2 Gas Flow High COe Gas Purge Gas Done Calibration Verify Step Control During a calibration the VERIFY_STATE_ STEP command parameters control the calibration verify procedure VERIFY_STATE_STEP Description Start Flow High O2 Gas Start Flow Low O2 Gas Start Flow High COe Gas Purge Gas No Effect 7 19 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 COe Zero States COZERO_STATE Description Table 7 13 COe Zero State Enumerations Table 7 14 COe Out Tracks Enumerations Table 7 15 Detailed Status 7 20 Idle Flowing Purging COe Out Tracks None COZERO_OUTTRAK Description Detailed Status Alarm Value of XD_ERROR Number Description see FF 903 0 No alarm active 1 O2 Cell Open Mechanical Failure 2 O2 Cell Impedance High Mechanical Failure 3 O2 Thermocouple Open Mechanical Failure 4 O2 Thermocouple Shorted Mechanical Failure O2 Thermocouple Reversed
142. ble dust ACGIH 1991 92 Use NIOSH or MSHA approved equipment when airborne exposure limits may be exceeded The minimum respiratory protection recommended for given airborne fiber or cristobalite concentrations are CONCENTRATION Concentration Personal Protective Equipment 0 1 fiber cc or 0 0 05 mg m Optional disposable dust respirator e g cristobalite the OSHA PEL 3M 9970 or equivalent Up to 5 fibers cc or up to 10 times the Half face air purifying respirator OSHA PEL for cristobalite equipped with high efficiency particulate air HEPA filter cartridges e g 3M 6000 series with 2040 filter or equivalent Up to 25 fibers cc or 50 times the Full face air purifying respirator with OSHA PEL for cristobalite 2 5 high efficiency particulate air HEPA mg m filter cartridges e g 78005 with 7255 filters or equivalent or powered air purifying respirator PARR equipped with HEPA filter cartridges e g 3M W3265S with W3267 filters or equivalent Greater than 25 fibers cc or 50 times Full face positive pressure supplied air the OSHA PEL for cristobalite 2 5 respirator e g 3M 7800S with W9435 mg m hose amp W3196 low pressure regulator kit connected to clean air supply or equivalent Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 If airborne fiber or cristobalite concentrations are not known as minimum protection use NIOSH MSHA approved half face air purifying respirator with
143. bly 4 will sometimes fuse to the Os cell 2 2 If the cell is fused to the contact pad push the O cell back into the heater tube against spring pressure and quickly twist the O cell The cell and contact pad should separate If the contact pad stays fused to the cell a new contact thermocouple assembly 4 must be installed 3 Remove and discard gasket 5 Clean the mating surface of heater tube 3 Remove burrs and raised surfaces with a block of wood and crocus cloth NCAUTION Use care when handling contact and thermocouple assembly The ceramic rod in this assembly is fragile 4 Remove screws 6 lockwashers 7 return wire 8 and heater strut assembly 9 5 If replacing contact and thermocouple assembly 4 use a pencil to mark location of spring clip 10 before removing Squeeze tabs on spring clip to remove Retain spring clip and spring 11 replace if damaged 6 While carefully handling new contact and thermocouple assembly 4 lay old assembly next to new one Transfer match marks to new assembly 7 Carefully guide new contact and thermocouple assembly 4 through strut bracket 12 spring 11 and spring clip 10 until spring clip reaches pencil mark Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Disassemble COe Sensor Assembly 1 Carefully remove screws 1 Figure 9 15 lockwashers 2 and COe sensor 3 from sensor holder 4 Remove and discard gasket
144. borne fibers to the lowest levels attainable is advised VENTILATION Ventilation should be used whenever possible to control or reduce airborne concentrations of fiber and dust Carbon monoxide carbon dioxide oxides of nitrogen reactive hydrocarbons and a small amount of formaldehyde may accompany binder burn off during first heat Use adequate ventilation or other precautions to eliminate vapors resulting from binder burn off Exposure to burn off fumes may cause respiratory tract irritation bronchial hyper reactivity and asthmatic response SKIN PROTECTION Wear gloves hats and full body clothing to prevent skin contact Use separate lockers for work clothes to prevent fiber transfer to street clothes Wash work clothes separately from other clothing and rinse washing machine thoroughly after use EYE PROTECTION Wear safety glasses or chemical worker s goggles to prevent eye contact Do not wear contact lenses when working with this substance Have eye baths readily available where eye contact can occur A 27 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 A 28 SECTION IX SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN IN HANDLING AND STORING General cleanliness should be followed The Toxicology data indicate that ceramic fiber should be handled with caution The handling practices described in this MSDS must be strictly followed In particular when handling refractory ceramic fiber in any application
145. brate from Fieldbus the first step is to set the Transducer Block to Out of Service Mode OOS To set the OOS mode select Transducer then select Process followed by select Out of Service in the Target Mode From Transducer screen select Methods 4 Select OCX Calibration from the Methods menu From the OCX Calibration screen select Calibrate O2 Sensor for O2 calibration select Calibrate Combustibles Sensor for COe calibration or select Calibrate Both Sensors if calibrate both sensors is desired In the calibration screen a Loop should be removed from automatic control warning appears Remove the device from any automatic control loops to avoid a potentially dangerous operating condition and press OK The Select Action screen should look like the following From the Select Action screen select Update Display to refresh the calibration status select Next Calibration Step to continue calibration select Abort Calibration to abort calibration or Exit to exit calibration Select one item from the list and press OK The Select Action screen is static and data will not be automatically refreshed Calibration Step Idle Step Time Remaining 0 seconds O2 Value 0 40 Combustibles Value 1000 ppm 1 Update Display 2 Next Calibration Step 3 Abort Calibration 4 Exit The Calibration Screen should look like the following press OK to continue The Calibration Screen should be automatically refreshed
146. calibration or EXIT CAL to exit calibration method Select one from the list and press ENTER OCX TAG NAME SELECT ACTION 1 START CAL STEP CAL 2 ABORT CAL 3 EXIT CAL When the Calibration Status is at the AppO2Low step switch on O5 Low Gas Verify the O concentration measured matches the O2 LOW GAS parameter in Setup CAL Press OK when ready Select START CAL STEP to start applying the O Low Gas The time to apply the test gas is specified by the Gas Time The Calibration Status should automatically change to FlowO2Low and then ReadO2Low for a period of time During this period if an attempt is made to go to the next calibration step by pressing OK and selecting START CAL STEP CAL you will be prompted with Operator step command is not accepted at this time When ready Calibration Status will stop at AppO2Hi Switch off the O Low Gas and switch on the O High Gas Verify the concentration measured matches the O2 HIGH GAS parameter in Setup Press OK when ready Select START CAL STEP CAL to apply the O High Gas The time to apply the test gas is specified by the Gas Time The Calibration Status should automatically change to FlowO2Hi then ReadO2Hi and then ReadCOeLo for a period of time During this period if an attempt is made to go the next calibration step by pressing OK and selecting START CAL STEP CAL you will be prompted with Operator step command is not accepted at this time When ready Calibration Statu
147. cating the quality of the measurement The measuring device may have several measurements or derived values available in different channels Use the channel number to define the variable that the Al block processes The Al block supports alarming signal scaling signal filtering signal status calculation mode control and simulation In Automatic mode the block s output parameter OUT reflects the process variable PV value and status In Manual mode OUT may be set manually The Manual mode is reflected on the output status A discrete output OUT_D is provided to indicate whether a selected alarm condition is active Alarm detection is based on the OUT value and user specified alarm limits Table 7 19 lists the Al block parameters and their units of measure descriptions and index numbers 7 23 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 Table 7 19 Definitions of Analog Input Function Block System Parameters Parameter ACK OPTION ALARM HYS ALARM SEL ALARM SUM ALERT KEY BLOCK ALM BLOCK ERR CHANNEL FIELD VAL GRANT DENY HI ALM HI HI HI HI LIM HI HI PRI HI LIM HI PRI IO OPTS L TYPE LO ALM LO LIM LO LO ALM LO LO LIM LO LO PRI LO PRI LOW CUT 7 24 Index Number 23 24 38 22 04 21 06 15 19 12 34 33 26 25 28 27 13 16 35 30 36 32 31 29 17 Units None Percent None None None None None
148. ce and the state of the alarm HI HI LIM 49 EU of PV SCALE The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the HI HI alarm condition HI HI PRI 48 None The priority of the HI HI Alarm HI LIM 51 EU of PV SCALE The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the HI alarm condition HI PRI 50 None The priority of the HI alarm IN 15 EU of PV SCALE The connection for the PV input from another block LO ALM 62 None The LO alarm data which includes a value of the alarm a timestamp of oc currence and the state of the alarm LO LIM 53 EU of PV SCALE The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the LO alarm condition LO LO ALM 63 None The LO LO alarm data which includes a value of the alarm a timestamp of occurrence and the state of the alarm LO LO LIM 55 EU of PV SCALE The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the LO LO alarm condition LO LO PRI 54 None The priority of the LO LO alarm LO PRI 52 None The priority of the LO alarm MATH FORM 73 None Selects eguation form series or standard MODE BLK 05 None The actual target permitted and normal modes of the block Target The mode to go to Actual The mode the block is currently in Permitted Allowed modes that target may take on Normal Most common mode for target OUT 09 EU of OUT SCALE The block input value and status OUT HI 28 EU of OUT SCALE The maximum output value allowed OUT LO LIM 29 EU of OUT SCALE The minimum output value allowed OUT SCALE 11 None Th
149. ce Soon Tf Input Failure Process Variable has Bad Status One of the inputs is Bad or not connected 8 Output Failure 7 53 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 October 2009 Condition Number Condition Name and Description 9 Memory Failure 10 Lost Static Data 11 Lost NV Data 12 Readback Check Failed 18 Device Needs Maintenance Now 14 Power Up The device was just powered up 19 Out of Service The actual mode is out of service Modes The ARTHM block supports the following modes Manual Man The block output OUT may be set manually Automatic Auto OUT reflects the analog input measurement or the simulated value when simulation is enabled Outof Service O S The block is not processed FIELD VAL and PV are not updated and the OUT status is set to Bad Out of Service The BLOCK ERR parameter shows Out of Service In this mode you can make changes to all configurable parameters The target mode of a block may be restricted to one or more of the supported modes Alarm Detection A block alarm will be generated whenever the BLOCK ERR has an error bit set The types of block error for the ARTHM block are defined above Alarms are grouped into five levels of priority Table 7 31 Table 7 31 Alarm Level Priorities Priority Number Priority Description 0 The priority of an alarm condition changes to 0 after the condition that caused the alarm is corrected 1 An alarm condition with a priority of 1
150. ceable Electronics are automatically configured for line voltages from 100 to 240 VAC An operator can calibrate and diagnostically troubleshoot the OCX 8800 in one of two ways a LOI The LOI is mounted to the end of the electronics module and allows local communications with the electronics Refer to Section 4 Using the LOI for more information b HART or FOUNDATION fieldbus interface The OCX 8800 s output line transmits a digital signal with the detected oxygen or combustible levels encoded in a digital format This information can be accessed through the following Model 375 Field Communicator The handheld field communicator requires Device Description DD software specific to the OCX 8800 The DD software will be supplied with many Model 375 units but can also be programmed into existing units at most Emerson Process Management service offices Refer to Section 6 Field Communicator for additional information Personal Computer PC The use of a personal computer requires AMS software available from Emerson Process Management Selected Distributed Control Systems The use of distributed control systems requires input output l O hardware and AMS software which permit HART or FOUNDATION fieldbus communications When the transmitter is configured without the LOI an operator must calibrate and diagnostically troubleshoot the OCX 8800 using the HART or FOUNDATION fieldbus Interface Optional Blowback System
151. cessing routines called methods Methods provide a procedure for accessing and manipulating parameters within a device In addition to function blocks Fieldbus devices contain two other block types to support the function blocks These are the resource block and the transducer block The resource block contains the hardware specific characteristics associated with a device Transducer blocks couple the function blocks to local input output functions Resource Blocks Resource blocks contain the hardware specific characteristics associated with a device they have no input or output parameters The algorithm within a resource block monitors and controls the general operation of the physical device hardware The execution of this algorithm is dependent on the characteristics of the physical device as defined by the manufacturer As a result of this activity the algorithm may cause the generation of events There is only one resource block defined for a device For example when the mode of a resource block is out of service it impacts all of the other blocks Transducer Blocks Transducer blocks connect function blocks to local input output functions They read sensor hardware and write to effector actuator hardware This permits the transducer block to execute as frequently as necessary to obtain good data from sensors and ensure proper writes to the actuator without burdening the function blocks that use the data The transducer block
152. cks O2 High Gas O2 Low Gas O2 Cal Intrv O2 Next Cal Time O2 Tol Check Cal Rec Enable Solenoids Gas Time Purge Time COe Out Tracks COe Test Gas COe Cal Intrv COe Next Cal Time COe Slope Warn COe Tol Check Cal Rec Enable O2 Analog Output COe Analog Output Alarm Relay State Trig 1 Event Trig 2 Event Trig 3 Event BIBk State BIBk Enabled BIBk Intrvl BIBk Period BIBk Purge Time Zero State Zero Enabled Zero Intrvl Zero Flow Zero Purge Zero Tracks Zero Update O2 AO Range O2 URV O2 LRV O2 Alarm Level COe AO Range COe URV COe LRV COe Alarm Level 39930014 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 Figure 6 6 HART Menu Tree Sheet 4 of 4 CONTINUED FROM SHEET 3 Detailed Setup continued Review Device Params LOI Params Device Information HART Information Cal Setup Input Output Device Params LOI Params O2 Slope O2 Const O2 T90 COe Slope COe Const COe T90 PCNC Enable PCDC Enable User Intface Luminance Lockout Time Revert Time Manufacturer Model Date Descriptor Message Final Asmbly Num O2 Sensor S N COE Sensor S N Hardware Rev Software Rev Tag Poll Addr Dev ID Num Req Preams Fld Dev Rev Universal Rev O2 Cal Setup COe Cal Setup O2 URV O2 LRV COe URV COe LRV O2 AO Range COe AO Range O2 Alarm Level COe Alarm Level Trig 1 Event Trig 2 Event Trig 3 Event BIBk Enabled
153. cks are also capable of performing short term data collection and storage for reviewing their behavior Device Descriptions Device Descriptions are specified tool definitions that are associated with the function blocks Device descriptions provide for the definition and description of the function blocks and their parameters To promote consistency of definition and understanding descriptive information such as data type and length is maintained in the device description Device Descriptions are written using an open language called the Device Description Language DDL Parameter transfers between function blocks can be easily verified because all parameters are described using the same language Once written the device description can be stored on an external medium such as a CD ROM or diskette Users can then read the device description from the external medium The use of an open language in the device description permits interoperability of function blocks within devices from various vendors Additionally human interface devices 7 3 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 Instrument Specific Function Blocks Network Communication 7 4 such as operator consoles and computers do not have to be programmed specifically for each type of device on the bus Instead their displays and interactions with devices are driven from the device descriptions Device descriptions may also include a set of pro
154. ct the down arrow and the next selection will be O2 Low Gas Enter the percent O used for the low O test gas 5 Select the down arrow several times to display COe Test Gas Enter the CO concentration ppm used for COe test gas CALIBRATION The OCX 8800 can be provided with optional calibration solenoids for the SOLENOIDS purpose of performing autocalibration The solenoids are controlled by the OCX 8800 software and automatically switch in the proper calibration gas during the calibration cycle An OCX 8800 shipped from the factory with calibration solenoids must be configured before autocalibration can be implemented This same process must be performed any time a replacement card stack is installed Configuring the Calibration Solenoids with the Field Communicator HART 1 Use the 375 Field Communicator to access the HART menu 2 From the DETAILED SETUP menu select CAL SETUP 3 From the CAL SETUP menu select O2 CAL PARAMS COe CAL PARAMS 4 From the O2 CAL PARAMS COe CAL PARAMS select Solenoids Select Yes to enable the solenoids Configuring the Calibration Solenoids with the Field Communicator Fieldbus 1 Use the 375 Field Communicator to access the Fieldbus menu 2 From the TRANSDUCER block menu select O2 CAL COE CAL 3 From the O2 CAL COE CAL menu select O2 CAL SETUP COE CAL SETUP 4 From the O2 CAL SETUP COE CAL SETUP select Solenoids Select Present to enable the solenoids 3 5 OCX 8800 Inst
155. ction Block System Parameters ALERT KEY BLOCK ALM BLOCK ERR DISABLE 1 DISABLE 2 DISABLE 3 DISABLE 4 GRANT DENY MIN GOOD OP SELECT OUT OUT UNITS SELECTED SELECT TYPE STATUS OPTS STRATEGY ST REV TAG DESC UPDATE EVT 7 58 Index Number 4 24 15 16 17 18 11 12 13 14 20 22 N 21 19 10 23 Units None None None None None None None None Determined by source Determined by source Determined by source Determined by source None None EU of IN None None None None None None None None Description The identification number of the plant unit This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc The block alarm is used for all configuration hardw are connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the Status parameter As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed This parameter reflects the error status associated w ith the hardw are or software components associated with a block It is a bit string so that multiple errors may be shown A Connection from another block that disables the associated input fromthe selection A Connection from another block that disables the ass
156. d by the OCX 8800 Fieldbus Output Board are listed in Table 7 3 Figure 7 3 Description of PlantWeb Alerts Alerts Sensor Malfunction Alarms Transducer Block 1 O Cell Open 2 Comb Cell Error Sensor Degraded Transducer Thermo couple Malfunction Block O Cell Impedance High Transducer Block 1 O2 T C Open 2 0 T C Shorted 3 0 T C Reversed 4 Comb T C Open 5 Comb T C Shorted 6 Comb T C Reversed 7 SB T C Open 8 SB T C Shorted 9 SB T C Reversed AMS Tab Sensor Alerts Sensor Alerts What does the alert indicate This alert is active when the sensor is indicating a very high or unexpected output This alert is active when the oxygen sensor impedance indicates that the cell is beyond its useful life T C Heater This alert Alerts indicates a miswired or faulty thermocouple Recommended Action Check sensor wires for loose or broken connection or replace the cell Replace the oxygen cell Check the thermocouple wires for loose or broken connections short circuit condition reverse wire condition Description 1 The oxygen cell interface is designed to indicate a very high output if the cell becomes disconnected from the electronics Itis possible that a wire connection to the cell either in the probe tip or at the electronics is loose or broken The cell may also be damaged from mechanical stress In extreme cases a very l
157. d capability through the addition of the following parameters ALARM TYPE Allows one or more of the process alarm conditions detected by the Al function block to be used in setting its OUT D parameter OUT D Discrete output of the Al function block based on the detection of process alarm condition s This parameter may be linked to other function blocks that require a discrete input based on the detected alarm condition VAR SCAN Time period in seconds over which the variability index VAR INDEX is computed VAR INDEX Process variability index measured as the integral of average absolute error between PV and its mean value over the previous evaluation period This index is calculated as a percent of OUT span and is updated at the end of the time period defined by VAR SCAN The configuration of the Al function block and its associated output channels depends on the specific application A typical configuration for the Al block involves the following parameters Channel If the device supports more than one measurement verify that the selected channel contains the appropriate measurement or derived value L TYPE Select Direct when the measurement is already in the engineering units that you want for the block output Select Indirect when you want to convert the measured variable into another for example pressure into level or flow into energy Select Indirect Sguare Root when the block l O parameter value represents a
158. d sealant softens Remove and discard the used fitting 4 Use MEK or methylene chloride solvent to clean thread sealant residue from the internal pipe threads in the housing Refer to applicable MSDS sheet for solvent handling precautions 9 35 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 Figure 9 28 Removal of Tube Fittings 1 Sensor Housing 2 Electronics Housing 3 Tube Fitting 4 Tube Fitting Type R 5 Tube Fitting Type E 37390070 Install Tube Fittings 1 Verify that the replacement tube fitting is identical to the item removed Special fittings are etched with code markings 2 Apply pipe thread sealant Loctite 567 to the mating threads of the tube fitting Do not apply sealant to the first turn of the external pipe threads 3 Install and tighten the tube fitting in the mating port of sensor or electronics housing 9 36 Instruction Manual October 2009 OCX 8800 Section 10 Replacement Parts Sensor Housing page 10 2 Electronics Housing page 10 6 O2 Cell and Heater Strut Assembly page 10 9 ROSEMOUNT N http www raihome com OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 SENSOR HOUSING Figure 10 1 Sensor Housing Components Sheet 1 of 2 10 2 ja
159. e 1 From the operating display use the left pointing key to select the first column submenu Use the down pointing key to select SYSTEM 2 From the SYSTEM menu use the down pointing key to select Input Output Use the right pointing key to select the Analog parameters list 3 Scroll down to the item Trim O2 Out Touch the right pointing key to start the O5 trim procedure NOTE If you wish to exit D A Trim with no changes step through the procedure using yes responses and enter no meter readings 4 Remove the electronics housing cover 5 Refer to Figure 2 6 Connect a digital multimeter to read the milliamp output from the O D A converter circuit Connect the positive lead to the AOUT1 terminal and connect the negative lead to the AOUT1 terminal Then touch the Enter key at the LOI 6 The LOI displays 4 mA Meter The trim program inputs the design equivalent signal for a 4 00 mA output Read the Os millamp output at the digital multimeter Use the right pointing key to select each digit and use the up and down pointing keys to change the value When the correct value is displayed use the Enter key to input the value 7 The LOI displays 20 mA Meter The trim program inputs the design equivalent signal for a 20 00 mA output Read the O millamp output at the digital multimeter Use the right pointing key to select each digit and use the up and down pointing keys to change the value When the corr
160. e during the block execution New values received for these parameters do not affect the snapped values and will not be used by the function block during the current execution Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Once the inputs are snapped the algorithm operates on them generating outputs as itprogresses Algorithm executions are controlled through the setting of containedparameters Contained parameters are internal to function blocks and do not appear asnormal input and output parameters However they may be accessed and modified remtely as specified by the fundtion block Input events may affect the operation of the algorithm An execution control function regulates the receipt of input events and the generation of output events during execution of the algorithm Upon completion of the algorithm the data internal to the block is saved for use in the next execution and the output data is snapped releasing it for use by other function blocks Figure 7 1 Function Block Internal Structure Input Parameter Linkages Input Events Output Events Execution Control Processing Algorithm Output Parameter Linkages 39930016 A block is a tagged logical processing unit The tag is the name of the block System management services locate a block by its tag Thus the service personnel need only know the tag of the block to access or change the appropriate block parameters Function blo
161. e Out mode is similar to Manual mode except that the block output is supplied by an external program rather than by the operator Initialization Manual is a non target mode used with cascade configurations while transitioning from manual operation to automatic operation Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Application Examples Figure 7 15 PID Function Block Steam Heater Control Local Override is a non target mode that instructs the block to revert to Local Override when the tracking or fail safe control options are activated Out of Service mode disables the block for maintenance Abrupt changes in the guality of the input signal can result in unexpected loop behavior To prevent the output from changing abruptly and upsetting the process select the SP PV Track in Man l O option This option automatically sets the loop to Manual if a Bad input status is detected While in manual mode the operator can manage control manually until a Good input status is reestablished Basic PID Block for Steam Heater Control Situation A PID block is used with an Al block and an AO block to control the flow steam used to heat a process fluid in a heat exchanger Figure 7 15 illustrates the process instrumentation diagram Steam Supply Steam Heater 38740095 Condensate Solution The PID loop uses TT101 as an input and provides a signal to the analog output TCV101 The BKCAL OUT of the AO
162. e active element The oxidation that occurs produces heat anda temperature rise in the active element The temperature difference produces a resistance relationship between the two elements that is directly proportional to the concentration of combustibles in the sample gases The catalyst is specifically designed to detect carbon monoxide CO but the sensor responds to other combustible gases The sensor is calibrated using CO thus the output should be expressed in terms of CO However since the sensor detects other combustible gases the output cannot just be labeled CO The response of the sensor to other combustible gases gives an output that is eguivalent to the sensor detecting CO The term COe is used in this manual to describe the sensor output This term indicates that the sensor is calibrated in terms of CO and that the sensor output is eguivalent to CO but not specific to CO Dilution air is provided to the COe sensor to ensure there is adeguate oxygen to fully oxidize any combustible gases regardless of the concentration of oxygen in the process System Configuration Transmitters are available in four lengths giving the user the flexibility to use a penetration appropriate to the size of the stack or duct The length options are 18 in 457 mm 3 ft 0 91 m 6 ft 1 83 m or 9 ft 2 7 m Probes are available in three material options 316L stainless steel Inconel 600 and ceramic to accommodate higher temperatures The
163. e board is installed on the end of the electronics stack in the electronics housing Figure 4 1 There are four mating connectors on the back of the LOI module that allow the LOI to be oriented as desired by the user Electronics Housing Cover Removed Electronics Stack LOI Board 37390027 LOI Module s EMERSON http www raihome com OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 LOI CONTROLS Overview Figure 4 2 LOI Assembly LOI Key Functions 4 2 The LOI shown in Figure 4 2 utilizes a bright blue gas fluorescent display Intensity is adjustable There is an Infrared LED source and a detector for each key The detectors can detect a finger placed above the button through the glass window There is no need to open the instrument in bad weather or in hazardous areas in order to access the electronics It should be noted that the OCX 8800 also uses HART or FOUNDATION Fieldbus communications permitting access to all instrument functionality anywhere the digital O signal terminates via a model 375 Field communicator Touch Selection Confirmation Arrow LED Selection Enter gk Arrow E e e Lockout Notation LK Z ALS KO Status Code Display Window Selection Arrows 37390042 The gray top left key will move one level higher in the menu structure When entering parameter values numbers this key moves the cursor to the
164. e high and low scale values engineering units code and number of digits to the right of the decimal point associated with OUT PV 07 EU of PV SCALE The process variable used in block execution PV FTIME 16 Seconds The time constant of the first order PV filter It is the time required for a 63 percent change in the IN value PV_SCALE 10 None The high and low scale values engineering units code and number of digits to the right of the decimal point associated with PV RATE 26 Seconds The derivative action time constant RCAS_IN 32 EU of PV_SCALE Target setpoint and status that is provided by a supervisory host Used when mode is RCAS RCAS_OUT 35 EU of PV_SCALE Block setpoint and status after ramping filtering and limiting that is provided to a supervisory host for back calculation to allow action to be taken under limiting conditions or mode change Used when mode is RCAS RESET 24 Seconds per repeat The integral action time constant ROUT_IN 33 EU of OUT_SCALE Target output and status that is provided by a supervisory host Used when mode is ROUT 7 37 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 Parameter ROUT OUT SHED OPT SP SP FTIME SP HI LIM SP LO LIM SP RATE DN SP RATE UP SP WORK STATUS OPTS STRATEGY ST REV STRUCTURE CONFIG TAG DESC TRK IN D TRK SCALE TRK VAL UBETA UGAMMA UPDATE EVT 7 38 Index Number 36 34 08 69 21 22 19 20 68 14
165. e limit values the engineering units code and the number of digits to the right of the decimal point for the O reading See FF 903 section 3 3 The temperature of the O cell The High and Low range limit values the engineering units code and the number of digits to the right of the decimal point for the O cell temperature See FF 903 section 3 3 See FF 903 section 3 3 See FF 903 sections 3 3 and 4 5 See FF 903 section 3 3 The raw value of the O sensor input See FF 903 section 3 3 and 4 3 7 15 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 Parameter Mnemonic O2 SETPOINT O2 SLOPE O2 T90 Valid Range 34 5 57 5 0 300 O2 TEMP MAX O2 THERMOCOUPLE INPUT O2 TIME TO NEXT CAL O2 TOL CHECK OPERATING MODE PCD COUNTER PCDC ENABLE PCN COUNTER SB HTR DUTYCYCLE SB SETPOINT SB TEMP SB TEMP MAX SB THERMOCOUPLE INPUT SENSOR HOUSING TEMP SENSOR HOUSING TEMP INPUT SENSOR HOUSING TEMP MAX SENSOR HOUSING TYPE 0 9999 0 No 1 Yes 0 No 1 Yes 0 1 2 3 SOLENOIDS PRESENT 0 No 1 Yes ST REV STATS ATTEMPTS STATS FAILURES STATS TIMEOUTS STRATEGY TAG DESC TRANSDUCER _ DIRECTORY TRANSDUCER TYPE UPDATE EVT VERIFY STATE 0 through 5 VERIFY STATE STEP 0 1 2 3 6 VERIFY STATE TIME XD ERROR 7 16 Units mV Decade Seconds 8G mV Hours Enumerated se C 46 mV C mV C Enumerated Enumerated E
166. e wiring test or replace the heater Description Mechanical or thermal stress may eventually cause the sensor heater to fail The resistance of a properly functioning cell heater will measure less than 100 ohms A failed heater will generally measure as an open circuit Diagnosis must be done at the analyzer Refer to Section 8 Troubleshooting for details The Heater Ramp Rate Exceeded problem is usually caused by the inability of the device to limit power to the heater This could be caused by a shorted triac component on the power supply in the electronics stack Diagnosis must be done at the analyzer Refer to Section 8 Troubleshooting for details Check heater wiring A heater over temperature out of control problem check thermocouple wiring or replace the electronics stack Allow instrument several minutes to reach proper temperature or check power supply Check the calibration gas supplies and connections Check instrument accuracy and or calibrate would generally be caused by the inability of the device to limit power to the heater This could be caused by a shorted triac on the power supply in the electronics stack Cell temperature control may become erratic for the following reasons 1 Temperature is settling during startup 2 Large variations in process temperature or flow 3 Fluctuations or noise in the power supplied to the instrument Make sure the oxygen concentrations of the c
167. eadings 4 One CO gas and two O gases are used to calibrate the OCX 8800 CO 1000 ppm or up to 496 Balance air O low gas 0 4 Balance N O high gas 8 Balance N Connect the output of the test gas sources to the inlet port of the CAL GAS flow meter Install an air line between the flow meter outlet port and the CAL GAS inlet fitting on the sensor housing 2 13 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 Figure 2 9 Pneumatic Installation OCX with Reference Sensor Air Set without Autocalibration Housing CAL Gas In 3 CAL Gas Eductor Reference Air In 14 Flow Meter Air In 7 scfh 20 30 psig Recommended Dilution Air In 4 Dilution Air lt 2 2 Stage Flow Meter Regulators oiscth CH CH 3 o o Instrument OD Air Out 1 2 O B v Instrument Air Supply Pressure Reguator Filter 35 psig General Purpose Electronics Replacement Parts Housing 2 Pressure Gage 0 60 psig 275431 03 11 10 scfh 771B635H01 0 05 0 5 scfh 771B635H08 2 Combination Filter Reg 0 60 psig 1A99422H01 3 Flowmeter 14 37390011 2 14 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 2 10 Pneumatic Installation OCX with Reference Air Set Solenoids and Autocalibration without COe Zero Function Sensor Housing H CAL Gas Flow Meter SEJ y scfh 20 30 psig
168. ect value is displayed use the Enter key to input the value 8 The LOI displays a Meter at 4 mA prompt Use the right pointing key to select the letter yes or no Use the up or down pointing key to change the letter Then use the Enter key to input the response If no the process repeats from step 7 9 The LOI displays a Meter at 20 mA prompt Use the right pointing key to select the letter yes or no Use the up or down pointing key to change the letter Then use the Enter key to input the response If no the process repeats from step 8 10 When the ropiness in steps 9 and 10 are yes the trim procedure is complete Exit the LOI menu and return the control loop to automatic control 5 12 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 COe D A trim procedure using the LOI Use the following procedure to perform the COe D A trim procedure at the LOI Refer to the LOI menu tree in Figure 4 4 NWARNING To avoid a potentially dangerous operating condition the OCX 8800 must be removed from the automatic combustion control loop before you start the D A trim procedure 1 From the operating display use the left pointing key to select the first column submenu Use the down pointing key to select SYSTEM 2 From the SYSTEM menu use the down pointing key to select Input Output Use the right pointing key to select the Analog parameters list 3 Scroll down to the item Trim COe Out Touch the right poi
169. ektiiviga Euroopa Liitu mittekuuluvad riigid peavad samuti alljargnevaid juhiseid jargima va juhul kui on olemas vastavad kohalikud riiklikud standardid 1 10 11 Ettenahtud maanduspunktide nii sisemiste kui valiste jaoks tuleb tagada n uetekohased maa hendused P rast paigaldamist v i rikketuvastust tuleb k ik turva mbrised ja turvamaandused uuesti oma kohale seada K igis olukordades tuleb sailitada k igi maandusklemmide terviklikkus Toitejuhtmed peavad vastama IEC227 v i IEC245 n uetele Kogu juhtmestik peab sobima kasutamiseks le 75 C hutemperatuuri juures K ik juhtmetihendid peavad sisemootmete poolest tagama n uetekohased kaabli hendused Seadme ohutu t tamise tagamiseks peab hendus toiteallikaga toimuma vaid l bi automaatkorgi mis veaolukorras l litab v lja k ik voolukandjad Automaatkorgil v ib olla ka mehhaaniliselt reguleeritav lahkl liti Vastasel juhul peab seadme toiteallikast lahti hendamiseks olema teine ja selgelt osutatud moodus Automaatkorgid v i l litid peavad vastama tunnustatud standarditele nagu nt IEC947 Kogu juhtmestik peab vastama kohalikele standarditele Seadmel v i mbristel asuv paremale osutav s mbol t histab selle all leiduvat ohtlikku pinget Selliste s mbolitega mbriseid v ib eemaldada vaid juhul kui seade on toiteallikast lahti hendatud ning ka siis ainult vastavate oskustega spetsialisti poolt Seadmele v i mbristele m rgitud paremale
170. electronics are contained in a separate housing from the sensors When the transmitter is configured with the integral electronics option the electronics and sensor housings are mounted as a unit at the stack mounting flange When the transmitter is configured with the remote electronics option the electronics are contained in a separate housing from the sensors The electronics housing may be mounted up to 150 feet from the sensor housing The electronics control both sensor temperatures and provide output signals in one of two ways 1 Individual 4 20 ma isolated outputs that are proportional to the measured oxygen and combustibles concentrations The oxygen output also contains HART communication 2 Single FOUNDATION fieldbus output Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 The power supply can accept voltages of 100 to 240 VAC and 50 to 60 Hz The electronics accepts millivolt signals generated by the sensors and produces the outputs to be used by remotely connected devices Refer to Section 3 Configuration and Startup for specific instructions upon initial power up System Features 1 The cell output voltage and sensitivity increase as the oxygen concentration decreases HART or FOUNDATION fieldbus communication is standard To use this capability you must have either a Model 375 Field Communicator b AMS software for the PC Oxygen cell and heater thermocouple assembly are field repla
171. ell impedance is greater than 5000 ohms and no ground fault is indicated replace O cell with cell replacement kit Loose or open O cell circuit connection Ref Current Err RTD excitation current error reference current should be 5 02 mA Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action Loose or open lead or circuit wire connection for Check all COe and CJC sensor current loop wiring per Figure 8 3 and Figure 9 9 COe sensor or CJC sensor current loop Correct wiring faults COe sensor grounded Check resistance of COe sensor leads to ground per Figure 9 9 Replace COe sensor if resistance is less than 10M Ohms COe sensor failed Check resistance of both COe sensor elements per Figure 9 9 Replace COe sensor if resistance of sensor element is not between 100 and 250 Ohms CJC sensor grounded Check resistance of CJC sensor to ground per Figure 9 9 Replace CJC sensor if resistance is less than 10M Ohms CJC sensor failed Check resistance of CJC sensor per Figure 9 9 Replace CJC sensor if resistance of sensor is not between 100 and 150 Ohms O2 Temp Hi Oxygen sensor heater temperature high gt 750 C Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action Check power supply for line noise or voltage fluctuations Install power line filter kit PN 6A00171G01 or high quality line filter for input power High noise in OCX power supply COe Temp Hi Combustion sensor heater temperature high 310 C Probable Cause Recommended Correct
172. ember 2009 OCX 8800 WICHTIG Sicherheitshinweise f r den Anschlu und die Installation dieser Ger te Die folgenden Sicherheitshinweise sind in allen Mitgliederstaaten der europ ischen Gemeinschaft g ltig Sie m ssen strickt eingehalten werden um der Niederspannungsrichtlinie zu gen gen Nichtmitgliedsstaaten der europ ischen Gemeinschaft sollten die national g ltigen Normen und Richtlinien einhalten 1 2 10 11 Alle intern und extern vorgesehenen Erdungen der Ger te m ssen ausgef hrt werden Nach Installation Reparatur oder sonstigen Eingriffen in das Ger t m ssen alle Sicherheitsabdeckungen und Erdungen wieder installiert werden Die Funktion aller Erdverbindungen darf zu keinem Zeitpunkt gest rt sein Die Netzspannungsversorgung mu den Anforderungen der IEC227 oder IEC245 gen gen Alle Verdrahtungen sollten mindestens bis 75 ihre Funktion dauerhaft erf llen Alle Kabeldurchf hrungen und Kabelverschraubungen sollten in Ihrer Dimensionierung so gew hlt werden da diese eine sichere Verkabelung des Ger tes erm glichen Um eine sichere Funktion des Ger tes zu gew hrleisten mu die Spannungsversorgung ber mindestens 10 A abgesichert sein Im Fehlerfall dadurch gew hrleistet sein die Spannungsversorgung zum Gerat bzw zu den Ger ten unterbrochen wird Ein mechanischer Schutzschalter kann in dieses System integriert werden Falls eine derartige Vorrichtung nicht vo
173. ement basic closed loop control compute the error difference between the process variable PV and setpoint SP values and calculate a control output signal using a PID Proportional Integral Derivative function block The proportional control function responds immediately and directly to a change in the PV or SP The proportional term GAIN applies a change in the loop output based on the current magnitude of the error multiplied by a gain value The integral control function reduces the process error by moving the output in the appropriate direction The integral term RESET applies a correction based on the magnitude and duration of the error Set the RESET parameter to zero for integral only control To reduce reset action configure the RESET parameter to be a large value The derivative term RATE applies a correction based on the anticipated change in error Derivative control is typically used in temperature control where large measurement lags exist The MODE parameter is a switch that indicates the target and actual mode of operation Mode selection has a large impact on the operation of the PID block Manual mode allows the operator to set the value of the loop output signal directly Automatic mode allows the operator to select a setpoint for automatic correction of error using the GAIN RESET and RATE tuning values Cascade and Remote Cascade modes use a setpoint from another block in a cascaded configuration Remot
174. emoval is not required leave the pre heater installed in the sensor holder 4 Unthread and remove pre heater 7 5 Use a cleaning solvent to thoroughly clean stainless steel balls 9 and pre heater chamber in sensor housing 4 Refer to applicable MSDS sheet for solvent handling precautions Sensor Housing Assemble COe Sensor Assembly Assembly NCAUTION Always remove the stainless steel balls approximately 200 from sensor holder before removing or installing pre heater Turning pre heater in the sensor holder with the stainless steel balls in place will cause permanent damage to the pre heater 1 Ifpre heater 7 Figure 9 15 was removed apply pipe thread sealant Loctite 567 to the external pipe threads of pre heater 7 and plug 8 Do not apply sealant to the first turn of the pipe threads 2 Clamp flats of sensor holder 4 in vise jaws with pre heater port pointing up 3 Install and tighten pre heater 7 Align pre heater to flat of sensor holder 4 as shown in Figure 9 16 4 Invert sensor holder 4 Figure 9 15 in vise and pour stainless steel balls 9 into plug port Press down on stainless steel balls and tap sensor holder with plastic hammer to compact balls in pre heater chamber 5 Install and tighten plug 8 ZNCAUTION Use care when installing the combustibles COe sensor The RTD elements are fragile and correct alignment in sensor holder is required for proper OCX operation
175. en Combustibles Transmitter package should contain the items shown in Figure 1 1 Use the product matrix in Table 1 1 at the end of this section to verify your order number The first part of the matrix defines the model The last part defines the various options and features of the OCX 8800 Check the model number against the transmitter features and options making sure options specified by this number are on or included with the unit Use this complete model number for any correspondence with Emerson Process Management A list of accessories for use with the OCX 8800 is provided in Table 1 2 EMERSON http www raihome com Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 Figure 1 1 Typical System Package 39670001 Instruction Manual 1 2 Field Communicator Package optional 3 Adapter Plate with Mounting Hardware and Gasket 4 Reference Air and Calibration Set optional 5 Blowback Hardware optional 6 OCX 8800 with Remote Electronics 7 OCX 8800 with Integral Electronics Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 SYSTEM OVERVIEW Scope This Instruction Manual supplies details needed to install startup operate and maintain the OCX 8800 Signal conditioning electronics outputs a digital signal representing oxygen O5 and combustibles COe values This information plus additional details can be accessed with the 375 Field commu
176. en the high reading is stable Turn off the high O test gas Press the right pointing key to start the high gas purge 10 When the purge period expires the LOI display reverts to the normal operation display If the calibration failed the display will indicate an alarm condition 11 Press the right pointing key to start combustibles calibration Turn on the CO test gas when prompted 12 Press the right pointing key when the CO test gas is applied The calibration data changes as the calibration proceeds Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 13 14 15 Press the right pointing key when the CO reading is stable Turn off the CO test gas and press the right pointing key to start the CO gas purge When the purge period expires the LOI display reverts to the normal operation display If the calibration failed the display will indicate an alarm condition Manual O Calibration using the Field Communicator HART To perform a manual O calibration using the 375 Field Communicator use the following procedure If necessary refer to Section 6 Field Communicator for the HART menu tree NOTE To select a menu item either use the up and down arrow keys to scroll to the menu item and press the right arrow key or use the number keypad to select the menu item number To return to a preceding menu press the left arrow key ak w D gt Select DIAG SERVICE from DEVICE SETUP
177. ened This is the ground side connection for the cell Install Sample and Exhaust Tubes 1 See Figure 9 13 Apply pipe thread sealant Loctite 567 to the replacement sample tube 2 or exhaust tube 3 pipe threads Do not apply sealant to the first turn of the pipe threads 2 Thread the sample tube 2 or exhaust tube 3 into the housing 1 Use a pipe wrench to tighten the tube 3 If used install and tighten insitu filter 4 9 21 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 Install Eductor If installed the cell and heater strut assembly 9 Figure 9 7 must be removed from sensor housing 8 before you install the eductor 1 Apply pipe thread sealant Loctite 567 to the external pipe threads of eductor 6 Figure 9 17 Do not apply sealant to the first turn of the pipe threads Figure 9 17 Installation of Eductor and COe Sensor 1 Insulator 2 Dilution Air Tube 3 COe Extractive Tube 4 Eductor Air Tube 5 COe Sensor Assembly 6 T 8 Eductor Sensor Housing COe Thermocouple 9 Heater Insulator 10 COe Band Heater 11 Sensor Holder 12 Eductor Elbow 13 Terminal Block Mounting 14 Eductor Holder 15 Tube Fitting 16 CJC Sensor 37390047 9 22 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 9 18 Eductor Alignment Ma
178. enoid lead connectors from terminals of electronics stack 5 Figure 9 24 2 Remove two screws 13 and lockwashers 14 3 Remove electronics stack 5 9 30 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Remove Solenoid Valves 1 Disconnect solenoid leads from mating terminal connector 2 Remove top nut of solenoid valve 15 or 16 Figure 9 24 3 Remove the solenoid coil assembly and washer 4 Unthread and remove solenoid valve base Remove EMI Filter and Terminal Block 1 Disconnect EMI filter wiring Figure 9 25 at terminal block 3 2 Disconnect EMI filter wiring at AC power input terminal block on electronic stack 3 Unbolt and remove EMI filter 1 from electronic stack 4 Remove ground wire 2 from terminal block 3 5 Unbolt and remove terminal block 3 from electronic stack Figure 9 25 Removal Installation of EMI Filter Blue Brown Green 37390081 Electronics Housing Install EMI Filter and Terminal Block Assembly 1 Install replacement EMI filter 1 Figure 9 25 and or terminal block 3 on electronic stack 2 Refer to wiring details in Figure 9 25 Connect EMI filter wiring and ground wire 2 at terminal block 3 3 Connect EMI filter wiring at AC power input terminal block on electronic stack 9 3
179. ent air 20 95 oxygen as the reference air When the cell is at operating temperature and there are unegual oxygen concentrations across the cell oxygen ions will travel from the high oxygen partial pressure side to the low oxygen partial pressure side of the cell The resulting logarithmic output voltage is approximately 50 mV per decade The output is proportional to the inverse logarithm of the oxygen concentration Therefore the output signal increases as the oxygen concentration of the sample gas decreases This characteristic enables the OCX 8800 to provide exceptional sensitivity at low oxygen concentrations OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 The OCX 8800 measures net oxygen concentration in the presence of all the products of combustion including water vapor Therefore it may be considered an analysis on a wet basis In comparison with older methods such as the portable apparatus which provides an analysis on a dry gas basis the wet analysis will in general indicate a lower percentage of oxygen The difference will be proportional to the water content of the sampled gas stream The OCX 8800 combustibles sensor is a catalytic sensor consisting of two Resistance Devices RTD One RTD is the reference element covered with an inert coating The other RTD element is active coated with a catalyst As the sample gases flow by the sensor the combustible gases oxidize on the surface of th
180. entami urz dzenia oznaczonymi symbolem pokazanym na rysunku po prawej stronie mo e wyst powa niebezpieczne napi cie elektryczne Te pokrywy mog by zdejmowane tylko po od czeniu zasilania wy cznie przez odpowiednio przeszkolonych pracownik w serwisu Pod pokrywami lub elementami urz dzenia oznaczonymi symbolem pokazanym na rysunku po prawej stronie znajduj si gor ce powierzchnie Te pokrywy mog by zdejmowane tylko po od czeniu zasilania wy cznie przez odpowiednio przeszkolonych pracownik w serwisu Niekt re powierzchnie mog pozosta nagrzane przez pewien czas po od czeniu zasilania W przypadku sprz tu oraz pokryw oznaczonych symbolem pokazanym na rysunku po prawej stronie nale y zapozna si ze wskaz wkami w Instrukcji operatora i stosowa si do nich Wszystkie symbole graficzne zastosowane do oznaczenia produktu pochodz z nast puj cych norm EN61010 1 IEC417 lub 1503864 Oznaczenie Nie otwiera gdy urz dzenie jest pod napi ciem lub podobne oznaczenia informuj o ryzyku zap onu w miejscach gdzie wyst puje zagro enie wybuchem Urz dzenie nale y otwiera tylko po od czeniu zasilania i po up ywie czasu na ostygni cie urz dzenia oznaczonego na etykiecie lub w instrukcji obs ugi Urz dzenie mog otwiera wy cznie odpowiednio przeszkoleni pracownicy serwisu Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 IMPORTANTE Instru
181. erating condition of the I O card and any active alarm condition In Auto mode OUT reflects the value and status quality of the PV In Man mode the OUT status constant limit is set to indicate that the value is a constant and the OUT status is Good The Uncertain EU range violation status is always set and the PV status is set high or low limited if the sensor limits for conversion are exceeded In the STATUS_OPTS parameter you can select from the following options to control the status handling BAD if Limited sets the OUT status quality to Bad when the value is higher or lower than the sensor limits Uncertain if Limited sets the OUT status quality to Uncertain when the value is higher or lower than the sensor limits Uncertain if in Manual mode The status of the Output is set to Uncertain when the mode is set to Manual NOTE The instrument must be in Manual or Out of Service mode to set the status option NOTE The Al block only supports the BAD if Limited option Unsupported options are not grayed out they appear on the screen in the same manner as supported options 7 29 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 Advanced Features Application Information Application Examples Table 7 21 Analog Input Function Block Configuration for a Typical Temperature Transmitter 7 30 The Al function block provided with Fisher Rosemount fieldbus devices provides adde
182. erhetsjord aterplaceras Samtliga jordterminaler maste hallas obrutna hela tiden Matningsspanningens kabel maste 6verensstamma med f reskrifterna i IEC227 eller IEC245 Allt kablage skall vara l mpligt for anv ndning i en omgivningstemperatur h gre n 75 C Alla kabelf rskruvningar som anv nds skall ha inre dimensioner som motsvarar adekvat kabelf rankring F r att s kerst lla s ker drift av denna utrustning skall anslutning till huvudstr mmen endast g ras genom en s kring min 10A som skall fr nkoppla alla str mf rande kretsar n r n got fel uppst r S kringen kan ven ha en mekanisk fr nskiljare Om s inte r fallet m ste ett annat f rfarande f r att fr nskilja utrustningen fr n str mf rs rjning tillhandah llas och klart framg genom markering S kring eller omkopplare m ste verensst mma med en g llande standard s som t ex IEC947 D r utrustning eller h lje r markerad med vidst ende symbol f religgerisk f r livsfarlig sp nning i n rheten Dessa h ljen f r endast avl gsnas n r str mmen ej r ansluten till utrustningen och d endast av utbildad servicepersonal N r utrustning eller h lje r markerad med vidst ende symbol f religger risk f r br nnskada vid kontakt med uppv rmd yta Dessa h ljen f r endast avl gsnas av utbildad servicepersonal n r str mmen kopplats fr n utrustningen Vissa ytor kan vara mycket varma att vidr ra ven upp till 45 minuter efter a
183. errumpido la alimentacion electrica al equipo por personal entrenado para estas labores y al menos se esperara unos 45 minutos para enfriar las superficies calientes Cuando el equipo o la tapa lleve impreso el simbolo se consultara el manual de instrucciones Todos los simbolos graficos usados en esta hoja estan de acuerdo a las siguientes normas EN61010 1 IEC417 amp ISO 3864 Cuando el equipo o las etiquetas tienen la indicaci n No abrir mientras reciba energ a u otra similar existe el peligro de ignici n en zonas donde haya un ambiente explosivo Este equipo s lo debe ser abierto por personal de servicio cualificado despu s de apagarlo y dejar pasar el intervalo de tiempo correspondiente indicado en la etiqueta o el manual de instrucciones para que el equipo se enfr e Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 VIKTIGT Sakerhetsforeskrifter for kablage och installation av denna apparat F ljande sakerhetsforeskrifter ar till mpliga for samtliga EU medlemslander De skall f ljas i varje avseende for att verensst mma med L gsp nnings direktivet EU medlemsl nder skall ocksa f lja nedanstaende punkter s vida de inte vergrips av lokala eller nationella f reskrifter 1 10 11 Tillamplig jordkontakt skall utf ras till alla jordade punkter saval internt som externt dar sa erfordras Efter installation eller fels kning skall samtliga sakerhetshdljen och sak
184. es n r spenningsforsyning er frakoblet utstyret og da bare av trenet servicepersonell Der hvor utstyr eller deksler er merket med symbol for meget varm overflate er det sannsynlig at disse er tilstede bak dekslet Disse dekslene m bare fjaernes nar spenningsforsyning er frakoblet utstyret og da bare av trenet servicepersonell Noen overflater kan vaere for varme til ber res i opp til 45 minutter etter spenningsforsyning frakoblet Der hvor utstyret eller deksler er merket med symbol vennligst referer til instruksjonsmanualen for instrukser Alle grafiske symboler brukt i dette produktet er fra en eller flere av felgende standarder EN61010 1 IEC417 amp ISO3864 N r utstyr eller merkelapper baerer advarselen M ikke pnes under spenning eller lignende innbaerer det fare for eksplosjon i omr der med en eksplosiv atmosfaere Utstyret skal bare pnes n r det ikke er noen str mtilf rsel og etter at det har hatt tilstrekkelig tid til a kj le ned som spesifisert pa merkelappen eller i h ndboken Selv da skal utstyret bare pnes av erfarne serviceteknikere OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 A 18 WA NE Zalecenia dotycz ce bezpiecze stwa w zakresie pod czania i instalacji tego urz dzenia Nast puj ce zalecenia dotycz zw aszcza stosowania urz dzenia we wszystkich krajach Unii Europejskiej Nale y si ci le do nich stosowa w celu zapewnienia zgodno ci z d
185. es sensor zero or lock at the last process reading O None 1 O5 2 CO 3 Both Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Parameter Mnemonic Valid Range Units COZERO PURGE TIME 60 180 Seconds COZERO STATE 0 1 2 COZERO UPDATE 0 Off 1 On Enumerated DETAILED STATUS 1 0 16777215 Bit Enum DETAILED STATUS 2 0 16777215 Bit Enum ELECTRONICS TEMP C ELECTRONICS TEMP _ mV INPUT INITIATE BLOWBACK 1 Do a manual blowback LINE FREQUENCY Hz LINE VOLTAGE Volts MAX ELECTRONICS TEMP C MAX_TEMP_RESET 1 Reset max temperatures MODE_BLK O2 AUTOCAL INTERVAL 0 9999 Hours O2 CAL POINT HI 0 40 96 O2 CAL POINT LO 0 40 96 O2 CELL IMPEDANCE Ohms O2 CONSTANT 20 0 20 0 mV O2 FAILED CONSTANT mV O2 FAILED SLOPE mV Decade O2 HTR DUTYCYCLE O2 IMPEDANCE CAL Ohms O2 PERCENT OF RANGE O2 PREVIOUS CONSTANT mV O2 PREVIOUS Ohms IMPEDANCE O2 PREVIOUS SLOPE mV Decade O2 PRIMARY VALUE O2 PRIMARY VALUE RANGE O2 PRIMARY VLUE TYPE See F 903 section 4 1 O2 SECONDARY VALUE O2 SECONDARY VALUE RANGE O2 SENSOR CAL DATE O2 SENSOR CAL LOC O2 SENSOR CAL METHOD O2 SENSOR CAL WHO O2 SENSOR INPUT mV O2 SENSOR TYPE Description The duration of the Combustibles sensor zero purge The current step of the Combustibles sensor zero cycle O ldle 1 Flowing 2 Purging Indicates whether the Combustibles calibration constants should be updated after Combustibles sensor zero A bit enumerated value used to communicate the status
186. esterni fejn ikun ipprovdut 2 Wara l installazzjoni jew meta tipprova ssolvi xi problema l g atjien kollha tas sigurt l erts tas sigurt g andhom jitpo ew lura f posthom L integrit tat terminali kollha ta l ert g andha tin amm fkull in 3 Il wajers tal provvista tad dawl g andhom ikunu konformi ml ti ijiet ta IEC227 jew IEC245 4 l wiring kollu g andu jkun adattat g all u u f temperatura ta l ambjent ta iktar minn 75 C 5 Il glands tal kejbils kollha li jintuzw iridu jkunu ta daqs intern tali li jipprovdu ankora adegwat lill kejbil 6 ti gura t t addim sigur ta dan it tag mir il konnessjoni mal provvista tad dawl g andha ssir biss permezz ta circuit breaker li jiskonnetta l kondutturi kollha li jkunu j orru irkuwiti f sitwazzjoni meta jkun hemm il sara Is circuit breaker jista wkoll jinkludi swi li ji ola li ja dem b mod mekkaniku Jekk dan ma jkunx il ka mezz ie or ta kif it tag mir ji i skonnettjat minn mal provvista tad dawl g andu jkun ipprovdut u jkun immrkat b mod ar li hu hekk Is circuit breakers jew swi ijiet iridu jkunu konformi ma standard rikonoxxut b al IEC947 Il wiring kollu jrid ikun konformi ma l istandards lokali jekk ikun hemm 7 Meta t tag mir jew l g atjien ikunu mmarkati bis simbolu fuq il lemin x aktarx li jkun hemm vulta i perikolu i ta thom Dawn l g atjien g andhom jitne ew biss meta titne a l pr
187. eter at 20 mA prompt question Use the right pointing key to select the letter yes or no Use the up or down pointing key to change the letter Then use the Enter key to input the response If no the process repeats from step 8 10 When the ropiness in steps 9 and 10 are yes the trim procedure is complete Exit the LOI menu and return the control loop to automatic control 5 13 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 D A TRIM PROCEDURES HART 5 14 O D A trim procedure using HART Use the following procedure to perform the O D A trim procedure using the Field Communicator If necessary refer to Section 6 Field Communicator for the HART menu tree NOTE To select a menu item either use the up and down arrow keys to scroll to the menu item and press the right arrow key or use the number keypad to select the menu item number To return to a preceding menu press the left arrow key 10 11 12 13 From the DIAG SERVICE menu select D A TRIM Select O2 D A Trim Press the right arrow key to start the procedure If you wish to exit D A Trim with no changes select ABORT The Field Communicator displays WARNING Loop should be removed from automatic control Remove the OCX 8800 from any automatic control loops to avoid a potentially dangerous operating condition and press OK The Field Communicator displays Connect reference meter to O2 output Remove the electron
188. ev O2 Impedence Failed O2 Slope Failed O2 Constant COe Slope COe Constant Prev COe Slope Prev COe Constant Failed COe Slope Failed COE Constant O2 Set Point O2 Duty Cycle COe Set Point COe Duty Cycle SB Set Point SB Duty Cycle 39930010 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 6 9 Fieldbus Menu Tree Sheet 3 of 3 continued from Raw Inputs Sheet 2 Cal Status Verify Status O2 Cal Setup O2 Sensor Cal Date O2 Sensor Cal Loc O2 Sensor Cal Who Cal Status Verify Status COe Cal Setup COe Sensor Cal Date COe Sensor Cal Loc COe Sensor Cal Who Blow Back Alarm Relay Blow Back Alarm Relay Continued with COe Zero O2 Primary Value COe Primary Value Cal State Cal Time Remain Calibration Results O2 Primary Value CO2 Primary Value Verify State Verify Time Remain Solenoids Gas Time Purge Time Continued from Cal Recommended Alarm Relay Blow Back O2 High Gas O2 Low Gas C2 Cal Interval O2 Next Cal O2 Tolerance Check COe Zero O2 Primary Value COe Primary Value Cal State Cal Time Remain Calibration Results O2 Primary Value CO2 Primary Value Verify State Verify Time Remain Simulate Status Solenoids Gas Time Purge Time COe Test Gas Cal Recommended COe Cal Interval COe Next Cal COe Slope Warning COe Tolerance Check Status Methods Blowback State Blowback Enabled Blowback Interval Blowback Duration Blo
189. fects on a level signal Elevated Temperature Level Indicated Level Calibrated at Ambient Temperature 100 Level Percent 0 4mA xMa 20mA Milliamp Signal 39930020 The calculation is done by applying the level signal to the IN connector the liguid temperature to the IN 1 connector and the ambient air temperature to the IN 2 connector Select the Arithmetic type ARITH TYPE of Flow Compensation Linear 7 55 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 Figure 7 25 Arithmetric Function Block Diagram Example Advanced Topics 7 56 This allows a ratio to be set up that increases the level indication at block output for an increase in the tank temperature relative to ambient temperature TANK_LEVEL LIQUID_TEMP AIR_TEMP ARITH_TYPE FLOW COMP LINEAR 39930021 This application can be applied to very large storage tanks whose contents are subject to thermal expansion and contraction during seasonal changes in temperature Arithmetric Types The parameter ARITH_TYPE determines how PV and the compensation terms t are combined User may select from nine 9 commonly used math functions depicted below COMP_HI and COMP_LO are compensation limits Flow Compensation Linear Flow Compensation Square Root func PV f func PV f COMP_HI 1 t 3 f A t 2 COMP_LO 39930022 If there is a divide by zero and the numerator is positive f is set
190. ff Trigger 1 Event Trigger 2 Event Trigger 3 Event Blow Bk Enable Yes No Blow Bk Intrvl Minutes Blow Bk Period Seconds Blow Bk Purge Seconds Blow Bk Status __ Force Blow Bk Yes No COe Zro Enable Yes No Zro Intrvl Minutes Coe Zro Flow Seconds COe Zro Purge Seconds Zro Status COe Zro Update Yes No COe Zro Track None Both COe O2 37390017 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 4 4 LOI Menu Tree Sheet 4 of 4 CONTINUED FROM SHEET 3 SYSTEM Parameters Software Status O2 Slope ___ mV D O2 Constant mV O2 T90 Time seconds COe Slope ppm ohm COe Constant ___ ohm COe T90 Time seconds Lockout Time seconds Revert TIme minutes Luminance PCDC Enable Y N PCNC Enable Y N Version Checksum Build Number Build Date Restart Count SW Err File SW Err Line SW Err Number Alarms CPLD Registers Line Frequency Line Voltage PCD Counter PCN Counter Reset Device Sensor Housing Serial Number 37390056 4 7 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 4 8 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Section 5 OVERVIEW FULLY AUTOMATIC CALIBRATION ROSEMOUNT Analytical Calibration OvervioW ese 99 cero wars E ERR en eee page 5 1 Fully Automatic Calibration page 5 1 Operator Initiated
191. flow measurement made using differential pressure and when sguare root extraction is not performed by the transducer Scaling XD SCALE provides the range and units of the measurement and OUT SCALE provides the range and engineering units of the output Temperature Transmitter Situation A temperature transmitter with a range of 200 to 450 C Solution Table 7 21 lists the appropriate configuration settings and Figure 7 8 illustrates the correct function block configuration Parameter Configured Values L_TYPE Direct XD_SCALE Not Used OUT_SCALE Not Used Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 7 8 Analog Input Function Block Configuration for a Typical Temperature Transmitter Figure 7 9 Situation 41 Diagram Table 7 22 Analog Input Function Diagram for a Pressure Transmitter used in Level Measurement Situation 1 Temperature Measurement OUT D Al Function Block OUT To Another Function Block 38740085 Pressure Transmitter used to Measure Level in an Open Tank Situation 1 The level of an open tank is to be measured using a pressure tap at the bottom of the tank The level measurement will be used to control the level of liquid in the tank The maximum level at the tank is 16 ft The liquid in the tank has a density that makes the level correspond to a pressure of 7 0 psi at the pressure tap Figure 7 9 16 ft 7 0 psi EL at the transmitter PREJETE suere
192. for corrective action Block is not scheduled and therefore cannot execute to go to the target mode Typically BLOCK ERR will show Power Up for all blocks that are not scheduled Schedule the block to execute Input has BAD status FEATURES SEL does not have Alerts enabled Enable the Alert bit LIM NOTIFY is not high enough Set equal to MAX NOTIFY STATUS OPTS has the Propagate Fault Forward bit set This must be cleared to cause the alarm to occur DISABLE 1 DISABLE 2 DISABLE 3 DISABLE 4 7 SELECTOR IN 1 4 Input used in the selection algorithm DISABLE 1 4 Discrete input used to enable the associated input channel OP SELECT Input used to override algorithm TRK VAL The value after scaling applied to OUT in local channel override x SELECTED The selected channel number 8 OUT z The block output and status The Input Selector ISEL function block be used to select the first good Hot Backup maximum minimum or average of as many as four input values and place it at the output The block supports signal status propagation There is no process alarm detection in the Input Selector function block Figure 7 28 illustrates the internal components of the ISEL block Table 7 33 lists the ISEL block parameters and their descriptions units of measure and index numbers 7 57 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 Table 7 33 Input Selector Fun
193. from the factory must be configured before the calibration tolerance feature can be implemented This same process must be performed any time a replacement card stack is installed Configuring the Calibration Tolerance Feature with the Field Communicator HART 1 Use the 375 Field Communicator or AMS software to access the HART menu 2 From the DETAILED SETUP menu select CAL SETUP 3 From the CAL SETUP menu select O2 CAL PARAMS 4 To enable the calibration tolerance feature for the oxygen calibration from the O2 CAL PARAMS select O2 Tol Check Select On to enable the calibration tolerance feature 5 Back out to the CAL SETUP menu select COe CAL PARAMS 6 To enable the calibration tolerance feature for the combustibles calibration from the COe CAL PARAMS select COe Tol Check Select On to enable the calibration tolerance feature Configuring the Calibration Tolerance Feature with the Field Communicator Fieldbus 1 Use the 375 Field Communicator or AMS software to access the Fieldbus menu 2 From the TRANSDUCER block menu select O2 CAL COe CAL 3 From the O2 CAL COe CAL menu select O2 CAL SETUP COe CAL SETUP 4 From the O2 CAL SETUP COe CAL SETUP menu select O2 Tolerance Check COe Tolerance Check Select Yes to enable the calibration tolerance feature Configuring the Calibration Tolerance Feature with the LOI 1 Use the Z pattern to enter the LOI menu tree 2 From the SYSTEM menu select Calib Setup
194. g es de seguranga para e instalagao deste aparelho As seguintes instruc es de seguranga aplicam se especificamente a todos os estados membros da UE Devem ser observadas rigidamente por forma a garantir o cumprimento da Directiva sobre Baixa Tensao Relativamente aos estados que nao pertencam UE dever o cumprir igualmente a referida directiva exceptuando os casos em que a legisla o local a tiver substitu do 1 10 11 Devem ser feitas liga es de terra apropriadas a todos os pontos de terra internos ou externos Ap s a instala o ou eventual repara o devem ser recolocadas todas as tampas de seguran a e terras de protec o Deve manter se sempre a integridade de todos os terminais de terra Os cabos de alimenta o el ctrica devem obedecer s exig ncias das normas IEC227 ou IEC245 Os cabos e fios utilizados nas liga es el ctricas devem ser adequados para utilizac o a uma temperatura ambiente ate 75 As dimens es internas dos bucins dos cabos devem ser adequadas a uma boa fixa o dos cabos Para assegurar um funcionamento seguro deste equipamento a liga o ao cabo de alimenta o el ctrica deve ser feita atrav s de um disjuntor min 10A que desligar todos os condutores de circuitos durante uma avaria O disjuntor poder tamb m conter um interruptor de isolamento accionado manualmente Caso contr rio dever ser instalado qualquer outro meio para desligar o eq
195. g kan etableres For opnaelse af sikker drift og betjening skal der skabes beskyttelse mod indirekte ber ring gennem afbryder min 10A som vil afbryde alle kredslgb med elektriske ledere i fejlsitua tion Afbryderen skal indholde en mekanisk betjent kontakt Hvis ikke skal anden form for afbryder mellem forsyning og udstyr benyttes og maerkes som s dan Afbrydere eller kontakter skal overholde en kendt standard som IEC947 Hvor udstyr eller daeksler er maerket med dette symbol er farlige sp ndinger normalt forekom mende bagved Disse d ksler b r kun afmonteres n r forsyningssp ndingen er frakoblet og da kun af instrueret servicepersonale Hvor udstyr eller d ksler er m rket med dette symbol forefindes meget varme overflader bagved Disse d ksler b r kun afmonteres af instrueret servicepersonale n r forsyningssp nding er frakoblet Visse overflader vil stadig v re for varme at ber re i op til 45 minutter efter frakobling Hvor udstyr eller d ksler er m rket med dette symbol se da i betjeningsmanual for instruktion Alle benyttede grafiske symboler i dette udstyr findes i n eller flere af f lgende standarder EN61010 1 IEC417 8 IS03864 N r udstyr eller etiketter er m rket M ikke bnes mens udstyret tilf res str m eller lignende er der fare for ant ndelse i omr der hvor der er en eksplosiv atmosf re Dette udstyr m kun bnes n r str mkilden er fjernet og der er g et tilstr kkelig tid
196. g the LOI or Section 6 Field Communicator for more information Setting Test Gas Values with the Field Communicator 1 Use the 375 Field Communicator software to access the HART menu 2 From the DETAILED SETUP menu select CAL SETUP 3 From the CAL SETUP menu select O2 CAL PARAMS or COe CAL PARAMS 4 From O2 CAL PARAMS select O2 HIGH GAS Enter the percent O used for the high O test gas 5 From O2 CAL PARAMS select O2 LOW GAS Enter the percent O used for the low O test gas 6 From COe CAL PARAMS select COe Test Gas Enter the CO concentration ppm used for COe test gas Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Setting Test Gas Values with Fieldbus Communicator 1 Use the 375 Field Communicator software to access the Fieldbus menu 2 From the TRANSDUCER menu select O2 CAL 3 From O2 CAL menu select O2 CAL SETUP 4 From O2 CAL SETUP select O2 HIGH GAS Enter the percent O used for the high test gas 5 From O2 CAL SETUP select O2 LOW GAS Enter the percent O used for the low test gas 6 From the TRANSDUCER menu select COe CAL SETUP 7 From COe CAL SETUP select COe Test Gas Enter the CO concentration ppm used for the COe Test Gas Setting Test Gas Values with the LOI 1 Use the Z pattern to enter the LOI menu tree 2 From the SYSTEM menu select Calib Setup 3 From Calib Setup select O2 High Gas Enter the percent O used for the high O test gas 4 Sele
197. ge PCN Counter PCD Counter O2 Temp Max COe Temp Max SB Temp Max Board Temp Max CJC Temp Max Cal Methods O2 Calibration COe Calibration O2 amp COe Calibration State TimeRemain 02 Current Cal O2 Slope O2 Constant Sensor Imp Cal COe Slope COe Constant Previous Cal Prev O2 Slope Prev O2 Constant Prev Sensor Imp Prev COe Slope Prev COe Constant Failed Cal Failed O2 Slope Failed O2 Constant Failed COe Slope Failed COe Constant Reset Cal Constant Reset O2 CalConsts Reset COe CalConsts Verify Calibration State TimeRemain 02 COe 39930013 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 6 5 HART Menu Tree Sheet 3 of 4 CONTINUED FROM CONTINUED FROM SHEET 2 SHEET 2 Diag Service Heater PID continued Device Information Basic Setup HART Information S W Version Info Detailed Setup Cal Setup Input Output CONTINUED ON SHEET 4 COe PID Date Descriptor Message Final Asmbly Num O2 Sensor S N COe Sensor S N Tag Poll Addr Dev ID Num Req Preams Fld Dev Rev Version Checksum Build Number Build Date Restart Cntr O2 Cal Params COe Cal Params Analog Output Alarm Relay Blowback COe Zero O2 Prop O2 Int O2 Duty Cycle O2 Set Point O2 Temp COe Prop COe Int COe Duty Cycle COe Set Point COe Temp SB Prop SB Int SB Duty Cycle SB Set Point SB Temp Solenoids Gas Time Purge Time O2 Out Tra
198. ge Insulator optional 14 3535B18H02 Flange Gasket ANSI 3535B45H01 Flange Gasket DIN 15 5R10279G01 Tube Fitting Type R 16 771B870H04 Tube Fitting Standard 17 5R10279G02 Tube Fitting Type E 10 5 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 ELECTRONICS HOUSING Figure 10 3 Electronics Housing Components 10 6 37390054 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Index No Part Number Description 1 1A97902H01 Hose 2 1A97905H02 Solenoid Valve 3 Way 3 1A97905H01 Solenoid Valve Test Gas 4 6A00132G01 Electronics Stack HART 6A00387G01 Electronics Stack Fieldbus 5 1 97913 06 Fuse F1 and F6 10 Amp 250 1A99766H01 Fuse F3 4 Amp 250 VAC 1A99766H02 Fuse F4 8 Amp 250 VAC 6 1A99089H02 Cover Gasket O ring 7 5R10219G01 Cover Blind 7A 5R10199G01 Cover Window 8 6A00115G02 LOI Module 9 1A99112H05 LOI Connector 10 5R10235G01 LOI Board 10 7 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 October 2009 Figure 10 4 EMI Filter and Terminal Block Blue Brown Green 37390083 Index No Part Number Description 1 1A98467H01 Filter EMI 2 5R10238G01 Ground Wire 3 1A99714H01 Terminal Block 10 8 Instruction Manual
199. ge can result from having a cold OCX 8800 exposed to the process gases If ducts will be washed down during outages make sure to power down the OCX 8800 units and remove them from the wash area NOTE During outages and whenever possible leave OCX 8800 units running to prevent condensation and premature aging from thermal cycling 2 24 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Section 3 VERIFY INSTALLATION ROSEMOUNT Analytical Configuration and Startup Verify Installation page 3 1 Initial Power UP page 3 4 Set Test Gas ValueS page 3 4 Calibration Solenoids page 3 5 Blowback Feature page 3 6 Calibration Verify Feature page 3 7 Calibration Tolerance Feature page 3 9 COe PURGE ZERO FEATURE page 3 10 OCX 8800 Reset Procedure page 3 12 NWARNING Install all protective eguipment covers and safety ground leads after installation Failure to install covers and ground leads could result in serious injury or death Ensure the OCX 8800 is installed correctly Verify mechanical installation and all electrical and pneumatic connections Refer to Section 2 Installation ACAUTION Make sure that the OCX 8800 is turned on and ope
200. gulator with gage in the CO high supply line 5 Connect the CAL GAS outlet fitting of the electronics housing to the inlet port of the CAL GAS flow meter Install an air line between the flow meter outlet port and the CAL GAS inlet fitting on the sensor housing Reference Air Set and Solenoids Option with COe Zero Function Figure 2 11 shows the piping arrangement for the OCX 8800 with autocalibration when the COe Zero Function is used The arrangement is similar to Figure 2 10 except instrument air is used as the Hi O test gas Refer to Section 3 for details of this function Figure 2 11 Pneumatic Installation OCX with Reference Air Set Solenoids and Autocalibration with COe Zero Function Sensor Housing CAL Gas Flow Meter 7 sefh 20 30 psig CAL Gas In Recommended ESAE Air In Eductor Air In Dilution 4 Air In Dilution Air 5 Flow Meter 0 1 scfh Electronics Housing CAL Gas Out is 2 Instrument Air Supply Pressure Reguator Filter 35 psig General Purpose Instrument Air Out NOTE If instrument is to be used as the high O2 calibration gas the low O2 and COe calibration gases must also be set to the same pressure i e 35 psig 2 Stage Regulators Replacement Parts 2 Pressure Gage 0 60 psig 275431 03 Combination Filter Reg 0 60 psig 1A99422H01 idosc _ 771B635H01 0 05 0 5 scfh 77 1B635H08 39930001 2 16 Ins
201. h Set egual to MAX NOTIFY 1 STATUS OPTS has Propagate Fault Forward bit set This should be cleared to cause an alarm to occur AMS and DeltaV software allows users to manage their instrumentation and to perform on line configurations of their instruments The ability to communicate with instruments and configure instruments on line facilitates instrument commissioning and loop validation With AMS users can also access status and diagnostic data from smart devices and monitor their performance AMS leverages the I O capabilities of the control system to gather asset management data without interfering with the control system s operations Install the Analyzer onto Deltav NOTE The following procedures assume that the DeltaV and the analyzer are installed and powered The following steps have to be performed to install a new device onto a DeltaV M system From the start menu select DeltaV gt Engineering gt DeltaV Explorer Select Expand Library right below DeltaV System Select Fieldbus Devices using right mouse button Click on Fieldbus Devices This will bring up a list of options Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 From the list select Add Device Definition This should give you a Browse for folder selection box Browse to the directory that contains the 7 files needed to register a new device with DeltaV These file will consist of
202. h 45M 150 Ft cable OCX88A 11 10 1 1 H3 06 Example Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Cont d Code In Situ Filter 0 None 1 Stainless Steel 2 High Surface Area Stainless Steel 3 Hastelloy Code Accessories 0 None 2 Cal Gas Flow Rotometers amp Ref Gas Set 3 Cal Gas Flow Rotometers amp Ref Gas Set w Blowback Cal Gas Flow Rotometers amp Ref Gas Set w Blowback Panel 4 Mounted OCX88A 11 10 1 1 H3 06 0 0 Example OTES Provide details of the existing mounting plate as follows Plate with studs Bolt circle diameter number and arrangement of studs stud thread stud height above mounting plate Plate without studs Bolt circle diameter number and arrangement of holes thread depth of stud mounting plate with accessories OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 Table 1 2 Accessories PART NUMBER 1A99119H01 1A99119H02 1A 99119H07 1A99120H02 1A99120H03 1A99119G06 1A99119G05 1A99119G04 1A99292H01 4851B40G02 1A99784H02 6A00171G01 6A00288G01 6A00288G02 6A00288G02 6A00288G04 6P00162H01 DESCRIPTION Oxygen test gas bottle 0 4 balance Oxygen test gas bottle 8 0 O balance No CO test gas bottle 1000 ppm CO balance air Regulator for Oxygen may need 2 Regulator for CO test gas Wall
203. he COe Low Gas The Calinration Status should automatically change to ReadCOLow for a period of time During this period if an attempt is made to go to the next calibration step by pressing OK and selecting START CAL STEP CAL you will be prompted with Operator step command is not accepted at this time When ready Calibration Status will stop at the AppCOeHi Switch on the COe High Gas Verify the COe concentration measured matches the COe HIGH GAS parameter in the Setup Press OK when ready 5 7 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 5 8 11 12 14 15 Select START CAL STEP CAL to start applying the COe High Gas The time to apply the test gas is specified by the Gas Time The calibration status should automatically change to FlowCOeHI and then ReadCOeHigh for a period of time During this period if an attempt is made to go to the next calibration step by pressing OK and selecting START CAL STEP CAL you will be prompted with Operator step command is not accepted at this time When ready Calibration Status will stop at STOP GAS switch off the COe High Gas Press OK when ready Select START CAL STEP CAL to start purging gas The time to purge gas is specified by the Purge time When the Purge step is complete the Calibration Status will be at IDLE A Calibration Failed alarm will be set if the calibration has failed When calibration is complete Select Exit Cal to exit the calibrati
204. he combustibles calibration slope from the previous good calibration The value and status of the combustibles concentration reading The High and Low range limit values the engineering units code and the number of digits to the right of the decimal point for the combustibles reading See FF 903 section 3 3 The raw value of the combustibles reference input The combustibles cell temperature This is the determined from the value of the combustibles reference RTD The High and Low range limit values the engineering units code and the number of digits to the right of the decimal point for the combustibles cell temperature reading See FF 903 section 3 3 Combustible Reference current See FF 903 section 3 3 and 4 3 Combustibles heater temperature set point The combustibles calibration slope The combustible slope warning threshold The amount of time that the combustibles process variable will take to reach 90 of the actual process variable The highest Combustibles temperature read since power on Combustible Block T C voltage Valid only with Type 3 sensor The time until the next automatic calibration of the combustibles sensor Combustible calibration gas tolerance check The duration of the Combustibles sensor zero cycle Indicates whether Combustibles sensor zero is enabled The time between Combustibles sensor zero cycles Indicates whether the Combustibles analog output should track the input during Combustibl
205. he following procedure to perform the COe D A trim procedure using the Field Communicator If necessary refer to Section 6 Field Communicator Field Communicator for the HART menu tree NOTE To select a menu item either use the up and down arrow keys to scroll to the menu item and press the right arrow key or use the number keypad to select the menu item number To return to a preceding menu press the left arrow key 10 11 12 13 From the DIAG SERVICE menu select D A TRIM Press the up or down arrow to select COe D A Trim Press the right arrow key to start the procedure If you wish to exit D A Trim with no changes select ABORT The Field Communicator displays WARNING Loop should be removed from automatic control Remove the OCX 8800 from any automatic control loops to avoid a potentially dangerous operating condition and press OK The Field Communicator displays Connect reference meter to Combustibles output Remove the electronics housing cover Refer to Figure 2 6 Connect a digital multimeter to read the milliamp output from the COe D A converter circuit Connect the positive lead to the AOUT2 terminal and connect the negative lead to the AOUT2 terminal Then press OK at the HART communicator The Field Communicator displays Setting Fld dev output to 4 mA Press OK Read the COe millamp output at the digital multimeter Enter the reading at the Field Communicator and press ENTER Select ABORT
206. he same type of fitting The special tube fittings have alpha or numeric codes etched on the fitting Unetched tube fittings are standard 1 4 inch stainless steel fittings E Type Fitting The E type fitting is an eductor drive air fitting for the OCX 8800 general purpose sensor housing It is a 1 8 inch tube fitting with a built in 0 011 inch restrictor orifice It seats in a threaded base port inside the housing R Type Fitting The R type fitting is a reference air line fitting for the general purpose and hazardous area sensor housings This is a 1 4 inch tube fitting with a built in 0 007 inch restrictor orifice The OCX construction includes pipe thread sealant to seal fittings in all ports that pass through to an outer wall of the instrument housing base Use the following instructions to loosen and remove tube fittings that are secured with pipe thread sealant NWARNING Use heat resistant gloves when removing a damaged tube fitting The pipe threads are bonded with a pipe thread sealant The thread sealant softens at 450 F 232 C The heated parts can cause severe burns 1 Secure sensor housing 1 Figure 9 28 or electronics housing 2 in soft plastic wood or brass vice jaws 2 To soften the pipe thread sealant use a propane torch to heat the tube fitting 3 4 or 5 to 450 F 232 C minimum 3 While heating the tube fitting use a wrench to apply removal torque until the pipe threa
207. heatup during cold start Perform Reset procedure in Section 3 Configuration and Startup to continue operation If alarm persists refer to the SB Htr Failure alarm procedure O2 TC Reversed Oxygen sensor heater thermocouple reversed Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action Check O thermocouple wiring per Figure 8 3 and Figure 9 8 Check the wiring at the sensor and inside the electronics housing Correct reversed wires fault Perform Reset procedure in Section 3 Configuration and Startup to continue operation O thermocouple wires reversed COe TC Reversed Combustibles sensor block heater thermocouple reversed Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action Check combustibles thermocouple wiring per Figure 8 3 and Figure 9 9 Check the wiring at the sensor and inside the electronics housing Correct reversed wires fault Perform Reset procedure in Section 3 Configuration and Startup to continue operation Combustibles thermocouple wires reversed SB TC Reversed Sample block heater thermocouple reversed Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action Check sample block thermocouple wiring per Figure 8 3 and Figure 9 8 Check the wiring at the sensor and inside the electronics housing Correct reversed wires fault Perform Reset procedure in Section 3 Configuration and Startup to continue operation Table continued on next page Sample block thermocouple wires reversed 8 5 Instruction Manual IM 106 880
208. hermo Sample Block couple Heater Rods CJC 2 HTR 02 O 1 m COREF 2 8 O coact EN HTR SB 110 o9 EXC 37390068 9 27 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 Install O Cell and Heater Strut Assembly 1 Rub a small amount of anti seize compound on both sides of new gasket 10 Figure 9 22 2 Apply anti seize compound to threads of cell and heater strut assembly 9 and sensor housing 8 ZA CAUTION Stripped threads on the cell and heater strut assembly can allow gas leakage Gas leakage can affect the O measurements and calibration Avoid over tightening the O cell and heater strut assembly 3 Install O cell and heater strut assembly 9 in sensor housing 8 Snug up but do not over tighten the assembly 4 Reconnect the lead wires from O cell heater and thermocouple to the sensor housing terminal blocks Refer to Figure 9 23 5 Install reference air tube 7 Figure 9 22 in sensor housing 8 Make sure that the open end of reference air tube extends into heater tube of cell and heater strut assembly 9 Install Terminals Insulator and Cover 1 Install insulator 6 Figure 9 22 over uppermost terminal blocks Position one side of insulator against terminal blocks and snap terminal marking plate 5 to mating stand off 2 Position opposite side of insulator 6 and secure with related marking plate 5 3 If removed
209. hird or fourth column submenu may be a parameter list When a parameter list is displayed the cursor will blink The up and down pointing keys select the value for the parameter displayed O2 Temp O2 Temp MAX COe Temp dgC Temperatures COe Temp MAX SB Temp SB Temp MAX Board Temp Board Temp MAX CJC Temp CJC Temp MAX O2 Sensor O2SensorR O2 T C COe Delta V Raw Values COe Delta R COe Reference V COe Reference ___ RTD Current SB T C Board Temp IC CJC Temp Signal O2 Output O2 Current Analog Outputs COe Output SHEET 2 COe Current 37390007 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 4 4 LOI Menu Tree Sheet 2 of 4 PER N Abort Cal Start Cal CALIBRATION Cal si Control Start Cal COe Start Cal Both CONTINUED ON SHEET 3 Current Cal Calib Constants Calib Result Cal Calib Step Status Calib Time Next O2 Cal Next COe Cal Flow High Gas Flow Low Gas Flow COe Gas Purge Status Apply Lo O2 Gas Hit E when ready Flow O2 Lo ReadO2Lo s Apply Hi O2 Gas Hit E when ready Flow O2 Hi Read O2 Hi Hit E when ready Purge Apply Lo COe Gas Hit E when ready Flow COe Lo ReadCOelo s Apply Hi COe Gas Hit E when ready Flow COe Hi Read COe Hi Hit E when ready Purge Apply Lo O2 Gas Hit E when ready Hit E when ready Purge Flow O2 Lo Flow COe Hi Re
210. ic ARTHM Function Block 7 52 Block Errors ed s eet RA ete dot MS 7 54 MOd6S axo coe Cet ATO dee et d e eae tes 7 55 Alarm Detection auia RC ene ARR 7 55 Block Execution ei 7 55 Status Handling 7 56 Application Information 7 56 Advanced TOPICS kp ee teles Roe Rape ene nee 7 57 Troubleshooting 7 59 Input Selector ISEL Function Block 7 59 Block Errors zou toc Go esed aee he nens 7 61 MOdESi eene t pues pe Ditty as deae pee sa 7 61 Alarm Detection 7 62 Block Execution 22 4 sc ERR Sea SAS ed E 7 62 Status Handling 7 62 Application Information 7 63 Troubleshooting 7 64 Operation with Emerson Process Management DeltaV 7 65 About AMS and DeltaV Software 7 65 SECTION 8 OVEIVIOW a neta so aue ott so a etate E e ids i a ee 8 1 Troubleshooting Grounding 2 nee dere ee Ree Y echar m x e 8 1 oil A NERA AV ISP VES 8 1 Electrostatic Discharge 8 1 Total Power LOSS a son restet deh ay Rte Face eats 8 2 Diagnostic Alarms
211. ics box NCAUTION Remove power from the OCX 8800 before changing defaults If defaults are changed under power damage to the electronics may occur Verify that the following switch settings are correct for your OCX 8800 installation SW3 The factory sets this switch as follows Position 1 not used Position 2 not used Positions 3 and 4 must be set as shown for proper software control of the device heaters 3 3 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 Figure 3 2 8800 Defaults Fieldbus Electronics INITIAL POWER UP SET TEST GAS VALUES 3 4 Open Switch Open SW3 Default Postions ee Shown Fr Closed A A 1 2 3 4 Closed KANN S ZS S 2 39930008 Allow adeguate time approximately 60 minutes for the heaters to begin operation and for the OCX 8800 to reach normal operating temperature on power up Normal operating temperature for the O cell is 736 C Normal operating temperature for the combustibles cell is 300 C The normal sample line temperature is 170 C During this time the eductor air solenoid will remain closed so no sample is pulled through the analyzer When the OCX reaches operating temperature the solenoid will energize eductor air will begin to flow and the unit will begin normal operation Use Field Communicator or the optional LOI to set test gas values for calibration Refer to Section 4 Usin
212. ics housing cover Refer to Figure 2 6 Connect a digital multimeter to read the milliamp output from the O D A converter circuit Connect the positive lead to the AOUT1 terminal and connect the negative lead to the AOUT1 terminal Then press OK at the Field Communicator The Field Communicator displays Setting Fld dev output to 4 mA Press OK Read the O millamp output at the digital multimeter Enter the reading at the Field Communicator and press ENTER Select ABORT to exit without changes The Field Communicator displays Setting Fld dev output to 20 mA Press OK Read the Os millamp output at the digital multimeter Enter the reading at the Field Communicator and press ENTER Select ABORT to exit without changes The Field Communicator displays Setting Fld dev output to 4 mA Press OK The Field Communicator displays Fld dev output 4 00 mA equal to reference meter Using the up or down arrow select 1 Yes or 2 No and Press ENTER If No the process repeats from step 6 The Field Communicator displays Setting Fld dev output to 20 mA Press OK The Field Communicator displays Fld dev output 20 00 mA equal to reference meter Using the up or down arrow select 1 Yes or 2 No and Press ENTER If No the process repeats from step 7 The Field Communicator displays NOTE Loop may be returned to automatic control Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 COe D A trim procedure using HART Use t
213. igure 9 9 Normal COe heater resistance is 97 7 Ohms Replace COe heater if heater is open or has a large resistance Heater electronics failure Check heater fuse F3 in electronics housing per Figure 8 1 If open locate and correct cause of overload If F3 is not open or if cause of overload cannot be found replace electronics package SB Htr Failure Sample block heater could not reach final temperature Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action Sample block heater circuit wiring open Check sample block heater circuit for broken wire or loose connection per Figure 8 3 and Figure 9 8 Repair broken wire or loose connection Sample block heater open Check resistance of sample block heater per Figure 9 8 Normal sample block heater resistance is 36 4 Ohms each 18 2 Ohms with both heaters in parallel Replace sample block heater if heater is open or has a large resistance Heater electronics failure Check heater fuse F4 in electronics housing per Figure 8 1 If open locate and correct cause of overload If F4 is not open or if cause of overload cannot be found replace electronics package Sensor housing exposed to high wind and or If above probable causes are not causing the SB heater failure install flange insulator extreme cold temperatures PN 6P00162H01 Cal Warning Calibration warning Cal Failed Calibration failed Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action Calibration gas supply low or gas connection Check calib
214. iin Asennuksen ja vianetsinnan jalkeen on kaikki suojat ja suojamaat asennettava takaisin pai koilleen Maadoitusliittimen kunnollinen toiminta taytyy aina yllapitaa Jannitesyottojohtimien taytyy tayttaa IEC227 ja IEC245 vaatimukset Kaikkien johdotuksien tulee toimia gt 75 C l mp tiloissa Kaikkien l pivientiholkkien sis halkaisijan t ytyy olla sellainen ett kaapeli lukkiutuu kun nolla kiinni Turvallisen toiminnan varmistamiseksi t ytyy j nnitesy tt varustaa turvakytkimell min 10A joka kytkee irti kaikki j nnitesy tt johtimet vikatilanteessa Suojaan t ytyy my s sis lty mekaaninen erotuskytkin Jos ei niin j nnitesy tt on pystytt v katkaisemaan muilla keinoilla ja merkitt v siten ett se tunnistetaan sellaiseksi Turvakytkimien tai kat kaisimien t ytyy t ytt IEC947 standardin vaatimukset n kyvyydest Mik li laite tai kosketussuoja on merkitty t ll merkill on merkinn n takana tai alla hengenvaarallisen suuruinen j nnite Suojaa ei saa poistaa j nniteen ollessa kytkettyn laitteeseen ja poistamisen saa suorittaa vain alan asian tuntija Mik li laite tai kosketussuoja on merkitty t ll merkill on merkinn n takana tai alla kuuma pinta Suojan saa poistaa vain alan asiantuntija kun j nnite sy tt on katkaistu T llainen pinta voi s ily kosketuskuumana jopa 45 mi nuuttia Mik li laite tai kosketussuoja on merkitty t ll merkill katso lis ohjeita k yt t ohjek
215. ijkheid aanwezig te zijn om de spanning van de apparatuur af te schakelen Zekeringen en schakelaars dienen te voldoen aan een erkende standaard zoals IEC 947 Waar de apparatuur of de beschermdeksels kappen gemarkeerd zijn met het volgende symbool kunnen zich hieronder spanning voerende delen bevinden die gevaar op kunnen leveren Deze beschermdeksels kappen mogen uitsluitend verwijderd worden door getraind personeel als de spanning is afgeschakeld Waar de apparatuur of de beschermdeksels kappen gemarkeerd zijn met het volgende symbool kunnen zich hieronder hete oppervlakken of onderdelen bevinden Bepaalde delen kunnen mogelijk na 45 min nog te heet zijn om aan te raken Waar de apparatuur of de beschermdeksels kappen gemarkeerd zijn met het volgende symbool dient men de bedieningshandleiding te raadplegen Alle grafische symbolen gebruikt bij dit produkt zijn volgens een of meer van de volgende standaarden EN 61010 1 IEC 417 8 ISO 3864 Op plaatsen waar uitrusting of etiketten zijn voorzien van een melding als Niet openen bij aanwezigheid van spanning bestaat er brandgevaar in omgevingen waar een explosieve atmosfeer aanwezig is Deze uitrusting mag uitsluitend worden geopend wanneer het niet meer onder spanning staat en de uitrusting gedurende de voorgeschreven tijd op het etiket of in de handleiding is afgekoeld en dan uitsluitend door voldoende opgeleid onderhoudspersoneel Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 Sept
216. ing 15 until the thread sealant softens Remove mating parts 12 14 and 15 7 Use MEK or methylene chloride solvent to clean thread sealant residue from the pipe threads of the mating parts Refer to applicable MSDS sheet for solvent handling precautions 9 16 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 9 13 Removal of Sample Remove Sample and Exhaust Tubes and Exhaust Tubes A WARNING Use heat resistant gloves when removing the probe tube or exhaust tube The tubes are bonded with a thread sealing compound The compound softens at 450 F 232 C The heated parts can cause severe burns 1 Secure the sensor housing 1 Figure 9 13 in soft plastic wood or brass vice jaws 2 Use propane torch to heat the sample tube 2 or exhaust tube 3 to 450 F 232 C minimum Apply the heat near the threaded end of the tube 3 While heating the tube use a pipe wrench to apply removal torque to part being removed Apply torque until the pipe thread sealant softens Remove and discard the used sample tube 2 exhaust tube 3 or in situ filter 4 4 Use MEK or methylene chloride solvent to clean thread sealant residue from the internal pipe threads in the housing Refer to applicable MSDS sheet for solvent handling precautions 1 Sensor Housing 2 Sample Tube 3 Exhaust Tube 4 In Situ Filter 3739004
217. ing unless superseded by local or National Standards 1 10 11 Adeguate earth connections should be made to all earthing points internal and external where provided After installation or troubleshooting all safety covers and safety grounds must be replaced The integrity of all earth terminals must be maintained at all times Mains supply cords should comply with the requirements of IEC227 or IEC245 All wiring shall be suitable for use in an ambient temperature of greater than 75 C All cable glands used should be of such internal dimensions as to provide adequate cable anchorage To ensure safe operation of this equipment connection to the mains supply should only be made through a circuit breaker which will disconnect all circuits carrying conductors during a fault situation The circuit breaker may also include a mechanically operated isolating switch If not then another means of disconnecting the equipment from the supply must be provided and clearly marked as such Circuit breakers or switches must comply with a recognized standard such as IEC947 All wiring must conform with any local standards Where equipment or covers are marked with the symbol to the right hazardous voltages are likely to be present beneath These covers should only be removed when power is removed from the equipment and then only by trained service personnel Where equipment or covers are marked with the symbol to the right there is a
218. ir Instrument Air Out Check Valve Sensor Housing CAL Gas In Reference Air In Dilution Air In 39930004 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 2 17 Pneumatic Installation Blowback Panel with Autocalibration with COe Zero Function Eductor Air In Instrument Air CAL Gas Dilution Blowback Out Air Out Air Out 5 IB Hi D 5 g ELE Blowback Control Air 229 o Instrument CAL Gas Instrument Air Out In Air to Electronics Electronics Instrument Housing Air Supply CAL Gas Out Uw Actuating Air L 2 Stage V 1 Regulators 1 A 7 x A NOTE If instrument is to be used as the high O2 calibration gas the low O2 and calibration gases must also be set to the o same pressure i e 55 psig O Check Valve Sensor Housing CAL Gas In Reference Air In Dilution Air In 39930005 2 23 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 INITIAL STARTUP Observe the following Caution and Note Refer to Section 3 Configuration and Startup for OCX 8800 startup information NCAUTION Upon completing installation make sure that the OCX 8800 is turned on and operating prior to firing up the combustion process Dama
219. ir solenoid does not allow air flow until the heaters are up to temperature This minimizes the amount of sampled process flue gas being pulled into cold sensors causing condensation Figure 1 2 System Operation Diagram Exhaust SENSOR ELECTRONICS HOUSING HOUSING cs Combustibles Power High O Supply Test Gas Low Sensor Test Gas Board Test Gas Test Gas Solenoids Instrument Air Solenoid E Flow Meter Flow Meter Eductor Air 50 cc min 0 1 scfh Reference Air Dilution Air 39690001 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Handling the OCX 8800 NWARNING It is important that printed circuit boards and integrated circuits are handled only when adequate antistatic precautions have been taken to prevent possible equipment damage The OCX 8800 is designed for industrial application Treat each component of the system with care to avoid physical damage The probe may contain components made from ceramics which are susceptible to shock when mishandled System Considerations Prior to installing your OCX 8800 make sure you have all the components necessary to make the system installation Ensure all the components are properly integrated to make the system functional After verifying that you have all the components select mounting locations and determine how each component will be
220. irjasta Kaikki t ss tuotteessa k ytetyt graafiset symbolit ovat yhdest tai useammasta seuraavis ta standardeista EN61010 1 IEC417 amp ISO3864 Jos laitteessa tai tarrassa on merkinta Ala avaa kun virta on kytketty tai vastaava rajahdysvaarallisissa tiloissa on syttymisen vaara Nama laitteet voidaan avata vain silloin kun virta ei ole kytkettyna ja laitteen on annettu j hty tarrassa tai oppaassa m ritetyn ajan T ll inkin laitteet saa avata vain koulutettu huoltohenkil kunta Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 IMPORTANT Consignes de s curit concernant le raccordement et l installation de cet appareil Les consignes de s curit ci dessous s adressent particuli rement tous les tats membres de la communaut europ enne Elles doivent tre strictement appliqu es afin de satisfaire aux directives concernant la basse tension Les tats non membres de la communaut europ enne doivent galement appliquer ces consignes sauf si elles sont en contradiction avec les standards locaux ou nationaux 1 2 10 11 Un raccordement ad quat la terre doit tre effectu e chaque borne de mise la terre interne et externe Apr s installation ou d pannage tous les capots de protection et toutes les prises de terre doivent tre remis en place toutes les prises de terre doivent tre respect es en permanence Les c bles d alimentation lectrique doi
221. is data is not checked or processed by the block The revision level of the static data associated w ith the function block The revision value w ill be incremented each time a static parameter value in the block is changed The user description of the intended application of the block This alert is generated by any change to the static data Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 7 27 Input Selector Function Block Schematic Selection IN 2 Algorithm our DISABLE 1 DISABLE 2 DISABLE 3 DISABLE 4 J SEL TYPE SELECTOR OP SELECT MIN GOOD 39930025 Block Errors Table 7 34 lists the conditions reported in the BLOCK ERR parameter Conditions in italics are inactive for the ISEL block and are listed for reference only Table 7 34 Block Error Conditions Condition Number Condition Name and Description 0 Other The output has a guality of uncertain 1 Block Configuration Error 2 Link Configuration Error 3 Simulate Active 4 Local Override The actual mode is LO 5 Device Fault State Set 6 Device Needs Maintenance Soon 7 Input Failure Process Variable has Bad Status One of the inputs is Bad or not connected 8 Output Failure The output has the guality of Bad 9 Memory Failure A memory failure has occurred in FLASH RAM or EEROM memory 10 Lost Static Data 11 Lost NV Data 12 Readback Check Failed 13 Device Needs Maintenance Now 14 Power
222. ive Action Check power supply for line noise or voltage fluctuations Install power line filter kit PN 6A00171G01 or high quality line filter for input power High noise in OCX power supply Table continued on next page 8 3 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 October 2009 SB Temp Hi Sample block heater temperature high gt 190 C Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action High noise in OCX power supply Check power supply for line noise or voltage fluctuations Install power line filter kit PN 6A00171G01 or high quality line filter for input power O2 Temp Very Hi Oxygen sensor heater over maximum temperature gt 820 C O2 Htr Rmp Rate Oxygen sensor heater over maximum temperature ramp rate Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action Incorrect heater wiring Check O heater wiring per Figure 8 3 and Figure 9 9 Check the wiring at the heater and inside the electronics housing Correct wiring fault Perform Reset procedure in Section 3 Configuration and Startup to continue operation Incorrect O thermocouple wiring Check O thermocouple wiring per Figure 8 3 and Figure 9 8 Check the wiring at the thermocouple and inside the electronics housing Correct wiring fault Perform Reset procedure in Section 3 Configuration and Startup to continue operation Electronics package failure Replace electronics package COe Temp Very Hi Combustion sensor heater over maximum temperature gt
223. k It is a bit string so that multiple er rors may be shown The CHANNEL value is used to select the measurement value Refer to the appropriate device manual for information about the specific channels avail able in each device You must configure the CHANNEL parameter before you can configure the XD SCALE parameter The value and status from the transducer block or from the simulated input when simulation is enabled Options for controlling access of host computers and local control panels to operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block Not used by device The HI alarm data which includes a value of the alarm a timestamp of occur rence and the state of the alarm The HI HI alarm data which includes a value of the alarm a timestamp of oc currence and the state of the alarm The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the HI HI alarm condition The priority of the HI HI alarm The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the HI alarm condition The priority of the HI alarm Allows the selection of input output options used to alter the PV Low cutoff enabled is the only selectable option Linearization type Determines whether the field value is used directly Di rect is converted linearly Indirect or is converted with the square root In direct Square Root The LO alarm data which includes a value of the alarm a timestamp of oc currence and the state of the alarm The setting for the alarm limit used
224. l Conversion 7 26 Analog Measurement ud 1 ALARM TYPE Access Analog Meas HI HI LIM HI LIM LO LO LIM Alarm LO LIM Detection ALARM HYS our FIELD VAL lO OPTS OUT SCALE XD SCALE STATUS OPTS NOTES OUT z block output value and status OUT D discrete output that signals a selected alarm condition 38740080 OUT mode in man OUT mode in auto 6396 of Change FIELD VAL Time seconds Mm PV FTIME 38740081 The filtering feature changes the response time of the device to smooth variations in output readings caused by rapid changes in input You can adjust the filter time constant in seconds using the PV FTIME parameter Set the filter time constant to zero to disable the filter feature You can set the signal conversion type with the Linearization Type L TYPE parameter You can view the converted signal in percent of XD SCALE through the FIELD VAL parameter Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Block Errors 100 x Channel Value EU 0 EU 100 EU 0 FIELD_VAL N 4 N e XD SCALE values You can choose from direct indirect or indirect square root signal conversion with the L TYPE parameter Direct Direct signal conversion allows the signal to pass through the accessed channel input value or the simulated value when simulation is enabled PV Channel Value
225. l devices that need access to the bus This list is called the Live List Two types of tokens are used by the LAS A time critical token compel data CD is sent by the LAS according to a schedule A non time critical token pass token PT is sent by the LAS to each device in ascending numerical order according to address Device Addressing Fieldbus uses addresses between 0 and 255 Addresses 0 through 15 are reserved for group addressing and for use by the data link layer For all EMERSON Fieldbus devices addresses 20 through 35 are available to the device If there are two or more devices with the same address the first device to start will use its programmed address Each of the other devices will be given one of four temporary addresses between 248 and 251 If a temporary address is not available the device will be unavailable until a temporary address becomes available 7 5 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX FUNCTION BLOCKS Table 7 1 OCX Implemented Function Blocks RESOURCE BLOCK PlantWeb Alerts Table 7 2 OCX 8800 PWA 7 6 Implemented Function Blocks Shows the OCX Implemented Function Blocks Function Block Description Resource Block Transducer Block Analog Input Block 1 Al1 Analog Input Block 2 Al2 Analog Input Block 3 AI3 Analog Input Block 4 Al4 See TB Channel Assignment Table 7 16 See TB Channel Assignment Table 7 16 See TB Channel Assigbment Table 7 1
226. l lavspenningsdirektivet Den ber ogsa folges i andre land med mindre annet er spesifisert av lokale eller nasjonale standarder 1 10 11 Passende jordforbindelser ma tilkobles alle jordingspunkter interne og eksterne hvor disse forefinnes Etter installasjon eller feilseking skal alle sikkerhetsdeksler og jordforbindelser reetableres Jordingsforbindelsene ma alltid holdes i god stand Kabler fra spenningsforsyning skal oppfylle kravene spesifisert i IEC227 eller IEC245 Alle ledningsforbindelser skal vaere konstruert for en omgivelsestemperatur h yere 75 Alle kabelforskruvninger som benyttes skal ha en indre dimensjon slik at tilstrekkelig avlastning oppnaes For oppna sikker drift og betjening skal forbindelsen til spenningsforsyningen bare skje gjennom en strambryter minimum 10 som vil bryte spenningsforsyningen til alle elektriske kretser ved en feilsituasjon Strembryteren kan ogs inneholde en mekanisk operert bryter for a isolere instrumentet fra spenningsforsyningen Dersom det ikke er en mekanisk operert bryter installert m det veere en annen mate a isolere utstyret fra spenningsforsyningen og denne m ten ma vaere tydelig merket Kretsbrytere eller kontakter skal oppfylle kravene i en annerkjent standard av typen IEC947 eller tilsvarende Der hvor utstyr eller deksler er merket med symbol for farlig spenning er det sannsynlig at disse er tilstede bak dekslet Disse dekslene m bare fjaern
227. l pressure across an orifice plate in the line and the flow measurement will be used in a flow control loop Based on the orifice specification sheet the differential pressure transmitter was calibrated for 0 to 20 in H20 for a flow of 0 to 800 gal min and the transducer was not configured to take the square root of the differential pressure Solution Table 7 24 lists the appropriate configuration settings and Figure 7 12 illustrates the correct function block configuration Table 7 24 Analog Input Function Block Configuration for Parameter Configured Values a Differential Pressure L_TYPE Indirect Square Root Measurement XD_SCALE 0 to 20 in OUT_SCALE 0 to 800 gal min Figure 7 12 Function Block Diagram for a Differential Pressure Transmitter Used in a Flow Measurement Analog Measurement BKCAL_INBKCAL_OUT an sou Y Al OUT D PID AO m Function Function m Function o Block Block Block 8 OUT IN 5 7 33 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 Troubleshooting Table 7 25 Troubleshooting 7 34 Symptom Mode will not leave OOS Process and or block alarms will not work Value of output does not make sense Cannot Set HI LIMIT HI HI LIMIT LO LIMIT or LO LO LIMIT Values Possible Cause 1 Target mode not set 2 Configuration error ile 1 1 Resource block
228. lange Flange Wall Pipe 316L stainless steel 1300 F 704 C Inconel 600 1832 F 1000 C Ceramic 2600 F 1427 C Low copper aluminum Semi automatic or automatic 0 4 O Balance N 8 Balance N2 1000 ppm CO Balance Air 7 scfh 3 3 I m regulated to 20 to 30 psi 138 to 207 kPa 2 scfh 1 l m clean dry instrument quality air 20 95 regulated to 35 psi 241 kPa 5 scfh 2 5 I m clean dry instrument guality air 20 95 regulated to 35 psi 241 kPa 0 1 scfh 0 05 l m clean dry instrument guality air 20 95 regulated to 35 psi 241 kPa Table continued on next page Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Specifications Blowback Air optional Sensors Housing Electronics Housing Certifications Electrical Noise Line Voltage Pollution Degree Over Voltage Category Relative Humidity Isolated Output Oxygen Combustibles Alarm Power Consumption NOTE Clean dry instrument guality air 20 95 regulated to 55 psi 379 kPa Type 4X IP66 with fitting and pipe on reference exhaust port to clean dry atmosphere two 3 4 14 NPT conduit ports Type 4X IP66 with fitting and pipe on reference exhaust port to clean dry atmosphere two 3 4 14 NPT conduit ports EN 61326 1 Class Universal 100 to 240 VAC 10 50 to 60 Hz no switches or jumpers reguired 3 4 14 NPT conduit port 2 I 5 to 95 non condensing
229. ldbus card or software simulate option enabled Other Error Set whenever XD_ERROR is non zero TRANSDUCER BLOCK The Transducer Block was designed to provide the information necessary to Transducer Block Parameters Table 7 3 Transducer Block Parameter Description Parameter Mnemonic ALARM RELAY EVENT1 ALARM RELAY EVENT2 ALARM RELAY EVENT3 ALARM RELAY STATE ALERT KEY ANALYZER SW BUILD DATE ANALYZER SW BUILD NUMBER ANALYZER SW CHECKSUM ANALYZER SW VERSION BLOCK ALM BLOCK ERR BLOWBACK DURATION BLOWBACK ENABLED BLOWBACK INTERVAL BLOWBACK PURGE TIME BLOWBACK STATE CAL GAS TIME CAL PURGE TIME CAL REC ENABLE CAL RESULTS CAL STATE CAL STATE STEP CAL STATE TIME COLLECTION DIRECTORY COMB SENSOR CAL LOC COMB SENSOR CAL _ METHOD interface OCX 8800 to the Fieldbus Table 7 3 gives a description of all parameters or gives the location of the Fieldbus specifications the description can be found Valid Range See Table 7 7 See Table 7 7 See Table 7 7 0 Off 1 On 1 5 0 No 1 Yes 0 32767 0 500 0 1 2 60 1200 60 1200 0 No 1 Yes See Table 7 10 See Table 7 4 Units Enumerated Enumerated Enumerated Enumerated Seconds Enumerated Minutes Seconds Enumerated Seconds Seconds Bit Enum Enumerated Seconds Description The first of three conditions that cause the alarm output to turn on The second of three conditions that cause the alarm output to turn on The third
230. lectronics package if they do not agree within 5 Htr Relay Failed Heater relay failure Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action High noise or voltage fluctuations in power Check power supply for line noise or voltage fluctuations Install power line filter kit supply PN 6A00171G01 or high quality line filter for input power Electronics package failure Replace electronics package Out Brd Failure Output board failure Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action Electronics package failure Replace electronics package 8 9 Instruction Manual October 2009 IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 Figure 8 3 Electrical Connections Between Electronics and Sensor Housing o i i 9 mi i 22 i 0 0 i 2 2 i i i 1 ITI i o i Z 2 O zii s Oma i lt 3 Qiiu axis i E o o i iti o i O i i ul d i E ui ct o 92 poj 1 z i ese Pues i EN as HO c Ina i A TERESIE Na ATJIHS 8 pe i 19v IHM i 8 88 E En g i N85 S s 02 qa i i S 55 Tam E a O O 1 D c i tI TA TAA _ 554 H i A it O zo
231. led in correct locations the OCX 8800 will not work Sensor Housing Replacement Parts 2 Pressure Gage 0 60 psig 275431 03 Combination Filter Reg 0 60 psig 1A99422H01 Flowmeter 110 771 635 1 Eductor Air In 0 Pneumatic Actuator 1A99339H03 Combination Filter Reg 0 60 psig 4505C21G11 Check Valve 5 psig 7309A62H01 Reference Air In 2 a Flowmeter 0 05 0 5 sefh 771B635H08 a 6 Dilution Air In 4 Instrument Air EN 2 Dilution 5 o Air Flow Meter N 0 1 scfh Electronics Housing Normally A Normally 8 Ope gt Closed 2 Solenoid Solenoid Valve Pressure Regulator Filter Valve 35 psig General Purpose 5 1 A n 2 Blowback Valve Air Operated Actuating Air NOTE During blowback operation states of both solenoid valves change Instrument Air Suppl NOTE Wall mount the air operated blowback valve on a suitable mounting plate 2 Stage V Regulators NOTE Actuating air pressure at blowback valve A inlet port must be at least 51 psig to fully actuate the valve 1 Pressure Regulator Filter S 55 psig 8 2 18 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 2 13 Pneumatic Installation OCX with Reference Air Set Solenoids Blowback and Au
232. left The left pointing key also doubles as an Enter key used after the digits of a parameter value are entered and the cursor is moved to its left most position When the Enter key is touched the new parameter value if accepted will appear in the top line of the display The blue bottom left key acts as a selector when choosing from among several menu items This right pointing key also will move the cursor to the right when entering the digits of a new parameter value The up and down pointing keys are used to increment up and down when selecting from a vertical list of menu items These keys are also used for incrementing values up and down for new data input Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 4 3 Z Pattern Entry LOI Status Codes Table 4 1 LOI Status Codes Lockout The LOI has a lockout feature that prevents nuisance actuation by someone brushing against the glass window raindrops dirt insects etc This lockout mode is automatically established when no buttons are pushed for 30 seconds default This countdown to lockout is configurable In order to unlock the display input a Z pattern Figure 4 3 First touch the top left gray Enter key Next touch the top right key followed by the bottom left key and the bottom right key The LK notation in the upper right corner of the display will disappear Touch the Enter key once more to enter into the menu structure Whenever
233. link Data Link Time is a network wide time periodically distributed by the LAS to synchronize all device clocks on the bus Link Scheduling time is a link specific time represented as an offset from Data Link Time It is used to indicate when the LAS on each link begins and repeats its schedule It is used by system management to synchronize function block execution with the data transfers scheduled by the LAS polls devices for process loop data at scheduled transmission times distributes a priority driven token to devices between scheduled transmissions Any device on the link may become the LAS as long as it is capable The devices that are capable of becoming the LAS are called link master devices All other devices are referred to as basic devices When a segment first starts up or upon failure of the existing LAS the link master devices on the segment bid to become the LAS The link master that wins the bid begins operating as the LAS immediately upon completion of the bidding process Link masters that do not become the LAS act as basic devices However the link masters can act as LAS backups by monitoring the link for failure of the LAS and then bidding to become the LAS when a LAS failure is detected Only one device can communicate at a time Permission to communicate on the bus is controlled by a centralized token passed between devices by the LAS Only the device with the token can communicate The LAS maintains a list of al
234. lni A f ldel kapcsok s rtetlens g t mindig biztos tani kell A t pvezet keknek eleget kell tenni k az IEC227 vagy IEC245 szabv nyokban megfogalmazott k vetelm nyeknek Az sszes vezet knek alkalmasnak kell lennie a 75 C nal magasabb k rnyezeti h m rs klet melletti haszn latra Az sszes haszn lt k belvezet t mszelenc nek olyan bels m ret nek kell lennie hogy biztos ts k a k belek megfelel lek t s t A berendez s biztons gos m k d s nek biztos t s hoz az elektromos h l zathoz val csatlakoz st csak megszak t n kereszt l szabad megval s tani amely az sszes ramot sz ll t vezet ket bontja hibahelyzet eset n A megszak t mag ban foglalhat egy mechanikusan m k dtethet ramtalan t kapcsol t is Ellenkez esetben biztos tani kell a berendez s elektromos h l zatr l t rt n lekapcsol s nak m s m dj t s ezt vil gosan jelezni kell A megszak t knak vagy kapcsol knak meg kell felelni k egy elismert szabv nynak p ld ul az IEC947 szabv nynak Az sszes vezet knek meg kell felelnie az sszes helyi szabv nynak Ha a berendez s vagy a burkolata a jobb oldalon l that szimb lummal jelzett alatta val sz n leg vesz lyes fesz lts g van jelen Az ilyen burkolat csak a berendez s ramtalan t sa ut n t vol that el s csak k pzett szervizszakember v gezheti el Ha a berendez s vagy a burkolata a jobb oldalon l that szimb lu
235. lock ST REV 01 None The revision level of the static data associated with the function block The revision value will be incremented each time a static parameter value in the block is changed TAG DESC 02 The user description of the intended application of the block UPDATE EVT 20 None This alert is generated by any change to the static data VAR INDEX 39 of OUT Range The average absolute error between the PV and its previous mean value over that evaluation time defined by VAR SCAN VAR SCAN 40 Seconds The time over which the VAR INDEX is evaluated XD SCALE 10 None The high and low scale values engineering units code and number of digits to the right of the decimal point associated with the channel input value The XD SCALE units code must match the units code of the measurement channel in the transducer block If the units do not match the block will not transition to MAN or AUTO Simulation To support testing you can either change the mode of the block to manual and adjust the output value or you can enable simulation through the configuration tool and manually enter a value for the measurement value and its status With simulation enabled the actual measurement value has no impact on the OUT value or the status 7 25 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 Figure 7 6 Analog Input Function Block Schematic Figure 7 7 Analog Input Function Block Timing Diagram Filtering Signa
236. m the stack and take it to a clean work area 10 Allow the unit to cool to a comfortable working temperature Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 9 2 Electronics Housing Terminal Blocks Siesesssss S SS SS S 1 9 0 99999 AO 99999 Alarm Output Relay Terminal Block FOUNDATION Signal Output Fieldbus HART Terminal Block AOUT2 Not used COe Signal NE ___ FOUNDATION O Signal f AOUT1 Fieldbus HART AOUT1 T S Signal Port 3 4 NPT j A 2 ee UTI oor 000 Terminal Power Port EMI Filter Block 3 4 NPT TOP VIEW _ 1 2 SIZE U wiring SUE a Tooth Earth Ground Kg Lockwasher 37390013 Typical for Electronics and Sensor Housing 9 3 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 Install OCX 8800 Observe the following cautions when installing the OCX 8800 in a hot process stack If the process is shut down and cooled the transmitter can be installed in the stack prior to co
237. menu Select CALIBRATION from the DIAG SERVICE menu Select CAL CONTROL from the CALIBRATION menu Select CAL METHODS from the CAL CONTROL menu From the CAL METHODS menu select the type of calibration desired O2 Calibration In the first Calibration screen a Loop should be removed from automatic control warning appears Remove the OCX 8800 from any automatic control loops to avoid a potentially dangerous operating condition and press OK The Calibration screen should look like the following Press OK to continue OCX TAG NAME STEP Idle TIME REMAIN 0s O2 0 4 O2 Snsr 85 95mV OK NEXT to Select ABORT CANCEL to Exit From the SELECT ACTION screen select START CAL STEP CAL to continue calibration select ABORT CAL to abort calibration or EXIT CAL to exit calibration Select one item from the list and press ENTER OCX TAG NAME SELECT ACTION 1 START CAL STEP CAL 2 ABORT CAL 3 EXIT CAL When the Calibration Status is at the AppO2Low step switch on O Low Gas Verify the O concentration measured matches the O2 LOW GAS parameter in the Setup Press OK when ready 5 5 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 5 6 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Select START CAL STEP CAL to start applying the Low Gas The time to apply the test gas is specified by the Gas Time The Calibration Status should be automatically changed to FlowO2Low and then ReadO2
238. mmal jelzett fenn ll a vesz lye hogy alatta forr fel letek tal lhat ak Az ilyen burkolatot csak k pzett szervizszakember t vol thatja el a berendez s ramtalan t sa ut n Bizonyos fel letek rint sre forr ak maradhatnak Ha a berendez s vagy a burkolata a jobb oldalon l that szimb lummal jelzett tekintse meg az Uzemeltetesi tmutat arra vonatkoz utas t sait A term ken haszn lt grafikus szimb lumok a k vetkez szabv nyok legal bb egyik b l sz rmaznak EN61010 1 IEC417 s ISO3864 Ha a berendez sen vagy a c mk ken a Ne nyissa ki bekapcsolt llapotban vagy hasonl felh v s szerepel robban svesz lyes k rnyezetben fenn ll a gyullad s vesz lye Ez a berendez s csak ramtalan t s ut n nyithat ki a c mk n vagy a kezel si tmutat ban szerepl a berendez s leh l s t biztos t megfelel id i r hagy s ut n s csak k pzett szervizszakember v gezheti el Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 IMPORTANTE Norme di sicurezza per il cablaggio e l installazione dello strumento Le seguenti norme di sicurezza si applicano specificatamente agli stati membri dell Unione Europea la cui stretta osservanza richiesta per garantire conformit alla Direttiva del Basso Voltaggio Esse si applicano anche agli stati non appartenenti all Unione Europea salvo quanto disposto dalle vigenti normative locali o nazionali 1 10 1
239. mmary Acknowledge Option Alarms RESOURCE Memory Size Free Time Minimum Cycle Time Hard Types Nonvolatile Cycle Time Free Space Hardware Cycle Selection Cycle Type Feature Selection Features Download Mode Write Lock Write Lock Definition Options Continued with Plant Web Alerts TRANSDUCER See Sheet 2 ADVANCED Physical Device Tag Address Device ID Device Revision Network Management Schedule Note Contains information regarding specific implementation for the fieldbus Refer to the fieldbus documentation for further information Continued from Options Failure Priority Maintenance Priority Advisory Priority Failure Active Maintenance Active Advisory Active Failure Enable Maintenance Enable Advisory Enable Failure Mask Maintenance Mask Advisory Mask PlantWeb Alerts PWA Simulate Failure Active Maintenance Active Advisory Active PWA Simulate Detailed Status Recommended Action Health Index Failure Alarm Maintenance Alarm Advisory Alarm Simulate PWA Simulate Status PWA Status Value Subcode Time Start Alarm State Unacknowledge Failure Active Failure Mask Maintenance Active Maintenance Mask Advisory Active Advisory Mask Value Subcode Time Start Alarm State Unacknowledge PWA SubStatus Block Mode Actual Block Mode Target Resource State Fault State Block Error Detailed Status Summary Status Alarm Summary
240. mount bracket for test gas bottles Test gas regulators kit Test gas bottles kit Moore Industries SPA for Low O Alarm High COe Alarm Calibration Status and Unit Fail Wall or Pipe Mounting Kit 375 Field Communicator with 12 Megabyte buffer model no 375HR1EKLU Power line filter kit Sample Tube Support 18 in 457 mm Sample Tube Support 3 Ft 0 91 m Sample Tube Support 6 Ft 1 83 m Sample Tube Support 9 Ft 2 7 m Flange Insulator Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Section 2 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION ROSEMOUNT Analytical Installation Mechanical Installation page 2 1 Electrical Installation page 2 8 Pneumatic Installation page 2 13 Initial Startup RR eae ER page 2 24 Z WARNING Before installing this equipment read the Safety instructions for the wiring and installation of this apparatus in Appendix A Safety Data Failure to follow the safety instructions could result in serious injury or death NWARNING The OCX88A can be installed in general purpose areas only Do not install the OCX88A in hazardous areas Selecting Location 1 The location of the OCX 8800 in the stack or flue is most important for maximum accuracy in the oxygen analyzing process The probe must be positioned so the gas it measures is representative of the process Best re
241. mpensation input Determines the low limit of the compensation input The proportional gain multiplier value The proportional gain multiplier value for IN 1 The proportional gain multiplier value for IN 2 The proportional gain multiplier value for IN 3 Options for controlling access of host computers and local control panels to operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block Not used by the device The analog input value and status The number of inputs is an extensible parameter in some function blocks The first analog input value and status The second analog input value and status The third analog input value and status The value used for the input whenever IN is below range Sets the options for using IN IN LO IN 1 IN 2 and IN 3 when any are either Bad or Uncertain The mode record of the block MODE contains the actual target permitted and normal modes In some function blocks this parameter is used to request and show the source of the setpoint the source of the output and or the block operating state The analog output value and status The number of outputs is an extensible parameter in some blocks The maximum output value allowed The minimum output value allowed Range of the output The pre trip limit from SP or zero The process variable used in block execution and alarm limit detection Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Index Number Parameter Unit
242. na ini za izklop opreme iz napajanja Odklopna in druga stikala morajo biti skladna z uveljavljenimi standardi kot je IEC947 Vsa napeljava mora biti skladna z lokalnimi standardi V opremi ali pod pokrovi ki so ozna eni s simbolom na desni je prisotna nevarna napetost Te pokrove je dovoljeno odstraniti samo e je napajanje opreme izklopljeno To lahko izvaja samo usposobljeno servisno osebje Pri opremi ali pod pokrovi ki so ozna eni s simbolom na desni so prisotne nevarne vro e povr ine Te pokrove lahko odstranjuje samo usposobljeno servisno osebje Napajanje opreme mora biti izklopljeno Dolo ene povr ine so lahko vro e Pri opremi ali pokrovih ki so ozna eni s simbolom na desni si za navodila oglejte priro nik za upravljanje Vsi uporabljeni grafi ni simboli so iz enega ali ve naslednjih standardov EN61010 1 IEC417 in ISO3864 e je na opremi ali oznakah navedeno Ne odpirajte e je pod napetostjo ali podobno opozorilo je na obmo jih z eksplozivnim ozra jem prisotna nevarnost v iga To opremo je dovoljeno odpirati samo e je napajanje izklopljeno in je poteklo dovolj asa da se oprema ohladi kot je navedeno na oznaki ali v priro niku z navodili Opremo lahko odpira samo usposobljeno servisno osebje A 21 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 A 22 IMPORTANTE Instrucciones de seguridad para el montaje y cableado de este aparato Las siguientes instrucci
243. nchymal fibrosis animals exposed to the lowest dose were found to have the response typically observed any time a material is inhaled into the deep lung While a statistically significant increase in lung tumors was observed following exposure to the highest dose there was no excess lung cancers at the other doses Two rats exposed to 30 mg m3 and one rat exposed to 9 mg m3 developed masotheliomas The International Agency for Research on Cancer IARC reviewed the carcinogenicity data on man made vitreous fibers including ceramic fiber glasswool rockwool and slagwool in 1987 IARC classified ceramic fiber fibrous glasswool and mineral wool rockwool and slagwool as possible human carcinogens Group 2B EMERGENCY FIRST AID PROCEDURES EYE CONTACT Flush eyes immediately with large amounts of water for approximately 15 minutes Eye lids should be held away from the eyeball to insure thorough rinsing Do not rub eyes Get medical attention if irritation persists INHALATION Remove person from source of exposure and move to fresh air Some people may be sensitive to fiber induced irritation of the respiratory tract If symptoms such as shortness of breath coughing wheezing or chest pain develop seek medical attention If person experiences continued breathing difficulties administer oxygen until medical assistance can be rendered INGESTION Do not induce vomiting Get medical attention if irritation persists SKIN CONT
244. nejprve instrukce v n vodu k obsluze V echny grafick symboly pou van u v robku poch zej z n sleduj c ch norem EN61010 1 IEC417 a 1503864 Pokud je za zen nebo t tky ozna eno varov n m Je li za zen pod nap t m neotv rejte jej i podobn m m e doj t ve v bu n m prost ed ke vzn cen Za zen Ize otev t pouze po jeho odpojen od zdroje ponech n dostate n ho asu na vychladnut jak je uvedeno na t tku nebo v n vodu k obsluze a to pouze kvalifikovan m zam stnancem A 3 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 4 VIGTIGT Sikkerhedsinstruktion for tilslutning og installering af dette udstyr Folgende sikkerhedsinstruktioner gaelder specifikt i alle EU medlemslande Instruktionerne skal neje folges for overholdelse af Lavsspaendingsdirektivet og ber ogsa folges i ikke EU lande medmindre andet er specificeret af lokale eller nationale standarder 1 10 11 Passende jordforbindelser skal tilsluttes alle jordklemmer interne og eksterne hvor disse forefindes Efter installation eller fejlfinding skal alle sikkerhedsdeeksler og jordforbindelser reetableres Forsyningskabler skal opfylde krav specificeret i IEC227 eller IEC245 Alle ledningstilslutninger skal vaere konstrueret til omgivelsestemperatur hgjere end 75 Alle benyttede kabelforskruninger skal have en intern dimension sa passende kabelaflastnin
245. ngoing 1 There is no evidence of any fibrotic lung disease interstitial fibrosis whatsoever on x ray 2 There is no evidence of any lung disease among those employees exposed to RCF that had never smoked A 25 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 A 26 3 A statistical trend was observed in the exposed population between the duration of exposure to RCF and a decrease in some measures of pulmonary function These observations are clinically insignificant In other words if these observations were made on an individual employee the results would be interpreted as being within the normal range 4 Pleural plagues thickening along the chest wall have been observed in a small number of employees who had a long duration of employment There are several occupational and non occupational causes for pleural plaque It should be noted that plaques are not pre cancer nor are they associated with any measurable effect on lung function TOXICOLOGY A number of studies on the health effects of inhalation exposure of rats and hamsters are available Rats were exposed to RCF in a series of life time nose only inhalation studies The animals were exposed to 30 16 9 and 3 mg m3 which corresponds with approximately 200 150 75 and 25 fibers cc Animals exposed to 30 and 16 mg m3 were observed to have developed a pleural and parenchymal fibroses animals exposed to 9 mg m3 had developed a mild pare
246. nicator or Emerson Process Management AMS software The optional local operator interface LOI also provides a communications interface with the electronics System Description The OCX 8800 is designed to measure oxygen and combustible concentrations in flue gas temperatures up to 2600 F 1427 C Electrical connections power and communications are made through two 3 4 NPT ports in the flameproof electronics enclosure using fittings and cables provided by the customer Cable installation must meet NEC IEC and or other applicable national or local codes for Class Zone 1 Group IIB H2 T3 T6 permanently mounted equipment The transmitter is close coupled to the process and requires minimal sample conditioning requirements The equipment measures oxygen percentage by reading the voltage developed across a heated electrochemical cell which consists of a small yttria stabilized zirconia disc Both sides of the disc are coated with porous metal electrodes When operated at the proper temperature the millivolt output of the cell is given by the following Nernst equation KT log10 P4 P2 C Where 1 P is the partial pressure of the oxygen in the measured gas on one side of the cell 2 P is the partial pressure of the oxygen in the reference air on the opposite side of the cell 3 T is the absolute temperature 4 Ciis the cell constant 5 K is an arithmetic constant NOTE For best results use clean dry instrum
247. nnecting the pneumatics and wiring ZNCAUTION Whenever a positive stack pressure exists at the installation site be sure to connect all pneumatic lines prior to installing the OCX 8800 in the stack or ductwork Failure to connect the pneumatic lines can allow the flow of contaminants into the OCX 8800 ports 1 Boltthe OCX 8800 to the stack and install insulation Refer to Figure 9 1 and make sure all test gas lines and electrical connections are complete 2 Connect the test gas lines and the instrument air lines to the electronics housing 3 Remove the electronics housing cover 4 Install customer power and signal conduits and wiring at the electronics housing 5 If used connect external relay leads to the alarm output relay terminal block Figure 9 2 6 Connect the O and COe signal leads to the 4 20 mA signal output terminal block 7 Connect the line L1 wire to the L1 terminal and the neutral wire to the N terminal on the AC power input terminal block 8 Connect the ground lead to the ground stud Secure the connection with two nuts Attach a separate ground lead G wire from the ground stud to the G terminal on the power input terminal block 9 Install the cover on the electronics housing 10 Restore power to the system Allow OCX to reach normal operating temperature 11 Turn on the test gasses at the cylinders and open the instrument air supply valve 9 4 Instruction Manual IM 106 880
248. nput Al and analog output AO functions as well as proportional integral derivative PID functions The standard function blocks provide a common structure for defining function block inputs outputs control parameters events alarms and modes and combining them into a process that can be implemented within a single device or over the Fieldbus network This simplifies the identification of characteristics that are common to function blocks The Fieldbus FOUNDATION has established the function blocks by defining a small set of parameters used in all function blocks called universal parameters The FOUNDATION has also defined a standard set of function block classes such as input output control and calculation blocks Each of these classes also has a small set of parameters established for it They have also published definitions for transducer blocks commonly used with standard function blocks Examples include temperature pressure level and flow transducer blocks The FOUNDATION specifications and definitions allow vendors to add their own parameters by importing and subclassing specified classes This approach permits extending function block definitions as new reguirements are discovered and as technology advances Figure 7 1 illustrates the internal structure of a function block When execution begins input parameter values from other blocks are snapped in by the block The input snap process ensures that these values do not chang
249. nt Error Constant not between 100 Ohms to 100 Ohms Low sample gas flow in sensor housing due to Check the following portions of the flow path for plugging flow path plugging blowback filter in situ filter eductor outlet path Calibration Gas concentration incorrect or gas O TOL Error not within 10 of configured O2 test gas bottle empty COe TOL Error not within 3096 of configured CO test gas Table continued on next page T T OXYGEN CONCENTRATION 37390051 ANALYZER OUTPUT MILLIVOLT 8 7 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 October 2009 Board Temp Hi Electronics temperature maximum exceeded gt 85 C Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action Electronics housing exposed to high ambient Insulate housing from source of high temperature and or install cooling fan to remove temperature heat from housing Perform Reset procedure in Section 3 Configuration and Startup to continue operation EEPRM Chksm Fail Non volatile parameter storage corrupted Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action Unit powered down during calibration parameter Perform Reset procedure in Section 3 Configuration and Startup Recalibrate the OCX storage and check trim analog outputs Flash PROM failure Replace electronics package O2 Temp Low Oxygen sensor heater temperature low lt 710 C Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action
250. nt air valve Restore power to the system Use the following procedures to remove damaged components from the OCX 8800 sensor housing and to install new replacement parts Disassemble the unit only as needed to replace damaged components Use the assembly procedures that apply to install replacement parts and reassemble the unit Remove Cover and Terminals Insulator 1 Loosen screw 1 Figure 9 7 and slide locking clip 2 away from cover Retighten screw 1 With two hands or strap wrench turn cover 3 counterclockwise to loosen Unthread and remove cover Inspect cover o ring 4 for wear or damage Replace cover o ring if damaged Unsnap terminal marking plates 5 and remove terminal insulator 6 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 9 7 Removal of Cell and Heater Strut Assembly Screw Locking Clip Cover O ring Marking Plate Terminal Insulator Reference Air Tube Sensor Housing Heater Strut Assembly Gasket Screw Heater Clamp Heater Rod Remove O Cell and Heater Strut Assembly 37390067 Remove reference air tube 7 Figure 9 7 from sensor housing 8 See Figure 9 8 Disconnect and tag O heater wires O cell and return wires and therm
251. nting key to start the COe trim procedure NOTE If you wish to exit D A Trim with no changes step through the procedure using yes responses and enter no meter readings 4 Remove the electronics housing cover 5 Refer to Figure 2 6 Connect a digital multimeter to read the milliamp output from the COe D A converter circuit Connect the positive lead to the AOUT2 terminal and connect the negative lead to the AOUT2 terminal Then touch the Enter key at the LOI 6 The LOI displays 4 mA Meter The trim program inputs the design equivalent signal for a 4 00 mA output Read the COe millamp output at the digital multimeter Use the right pointing key to select each digit and use the up and down pointing keys to change the value When the correct value is displayed use the Enter key to input the value 7 The LOI displays 20 mA Meter The trim program inputs the design equivalent signal for a 20 00 mA output Read the COe millamp output at the digital multimeter Use the right pointing key to select each digit and use the up and down pointing keys to change the value When the correct value is displayed use the Enter key to input the value 8 The LOI displays a Meter at 4 mA prompt question Use the right pointing key to select the letter yes or no Use the up or down pointing key to change the letter Then use the Enter key to input the response If no the process repeats from step 7 9 The LOI displays a M
252. numerated Enumerated Seconds Description O heater temperature set point The O calibration slope The amount of time that the O2 process variable will take to reach 90 of the actual process variable The highest O temperature read since power on The raw value of the O temperature input The time until the next automatic calibration of the O sensor O calibration gas tolerance check Device Operating Mode See Table 7 8 Power cycle drop counter Enable disable power cycle drop detect Power cycle noise counter Sample Block heater duty cycle Sample Block heater temperature set point The temperature of the sample line The highest Sample Block temperature read since power on The raw value of the sample line temperature input Sensor Housing temperature Valid only with Type 3 sensor Sensor Housing CJC voltage Valid only with Type 3 sensor The highest Sensor Housing temperature read since power on This is the Sensor Housing type setting through the DIP switch 0 1 1 Type 2 2 Type3 3 Invalid This determines whether a calibration cycle will automatically step through turning solenoids on and off to switch test gas or wait for an operator to manually switch gases and acknowledge See FF 891 section 5 3 Total number of messages sent to the transducer a d board Total number of failed a d board message attempts Total number of timed out a d board message attempts See FF 891 section 5
253. o 15 Abort Yes If Parameter Solenoids Present is 0 Calibration Step Command During a calibration the CAL STATE STEP command parameter controls the calibration procedure The procedure will progress forward on the value of CALIB STATE CAL STATE STEP Description No Event Start O2 Calibration Start Combustibles Calibration Start O2 and Combustibles Calibration Step Calibration Abort Calibration To start a calibration procedure of a sensor is only allowed if there is no procedure already running on the same sensor If we do not want to wait for finishing the already running procedure we have first to cancel it before starting the new procedure 7 17 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 October 2009 Blowback States Table 7 6 Blowback State Idle Blow Purge Alarm Events Table 7 7 Alarm Event Off In Calibration O2 Cell Temp Error O2 Heater Open O2 Cell Bad Cal Failed Cal Warn High Electronics Temp Unit Failure SL Temp Error Comb Cell Temp Error Power Input Error In COe Zero All Operating Mode Table 7 8 Operating Mode Enumerations Operating Mode Description POWER UP WARMUP STABILIZE NORMAL CALIBRATING CALVERIFY BLOWBACK COZERO ALARM SYS FAULT CAL RECOMMENDED 7 18 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Table 7 9 Sensor Housing Enumerations Table 7 10 Cal Results Bit Enumerations Table 7 11 Calibration Verify State Values Ta
254. ob odpojenia zariadenia od sie ov ho nap jania a tento sp sob mus by zrete ne ozna eny Preru ova e obvodu alebo sp na e musia by v zhode s uznanou normou ako napr IEC947 V etky k blov pripojenia musia vyhovova ak mko vek miestnym norm m Tam kde je zariadenie alebo kryty ozna en symbolom na pravej strane sa pravdepodobne nach dza nebezpe n nap tie Tieto kryty by sa mali odobera len vtedy ke je zariadenie odpojen od elektrickej energie a len vy kolen m servisn m person lom Tam kde je zariadenie alebo kryty ozna en symbolom na pravej strane existuje nebezpe enstvo hor cich povrchov Tieto kryty by mali by odstra ovan len vy kolen m servisn m person lom pri om je zariadenie odpojen od elektrickej energie Ur it povrchy m u osta hor ce na dotyk V miestach kde je zariadenie alebo kryty ozna en symbolom na pravej strane si kv li pokynom pozrite Oper torsk pr ru ku V etky obr zkov symboly pou it pri tomto produkte zodpovedaj jednej alebo viacer m nasleduj cim norm m EN61010 1 IEC417 a ISO3864 V miestach kde je zariadenie alebo zna ky ozna en n pisom Neotv ra pod elektrick m pr dom alebo podobn existuje nebezpe enstvo vznietenia v oblastiach s pr tomnos ou v bu n ho ovzdu ia Toto zariadenie sa smie otv ra len v pr pade odpojenia od elektrick ho nap jania a ponechania zariadenia vychladn po dobu uplynutia do
255. ocess instrumentation diagram and Figure 7 18 illustrates the correct function block configuration Steam Heater 1 2 38740097 Condensate Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 7 18 PID Function Block Diagram for Feedfoward Control Outlet Temperature Input BKCAL_IN BKCAL_OUT 1 Al Function Block PID Function Block AO Function Block OUT TCV101 Inlet Temperature Input Function D Block OUT 38740098 TT100 Cascade Control with Master and Slave Loops Situation A slave loop is added to a basic PID control configuration to measure and control steam flow to the steam heater Variations in the steam pressure cause the temperature in the heat exchanger to change The temperature variation will later be sensed by TT101 The temperature controller will modify the valve position to compensate for the steam pressure change The process is slow and causes variations in the product temperature Figure 7 19 illustrates the process instrumentation diagram Figure 7 19 PID Function Block Cascade Control Example Steam Heater Condensate 38740099 7 47 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 Solution If the flow is controlled steam pressure variations will be compensated before they significantly affect the heat exchanger temperature The output from the master temperature loop
256. ociated input fromthe selection A Connection from another block that disables the associated input fromthe selection A Connection from another block that disables the associated input fromthe selection Options for controlling access of host computers and local control panels to operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block Not used by device The connection input from another block One of the inputs to be selected from The connection input from another block One of the inputs to be selected from The connection input from another block One of the inputs to be selected from The connection input from another block One of the inputs to be selected from The minimum number of good inputs The actual target permitted and normal modes of the block Target The mode to go to Actual The mode the block is currently in Permitted Allow ed modes that target may take on Normal Most common mode for target Overrides the algorithm to select 1 of the 4 inputs regardless of the selection type The block output value and status The engineering units of the output Typically all inputs have the same units and the value is also the same The selected input number 1 4 Specifies selection method see Block Execution Allows selection of options for status handling and processing The supported status option for the PID block is Target to Manual if Bad IN The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks Th
257. ocouple wires at the sensor housing terminals Remove the cell and heater strut assembly 9 Figure 9 7 from sensor housing 8 Remove and discard gasket 10 9 11 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 Figure 9 8 O Cell Thermocouple and Heater Connections 9 12 Remove Sample Block Heater Rods 1 Disconnect sample block heater rod wires from terminal block Refer to Figure 9 8 2 Loosen screws 11 Figure 9 7 and rotate heater clamps 12 to release heater rods 13 One heater clamp secures each heater rod 3 Slide sample block heater rods 13 out of housing 8 NOTE For easier access you may remove two screws from base of terminal block mounting 13 and move terminal block assembly out of the way O Cell Wires O Heater Wires Thermocouple Wires Return Wire O Cell and Heater Strut 2 Assembly E T C SB 2 Sample o Block EXC Thermo Sample Block couple Heater Rods 9 37390068 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 9 9 COe Sensor Thermocouple and Heater Connections Remove COe Sensor Assembly 1 Disconnect COe heater thermocouple and sensor wires from terminal blocks Refer to Figure 9 9 2 Remove insulator 1 Figure 9 10 NOTE For easier access you may remove two screws from base of terminal block mounting 13 and move
258. od adeste et Aute Ae LEUR EAE da eti et 7 29 Alarm Detection 7 29 Status Handling 7 29 Advanced Features 7 30 Application Information 7 30 Application Examples 7 31 Troubleshooting 7 35 Proportional Integral Derivative PID Function Block 7 36 Setpoint Selection and Limiting 7 40 Ses eaves en en NERO Suntec VEI Gu EP e 7 41 Feedforward Calculation 7 41 TAKN LE CENE POCHE en 7 41 Output Selection and Limiting 7 41 Bumpless Transfer and Setpoint Tracking 7 41 PID Equation Structures 7 42 Reverse and Direct Action 7 42 Reset Limiting sea ai hh 7 42 BlO K EOTS ns IEEE edu 7 42 MOd6S 4 tet eee det dose bh pP add dard 7 43 Alarm Detection 7 44 TOC 2 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Status Handling 7 44 Application Information 7 45 Application Examples 7 46 Troubleshooting 22 ees ceo en Ba ae ER ani 7 51 Arithmet
259. od is complete select the Simulate PWA tab in the Resource Block Figure 7 4 If the simulation is enabled the PlantWeb Alarm Simulate parameter is configurable otherwise it is read only Now select Simulation on off from the Simulate PWA screen When Fieldbus Simulation is on the Simulation Switch LED is illuminated When PWA simulation is on the PWA Simulate LED is illuminated Blocks Identification Process Alarms Hardware Options Sensor Aleits T C Heater Alerts Q Calibration Alerts Device Alerts FF Device Ales Simulate PWA Simulate Status RESOURCE PWA Simulation ON OFF Plant Web Alam Simulate Simulation off 1 D Simulate Switch PWA Simulate att 02 Alerts Calibration Alerts r d Sensor Mallunetion r F 4 Calibration Error r 3 Sensor Degraded 1 Calbraton Recommended T C Heater Alerts Device Alerts r ay 4 Thermocouple Malfunction r r A 52 High Electronic Temperature nr m dy d Sensor Heater Mallunction BR dy 3 ADCFalse x m dy d Sensor Heater Over Temp Fi F a 4 Une Input Out of Range r eo r a 4 Sensor Heater Temp Variance FF Device Alerts Qr A 3 N Memory Faure r ay ru NV Writes Defetred n d 3 Inter Board Comm Faiure r a 49 PWA Simulate Active If PWA Simulation is on all PWA active parameters and Resource and Transducer Block status parameters are configurable O
260. of the supported modes A block alarm will be generated whenever the BLOCK ERR has an error bit set The types of block error for the Al block are defined above Process Alarm detection is based on the OUT value You can configure the alarm limits of the following standard alarms High HI LIM High high HI HI LIM Low LO Low low LO LO In order to avoid alarm chattering when the variable is oscillating around the alarm limit an alarm hysteresis in percent of the PV span can be set using the ALARM HYS parameter The priority of each alarm is set in the following parameters HI PRI HL HI PRI LO PRI LO LO PRI Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Status Handling Alarms are grouped into five levels of priority Priority Number Priority Description 0 The priority of an alarm condition changes to 0 after the condition that caused the alarm is corrected 1 An alarm condition with a priority of 1 is recognized by the system but is not reported to the operator 2 An alarm condition with a priority of 2 is reported to the operator but does not require operator attention such as diagnostics and system alerts 3 7 Alarm conditions of priority 3 to 7 are advisory alarms of increasing priority 10 15 Alarm conditions of priority 8 to 15 are critical alarms of increasing priority Normally the status of the PV reflects the status of the measurement value the op
261. of three conditions that cause the alarm output to turn on The state of the alarm output See FF 891 section 5 3 The date the analyzer software was built The build number of the analyzer software The checksum of the analyzer software The version of the analyzer software See FF 891 section 5 3 See FF 891 section 5 3 The amount of time the blowback solenoid will be on Enables or disables the automatic blowback cycle The time between blowback cycles The amount of time before returning the output to process after performing a blowback The current state of the blowback cycle 0 Idle 1 Blow 2 Purge The amount of time calibration gas should flow before a reading is taken The amount of time before returning the output to process after calibrating Enable disable calibration recommended alarm Calibration result The current state of the calibration cycle Initiates a calibration or goes to the next calibration step The time left in the current calibration step See Transducer Block Specification part 1 FF 902 page 11 See FF 903 section 3 3 See FF 903 sections 3 3 and 4 5 7 13 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 Parameter Mnemonic COMB SENSOR CAL WHO COMB AUTOCAL _ INTERVAL COMB CAL POINT COMB CONSTANT COMB DELTA RESISTANCE COMB FAILED CONSTANT 0 9999 0 55000 99 0 99 0 COMB FAILED SLOPE COMB HTR DUTYCYCLE COMB PERCENT OF RANGE COMB PREV
262. ol to a comfortable working temperature 37390028 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Install Sensor Housing 1 2 Insert and bolt the sensor housing in the stack and install insulation Connect the test gas reference air eductor air and dilution air lines to the sensor housing Remove the sensor housing cover If removed install the power and signal cables and the customer power and signal conduits and wiring at the sensor housing Connect the signal cable to O and T C terminal blocks and to the CO and CJC terminal blocks Figure 9 4 Connect the heater power cable to the HTR terminal blocks Refer to Figure 9 3 and make sure all test gas lines and electrical connectors are complete Install the sensor housing cover Restore power to the system Allow OCX to reach normal operating temperature Turn on the test gases at the cylinders and open the instrument air supply valve Remove Remote Electronics Housing 1 2 10 11 Turn off power to the system Shut off the test gases at the cylinders and close the instrument air supply valve Figure 9 3 Disconnect the test gas and instrument air lines from the remote electronics housing Remove the cover from the electronics housing to expose the electronics housing terminal blocks Figure 9 5 Disconnect and remove the power leads from the AC power input terminal block Remove the ground lead from the ground st
263. om to control the status handling Use Uncertain as Good sets the OUT status quality to Good when the selected input status is Uncertain Uncertain if in Manual mode The status of the Output is set to Uncertain when the mode is set to manual Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Application Information Figure 7 28 Input Selector Function Block Application Example SEL TYPE max Figure 7 29 Input Selector Function Block Application Example SEL TYPE avg Figure 7 30 Input Selector Function Block Application Example SEL TYPE Hot Backup Table 7 36 Input Selector Function Blocks ZNCAUTION The instrument must be in Manual or Out of Service mode to set the status option The ISEL function block can be used to select the maximum temperature input from four inputs and send it to a PID function block to control a process water chiller Table 7 28 or it can use the block to calculate the average temperature of the four inputs Table 7 29 IN1 126 F Input Selector ISEL Function IN2 104 F Block IN3 112 IN4 130 1 126 Input Selector IN2 104 7 ISEL Function Block IN3 112 INA 130 SEL avg IN1 126 F Input Selector ISEL Function IN2 104 F Block IN3 112 IN4 130 SEL Hot Backup IN1 Value Status Value Value
264. on method Manual O and COe Calibration using the Field Communicator HART To perform a manual O and COe calibration using the Field Communicator or AMS use the following procedure If necessary refer to Section 6 Field Communicator for the HART menu tree NOTE To select a menu item either use the up and down arrow keys to scroll to the menu item and press the right arrow key or use the number keypad to select the menu item number To return to a preceding menu press the left arrow key O BO m Select DIAG SERVICE from DEVICE SETUP menu Select CALIBRATION from the DIAG SERVICE menu Select CAL CONTROL from the CALIBRATION menu Select CAL METHODS from the CAL CONTROL menu From the CAL METHODS menu select the type of calibration desired O2 and Calibration In the first Calibration screen a Loop should be removed from automatic control warning appears Remove the OCX 8800 from any automatic control loops to avoid a potentially dangerous operating condition and press OK The main Calibration screen should look like the following Press OK to continue OCX TAG NAME STEP Idle TIME REMAIN 0s O2 0 4 85 95mV COe 0 20 ppm OK NEXT to Select ABORT CANCEL to Exit Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 10 11 13 14 15 16 17 From the SELECT ACTION screen select START CAL STEP CAL to continue calibration select ABORT CAL to abort
265. ones de seguridad son de aplicacion especifica a todos los miembros de la UE y se adjuntaran para cumplir la normativa europea de baja tension 1 10 11 Se deben preveer conexiones a tierra del eguipo tanto externa como internamente en aguellos terminales previstos al efecto Una vez finalizada las operaciones de mantenimiento del eguipo se deben volver a colocar las cubiertas de seguridad aasi como los terminales de tierra Se debe comprobar la integridad de cada terminal Los cables de alimentacion electrica cumpliran con las normas IEC 227 o IEC 245 Todo el cableado sera adecuado para una temperatura ambiental de 75 Todos los prensaestopas seran adecuados para una fijacion adecuada de los cables Para un manejo seguro del eguipo la alimentacion electrica se realizara a traves de un interruptor magnetotermico min 10 A el cual desconectara la alimentacion electrica al equipo en todas sus fases durante un fallo Los interruptores estaran de acuerdo a la norma IEC 947 u otra de reconocido prestigio Cuando las tapas o el equipo lleve impreso el simbolo de tension electrica peligrosa dicho alojamiento solamente se abrira una vez que se haya interrumpido la alimentacion electrica al equipo asimismo la intervencion sera llevada a cabo por personal entrenado para estas labores Cuando las tapas o el equipo lleve impreso el simbolo hay superficies con alta temperatura por tanto se abrira una vez que se haya int
266. onfiguration error 3 Resource block 4 Schedule 1 Back Calculation 1 Target mode not set 2 Input 1 Target mode not set 2 Cascade Input Corrective Action 1 Set target mode to something other than OOS 2 BLOCK_ERR will show the configuration error bit set The following are parameters that must be set before the block is allowed out of OOS a BYPASS must be off or on and cannot be left at initial value of 0 b OUT HI LIM must be less than or equal to OUT LO LIM c SP HI LIM must be less than or egual to SP LO LIM 3 The actual mode of the Resource block is OOS See Resource Block Diagnostics for cor rective action 4 Block is not scheduled and therefore cannot execute to go to Target Mode Schedule the block to execute 1 BKCAL IN a The link is not configured the status would show Not Connected Configure the BKCAL IN link to the downstream block b The downstream block is sending back a Quality of Bad or a Status of Not Invited See the appropriate downstream block diag nostics for corrective action 1 Set target mode to something other than OOS 2 IN a The link is not configured the status would show Not Connected Configure the IN link to the block b The upstream block is sending back a Qual ity of Bad or a Status of Not Invited See the appropriate upstream block diagnostics for corrective action 1 Set target mode to something other than OOS 2 CAS IN
267. ons In Calibration Calibration in progress Oxygen sensor heater temperature low O2 Temp Low Oxygen sensor heater temperature high O2 Temp Hi O2 Temp Very Hi RTD excitation current error Ref Curr Err Oxygen sensor heater could not reach final temperature O2 HTR Failure Combustibles sensor heater could not reach final temperature COe Htr Failure Sample Block sensor heater could not reach final temperature SB Htr Failure Oxygen sensor resistance high O2 Sensor R High Oxygen sensor disconnected O2 Sensor Open Calibration Failure Calibration failed Cal Failed Calibration Warning Calibration warning Cal Warning Board Temperature High Electronics temperature maximum exceeded Board Temp Hi O Temperature Error Heater Failure O Sensor Error Any non recoverable or heater relay off alarm O2 Temp Hi O2 Temp Very Hi COe Temp Hi COE Temp Very Hi SB Temp Hi SB Temp Very Hi O2 Htr Ramp Rate COe Htr Rmp Rate SB Htr Ramp Rate O2 TC Shorted Unit Failure O2 TC Reversed COe TC Shorted COe TC Reversed SB TC Shorted SB TC Reversed ADC Failure ADC Ref Error Board Temp Hi Chksm Fail Line Freq Error Line Voltage Low Line Voltage Hi Htr Relay Failed Out Brd Fail Sample block heater temperature low SB Temp Low Sample Block Sample block heater temperature high SB Temp Hi Temperature Error SB Temp Very Hi RTD excitation current error Ref Curr Err Combustibles sensor heater temperature low COe Tem
268. ore removing or handling the processor board or the ICs ensure you are at ground potential EMERSON http www raihome com Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 October 2009 Total Power Loss In the event that the OCX 8800 will not power up at all check the incoming power supply to make sure power is being delivered to the OCX 8800 If the incoming power supply is good then check fuses F1 and F6 in the electronics housing Refer to Figure 8 1 for fuse locations Figure 8 1 Fuse Locations F6 Neutral N 10 Amp 250 VAC Fi Line L1 10 Amp 250 VAC F3 Sk Maro 4 Amp 250 VAC F4 Sample Block Heater 8 Amp 250 VAC O2 and COe Heater 37390050 DIAGNOSTIC ALARMS ACAUTION Always install a blocking diode on the customers relay coil Failure to install a blocking diode may create noise spikes and cause faults in the OCX electronics The OCX 8800 is eguipped with a set of alarm relay contacts on the microprocessor board in the electronics housing This set of dry contacts can be connected to any customer supplied relay device 30 VDC 30 mA maximum A blocking diode is reguired on the customers relay coil Any fault condition in the OCX 8800 will trip the alarm relay The optional SPA with HART programmable alarm indicates LOW O2 HIGH COe Calibration Stat
269. osions can result in death or serious injury Do not make connections to the Field Communicator s serial port digital signal line or NiCad recharger jack in an explosive atmosphere EMERSON http www raihome com Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 October 2009 Figure 6 1 375 Communicator Connections HART 4 20 mA Terminal Block in Electronics Housing RL gt 2500 1 SN O 4 20 mA Signal Line A OUT 1 S A OUT 1 og Output Device S S Loop Connectors Communicator Model 375 Lead Set Field Communicator Rear Panel 38850006 Connecting to a Fieldbus Segment Connect 375 Field Communicator with the supplied lead set in parallel with the device to a Fieldbus segment Figure 6 2 The 375 Field Communicator Fieldbus connections are polarity sensitive an error message displays if the device is connected incorrectly NWARNING Explosions can result in death or serious injury Do not make connections to the Field Communicator s serial port digital signal line or NiCad recharger jack in an explosive atmosphere Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 6 2 375 Communicator Conections Fieldbus OCX 8800 Electronics OUT1 Fieldbus Signal
270. osutava s mboli all valitseb kuumadest pindadest tulenev oht Nimetatud s mbolitega mbriseid v ib eemaldada vaid vastavate oskustega spetsialist kui seade on toiteallikast lahti hendatud Teatud pinnad v ivad puudutamise jaoks liiga kuumad olla Seadmel v i mbristel leiduva paremale osutava s mboli korral vt juhiste jaoks Toimimisjuhendit K ik selle toote juures kasutatavad graafilised s mbolid l htuvad hest v i enamast j rgmistest standarditest EN61010 1 IEC417 ja ISO3864 Kui seadmele v i siltidele on kirjutatud Arge avage voolutarbimine korral vms valitseb plahvatusohtlikus keskkonnas suttimise oht Seadet v ib avada ainult siis kui toide on lahti hendatud ning seadmel on v imaldatud sildil v i kasutusjuhendis osutatud aja jooksul maha jahtuda ning ka sellisel juhul ainult vastavate oskustega spetsialisti poolt OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 A 10 TARKEAA Turvallisuusohje jota on noudatettava t m n laitteen asentamisessa ja kaapeloinnissa Seuraavat ohjeet patevat erityisesti EU n jasenvaltioissa Niita taytyy ehdottomasti noudattaa jotta t ytett isiin EU n matalajannitedirektiivin Low Voltage Directive yhteensopivuus My s EU hun kuulumattomien valtioiden tulee nou dattaa tata ohjetta elleivat kansalliset standardit esta sita 1 10 11 Riittavat maadoituskytkennat on tehtava kaikkiin maadoituspisteisiin ja ulkois
271. ovvista tad dawl mit tag mir u minn addiema tal manutenzjoni m arr a biss 8 Meta t tag mir jew l g atjien ikunu mmarkati bis simbolu fuq il lemin ikun hemm periklu mill u u ja arqu li jkun hemm ta thom Dawn l g atjien g andhom jitne ew biss minn addiema tal manutenzjoni m arr a meta titne a l provvista tad dawl mit tag mir erti w uh jistg u jibqg u ja arqu meta tmisshom 9 Meta t tag mir jew l g atjien ikunu mmarkati bis simbolu fuq il lemin irreferi g all Manwal ta l Operatur g all istruzzjonijiet 10 Is simboli grafi i kollha u ati f dan il prodott huma minn wie ed jew iktar mill istandards li ejjin EN61010 1 IEC417 u ISO3864 11 Fejn it tag mir u t tikketti huma mmarkati bil kliem Tiftahx Meta Jkun Enerdizzat jew kliem simili hemm periklu ta nar f oni fejn atmosfera esplossiva hi pre enti It tag mir g andu jinfeta biss meta l provvista tad dawl tkun mitfija u jkun g adda in bi ejjed kif spe ifikat fuq it tikketta jew fil manwal ta l istruzzjonijiet biex it tag mir ikun kesah u t tag mir g andu jinfeta biss minn staff li jkun im arre Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 VIKTIG Sikkerhetsinstruks for tilkobling og installasjon av dette utstyret Folgende sikkerhetsinstruksjoner gjelder spesifikt alle EU medlemsland og land med i E S avtalen Instruksjonene skal f lges n ye slik at installasjonen blir i henhold ti
272. ow oxygen concentration in the process may cause this alarm Diagnosis must be done at the analyzer Refer to Section 8 Troubleshooting for details 2 This problem could be caused by a mechanical failure in the sensor housing or at the electronics An open circuit in the combustible sensor could also cause this alarm Refer to Section 8 Troubleshooting for details Oxygen cells will degrade over time due to aging and corrosion An increasing cell resistance is a good indicator of reduced cell performance As the cell impedance increases the cell output falls off and response time increases Calibrating the instrument will compensate for the increased cell resistance up to several hundred ohms beyond which the cell is no longer functional Diagnosis must be done at the analyzer Refer to Section 8 Troubleshooting for details When the heater thermocouple alarms are initiated they diagnose one of three states 1 Open 2 Shorted 3 Reversed The problem could be caused by a mechanical failure in the probe tip or at the electronics Power to the device must be cycled to resume operation Diagnosis must be done at the analyzer Refer to Section 8 Troubleshooting for details 7 7 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 Alerts Sensor Heater Malfunction Sensor Heater Over Temp erature Sensor Heater Temp erature Variance Calibration Error Calibration Recommended 7 8 Alarms
273. p Low COe Sensor Combustibles sensor heater temperature high COe Temp Hi Temperature Error COe Temp Very Hi RTD excitation current error Ref Curr Err AC power line frequency out of usable range Line Freq Err Power Input Error AC power line voltage below minimum Line Voltage Low AC power line voltage above maximum Line Voltage Hi All Alarms Any alarm 8 11 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 8 12 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Section 9 OVERVIEW OCX 8800 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ROSEMOUNT Analytical Maintenance and Service OvervioW xm ee ee eee eee whe ee EEG page 9 1 OCX 8800 Removal and Installation page 9 1 Repair Sensor Housing page 9 10 Repair Electronics Housing page 9 29 Replace Tube Fittings page 9 35 This section contains the procedures to maintain and service the OCX 8800 Z WARNING Install all protective equipment covers and safety ground leads after equipment repair or service Failure to install covers and ground leads could result in serious injury or death NWARNING It is recommended that the OCX 8800 be removed from the stack for all service activities The unit should be allowed to cool and be taken to a clean work area Failure to comply may Cause severe burns NWARNING Disconnect and
274. place insulation afterward 2 2 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Enclosures The OCX 8800 enclosures are designed to meet ingress conditions of Type 4X and IP66 Each enclosure cover is threaded to its base and sealed with an o ring that isolates the threads from external contaminants Each cover is secured by a clip attached to the base that engages the cover between the ribs of the cover sidewall The clip is held in place by an Allen head cap screw and lockwasher mounted in a recess Cover removal and installation requires an Allen wrench to loosen and tighten the screw Figure 2 1 Installation OCX 8800 with Integral Electronics NOTE All dimensions are in inches with millimeters in parentheses Insulate if exposed to adverse weather or extreme temperature changes install a protective housing and or insulation around the unit UD ANSI 3535B18H02 7 DIN 3535B45H01 ROF MOJA Removal Envelope Insertion Depth Allow 9 in Flange Dia 229 mm for gt Table 2 Installation Removal Cover Removal
275. placed in terms of available line voltage ambient temperatures environmental considerations convenience and serviceability Figure 1 3 shows a typical system wiring for a system with integral electronics Figure 1 4 shows a typical system wiring for a system with remote electronics Simplified installations for the OCX 8800 are shown in Figure 1 5 and Figure 1 6 Figure 1 7 shows the dimensions for the optional sample tube support Figure 1 8 shows the dimensions for the optional in situ filters Figure 1 9 shows the optional panel mounted blowback A source of instrument air is required at the OCX 8800 for reference air dilution air and eductor air Since the OCX 8800 is equipped with an in place calibration feature provision should be made for connecting test gas tanks to the OCX 8800 when it is to be calibrated NOTE The electronics module is designed to meet Type 4X and IP66 and the electronic components are rated to temperatures up to 185 F 85 C Retain packaging in which the unit arrived from the factory in case any components are to be shipped to another site This packaging has been designed to protect the product OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 Figure 1 3 Communication Connections and AMS Application OCX 8800 with Integral Electronics OCX 8800 with Integral Electronics Signal Output Twisted Pairs 3 calibration gas lines by Instrument Cus
276. pply must be made through a circuit breaker min 10 A in close proximity and marked for this eguipment which will disconnect all current carrying conductors during a fault situation This circuit breaker should also include a mechanically operated isolating switch If not then another external means of disconnecting the supply from the eguipment should be located close by Circuit breakers or switches must comply with a recognized standard such as IEC 947 ZA WARNING The OCX88A can be installed in general purpose areas only Do not install the OCX88A in hazardous areas NOTE To maintain proper earth grounding ensure a positive connection exists between the sensor housing the electronics housing and earth The connecting ground wire must be 14 AWG minimum Refer to Figure 2 6 NOTE Line voltage signal and relay wiring must be rated for at least 105 C 221 F Electrical Connections Electrical connections power and communications are made to the electronic enclosure The connections are made through two 3 4 NPT ports in the enclosure using fittings and cables provided by the customer Cable installation must meet NEC IEC and or other applicable national or local codes for Class Zone 1 IIB H2 T3 T6 permanently mounted equipment Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Connect Line Voltage The OCX 8800 operates on 100 to 240 VAC line voltage at 50 to 60 Hz The power
277. rating prior to firing up the combustion process Damage can result from having a cold OCX 8800 exposed to the process gases NOTE During outages and whenever possible leave all OCX 8800 units running to prevent condensation and premature aging from thermal cycling EMERSON http www raihome com Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 Verify Configuration HART Electronics There are three switches on the microprocessor board which are user configurable for the OCX 8800 with HART electronics Figure 3 1 SW1 determines if the O 4 20 mA signal is internally or externally powered SW2 determines if the COe 4 20 mA signal is internally or externally powered SW3 sets the rail limits for the O and COe 4 20 mA signals and configures the sample line heater control circuit All switches are accessible through holes in the electronics box ACAUTION Remove power from the OCX 8800 before changing defaults If defaults are changed under power damage to the electronics may occur Figure 3 1 OCX 8800 Defaults HART Electronics d 9 O 21 1 mA 3 5 mA 4 20 mA Signal Open Rail Limits Switch 21 1 mA Open High 21 1 mA Default Postions Closed Low 3 5 mA Shown 3 5 mA COe 21 1 mA 3 5 mA COe 4 20 mA Signal Closed Rail Limits Open High 21 1 mA Closed Low 3 5 mA
278. ration gas supplies and connections Adjust gas pressure and flow leaking Replenish low calibration gas supplies and tighten or repair loose or leaking connections When calibration gas supplies are adequate recalibrate O cell degraded or failed Check O cell impedance by reading the O2 Cell Imped value via the LOI see Figure 4 4 sheet 2 or the O2 Snsr R value via FOUNDATION fieldbus menu tree see O2 Slope Error Slope 34 5 mV Dec or gt 57 5 Figure 6 7 sheet 2 If cell impedance is zero replace O cell If cell impedance is less mV Dec than 5000 ohms check for cell housing ground fault Repair ground fault If cell impedance is greater than 5000 ohms and no ground fault is indicated replace O cell O2 Constant Error Constant not between 20 mV to 20 mV Flow calibration gas to the O cell Read the cell millivolt output Plot the cell millivolt output and the calibration gas O2 concentration on the chart shown in Figure 8 2 If the plotted values do not fall on the slope line shown in Figure 8 2 replace the O cell Table continued on next page 8 6 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Cal Warning Calibration warning Cal Failed Calibration failed Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action COe sensor degraded Replace COe sensor or increase warning level SYSTEM CALIB SETUP COe Slope Warn via HART COe Slope Error Slope not between 200 ppm Ohm to 4 500 ppm Ohm COe Consta
279. re the method for tracking the setpoint by configuring the following control options CONTROL OPTS SP PV Track in Man Permits the SP to track the PV when the target mode of the block is Man SP PV Track in LO or IMan Permits the SP to track the PV when the actual mode of the block is Local Override LO or Initialization Manual IMan When one of these options is set the SP value is set to the PV value while in the specified mode Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 PID Eguation Structures Reverse and Direct Action Reset Limiting Block Errors You can select the value that a master controller uses for tracking by configuring the Use PV for BKCAL OUT control option The BKCAL OUT value tracks the PV value BKCAL IN on a master controller connected to BKCAL OUT on the PID block in an open cascade strategy forces its OUT to match BKCAL IN thus tracking the PV from the slave PID block into its cascade input connection CAS IN If the Use PV for BKCAL OUT option is not selected the working setpoint SP WRK is used for BKCAL OUT You can set control options in Manual or Out of Service mode only When the mode is set to Auto the SP will remain at the last value it will no longer follow the PV Configure the STRUCTURE parameter to select the PID eguation structure You can select one of the following choices PI Action on Error D Action on PV PID Action on Error Action on
280. rench holding eductor elbow 12 Figure 9 10 and one wrench on flats of sensor holder 11 unthread and remove COe sensor assembly 5 Do not allow eductor elbow to turn Slide band heater 10 and heater insulator 9 from sensor holder 11 i eo e o N o 9 15 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 Figure 9 12 Eductor Alignment Matchmarks 37390036 Remove Eductor The cell and heater strut assembly 9 Figure 9 7 and the COe sensor assembly 5 Figure 9 10 must be removed before you start this procedure 1 Use straightedge to matchmark alignment of eductor flat and elbow as shown in Figure 9 12 2 Unscrew terminal block mounting 13 Figure 9 10 Move terminal block mounting away from eductor 6 3 Unscrew eductor holder 14 with eductor 6 and fittings 12 and 15 from sensor housing 7 4 Clamp flats of eductor 6 in jaws of bench vise NWARNING Use heat resistant gloves when removing mating parts from the eductor The mating parts are bonded with a thread sealing compound The compound softens at 450 F 232 The heated parts can cause severe burns 5 Use a propane torch to heat the eductor 6 to 450 F 232 C minimum Apply the heat near the screw threads 6 While heating the eductor 6 use wrench to apply removal torgue to elbow 12 eductor holder 14 or tube fitt
281. rhanden ist eine andere Maglichkeit zur Unterbrechung der Spannungszufuhr gew hrleistet werden mit Hinweisen deutlich gekennzeichnet werden Ein solcher Mechanismus zur Spannungsunterbrechung muf mit den Normen und Richtlinien f r die allgemeine Installation von Elektrogeraten wie zum Beispiel der IEC947 bereinstimmen Mit dem Symbol sind Gerate oder Abdeckungen gekennzeichnet die eine gefahrliche Netzspannung Spannung f hren Die Abdeckungen d rfen nur entfernt werden wenn die Versorgungsspannung unterbrochen wurde Nur geschultes Personal darf an diesen Ger ten Arbeiten ausf hren Mit dem Symbol sind Ger te oder Abdeckungen gekennzeichnet in bzw unter denen hei e Teile vorhanden sind Die Abdeckungen d rfen nur entfernt werden wenn die Versorgungsspannung unterbrochen wurde Nur geschultes Personal darf an diesen Ger ten Arbeiten ausf hren Bis 45 Minuten nach dem Unterbrechen der Netzzufuhr k nnen derartig Teile noch ber eine erh hte Temperatur verf gen Mit dem Symbol sind Ger te oder Abdeckungen gekennzeichnet bei denen vor dem Eingriff die entsprechenden Kapitel im Handbuch sorgf ltig durchgelesen werden m ssen Alle in diesem Ger t verwendeten graphischen Symbole entspringen einem oder mehreren der nachfolgend aufgef hrten Standards EN61010 1 IEC417 amp ISO3864 Wenn Ger te oder Etiketten mit dem Hinweis Nicht unter Spannung offnen oder hnlichen Hinweisen versehen sind besteht in e
282. rotezione indica rischio di contatto con superfici ad alta temperatura Tali coperchi di protezione devono essere rimossi esclusivamente da personale qualificato dopo aver tolto alimentazione allo strumento Alcune superfici possono mantenere temperature elevate per oltre 45 minuti Se lo strumento o il coperchio di protezione riportano il simbolo fare riferimento alle istruzioni del manuale Operatore Tutti i simboli grafici utilizzati in questo prodotto sono previsti da uno o pi dei seguenti standard EN61010 1 IEC417 e 1503864 L indicazione Non aprire sotto tensione o simili sull apparecchiatura o sulle etichette segnala il pericolo di accensione nelle aree in cui presente un atmosfera esplosiva L apparecchiatura pu essere aperta solo quando l alimentazione scollegata ed trascorso il tempo indicato sull etichetta o nel manuale delle istruzioni per consentirne il raffreddamento L operazione pu essere effettuata esclusivamente da personale dell assistenza qualificato OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 A 14 SVARBU io prietaiso laidu prijungimo ir instaliacijos saugos instrukcijos Toliau i vardinti saugumo reikalavimai taikomi konkre iai visoms ES alims nar ms Ju turi b ti grie tai paisoma kad b t u tikrintai laikomasi emos tampos direktyvos Ne ES nar s taip pat turi laikytis toliau pateikiam reikalavim nebent juos pakei ia vietiniai ar Nacionaliniai
283. ruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 BLOWBACK FEATURE 3 6 Configuring the Calibration Solenoids with the LOI 1 Use the Z pattern to enter the LOI menu tree 2 From the SYSTEM menu select Calib Setup 3 From the Calib Setup menu select Use Solenoids Select Yes to enable the solenoids The blowback feature blows instrument air back through the center of the internal filter and out the sample tube of the probe This removes built up dirt and particulate from the internal filter sample line and any optional in situ filter on the end of the sample tube The blowback feature is normally used in systems that have heavy particulate in the process stream The blowback feature requires the optional blowback hardware to be properly installed external to the OCX 8800 See Section 2 Pneumatic Installation for details An OCX 8800 shipped from the factory must be configured before blowback can be implemented This same process must be performed any time a replacement card stack is installed Configuring Blowback with the Field Communicator HART 1 Use the 375 Field Communicator or AMS software to access the HART menu 2 From the DETAILED SETUP menu select INPUT OUTPUT 3 From the INPUT OUTPUT menu select BLOWBACK 4 From the BLOWBACK select BIBk Enabled Select Yes to enable blowback Also set the following parameters BIBk Intrvl Length of time between blowback events 60 minutes recommended BI
284. s Mechanical Installation Electrical Installation Pneumatic Installation Initial Startup Verify Installation Initial Power Up Set Test Gas Values Calibration Solenoids Blowback Feature Calibration Verify Feature Calibration Tolerance Feature COe Purge Zero Feature OCX 8800 Reset Procedure Overview Display Orientation LOI Controls Overview LOI Key Functions LOI Status Codes LOI Menu Tree Overview Fully Automatic Calibration Operator lnitiated Autocalibration Manual Calibration D A Trim Procedures LOI D A Trim Procedures HART http www raihome com EMERSON Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 SECTION 6 S dou ceder da ater teen Pao Naj Rial 6 1 Field Communicator Field Communicator Connections 6 1 Off Line and On Line Operations 6 4 Hart Menu Tree a d ive RM Cae 6 5 Fieldbus Menu Tree 6 9 SECTION 7 Foundation Fieldbus Technology 7 1 Foundation Fieldbus OVervIeW ccu exe px E
285. s Description 10 PV_SCALE None The high and low scale values engineering units code and number of digits to the right of the decimal point associated with OUT 19 RANGE_HI None The high limit for IN 20 RANGE_LO None The low limit for IN If IN is less than RANGE_LO then IN_LO is used 3 STRATEGY None The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks This data is not checked or processed by the block 1 ST REV None The revision level of the static data associated with the function block The revision value will be incremented each time a static parameter value in the block is changed 2 TAG DESC None The user description of the intended application of the block 35 UPDATE EVT None This alert is generated by any changes to the static data Figure 7 23 Arithmetric Function Block Diagram RANGELO RANGE HI ARITH TYPE BAL TIME PV UNIT l LO ALGORITHM LOGIC OUT_HI_LIM GAIN BIAS El OUT OUT LO LIM OUT LO LIM OUT LO LIM N 1 IN 1 BIAS 1 1 GAIN IN 1 tempiN 1 N 21 IN 2 BIAS IN 1 GAIN IN 2 tempiN 2 Block Errors Table 7 30 lists the conditions reported in the BLOCK ERR parameter Table 7 30 BLOCK ERR Parameters Condition Number Condition Name and Description 0 Other The output has guality of uncertain 1 Block Configuration Error Select type is not configured 2 Link Configuration Error S Simulate Active 4 Local Override 5 Device Fault State Set 6 Device Needs Maintenan
286. s a 4 wire line or mains powered site programmable digital process alarm It connects to a standard HART field device and provides up to four fully configurable contact closure outputs based on readings of the HART digital data The four OCX 8800 alarm outputs recognized by the SPA are Low Os High COe Calibration Status and OCX Unit Failure Figure B 1 SPA with HART Alarm odejico ae S Ge READY tres INPUT O tr2 mes SPA VIEW o a SELECT k e a A 37020018 ROSEMOUNT Analytical EMERSON http www raihome com Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 Figure B 2 OCX 8800 and SPA Interface Connections Model 275 375 Field Communicator OCX 8800 Customers F DCS PLC 4 20 mA O Signal Loop or 2250 Q PC with AMS lt 950 Q Software Event Recorder Audible Alarm or other Analog Device 38850008 INSTALLATION Refer to Figure B 2 for the typical interface connections for the OCX 8800 and the SPA with HART alarm Refer to the Moore Industries SPA user s manual for additional information concerning SPA installation setup and operation SETUP Setup of the SPA for communication with the OCX 8800 includes setting internal jumpers and dip switches and configuring the SPA operating parameters via a menu driven selection and calibration procedure Jumper and Switch Settings
287. s affichent le symbole suivant se reporter au manuel d instructions Tous les symboles graphiques utilis s dans ce produit sont conformes un ou plusieurs des standards suivants EN61010 1 IEC417 amp ISO3864 Les quipements comportant une tiquette avec la mention Ne pas ouvrir sous tension ou toute autre mention similaire peuvent cr er un risque d incendie dans les environnements explosifs Ces quipements ne doivent tre ouverts que lorsqu ils sont hors tension et que la dur e de refroidissement requise indiqu e sur l tiquette ou dans le manuel d instructions s est coul e En outre ils ne doivent tre ouverts que par un personnel qualifi A 11 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 A 12 FONTOS Biztons gi el r sok a k sz l k vezet kel s hez s Uzembeallitasahoz A k vetkez biztons gi el r sok kifejezetten vonatkoznak az sszes EU tag llamra Ezeket szigor an be kell tartani a Kisfesz lts g ir nyelvnek val megfelel s biztos t s hoz A nem EU tag llamok szint n tarts k be a k vetkez ket kiv ve ha a helyi s nemzeti szabv nyok azt m sk nt nem rj k el 1 2 10 11 A megfelel f ldel st biztos tani kell az sszes rendelkez sre ll f ldel si ponton legyen az bels vagy k ls Az zembe ll t s vagy hibaelh r t s ut n az sszes biztons gi burkolatot s biztons gi f ldvezet ket ki kell cser
288. s letting you configure and troubleshoot in the field The 375 Field Communicator includes an LCD with touch screen display and keypad Use touch screen or keypad to enter data into 375 Field Communica tor Three terminals for the lead set are on the top of the 375 Field Communicator The lead set and the terminals let you connect the 375 Field Communicator to a device An access door ensures only one pair of the terminals can be used at any time Several markings indicate which pair of terminals is for which pro tocol The F indicates the Fieldbus protocol while H indicates the HART protocol The infrared port IrDA lets the 375 Field Communicator interface with the PC IrDA is a PC interface supported for transfer of device descriptions DD software update configurations and application licenses IrDA communication can either be built into the PC or provided through a USB to IrDA adaptor The PC application can either be AMS Suite or 375 Easy Upgrade Programming Utility The 375 must be in the Listen for PC mode when communicating through IrDA Refer to the 375 Field Communicator User Manual for details Connecting to a HART loop Connect 375 Field Communicator with the supplied lead set in parallel with the device or load resistor Figure 6 1 The HART connections are not polarity sensitive A minimum 250 ohms resistance must be present in the HART loop for the 375 Field Communicator to function properly Z WARNING Expl
289. s will stop at AppCOeHi Switch off the O2 High Gas and switch on the COe Gas Verify the COe concentration measured matches the COe TEST GAS parameter in the Setup Press OK when ready Select START CAL STEP CAL to start applying the COe Gas The time to apply the test gas is specified by the Gas Time The Calibration Status should automatically change to FlowCOeHi and then ReadCOeHi for a period of time During this period if an attempt is made to go the next calibration step by pressing OK and selecting START CAL STEP CAL you will be prompted with Operator step command is not accepted at this time The Next Cal Step command is not accepted at this time When ready Calibration Status will stop at STOP GAS Switch off the COe gas Press OK when ready Select START CAL STEP CAL to start purging gas The time to purge gas is specified by Purge Time 5 9 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 5 10 Manual O COe Calibration using the Field Communicator Fieldbus To perform a manual O2 COe calibration using the 375 Field Communicator use the following procedure If necessary refer to Section 6 Field Communicator for the Fieldbus menu tree NOTE To select a menu item either use the up and down arrow keys to scroll to the menu item and press the right arrow key or use the number keypad to select the menu item number To return to a preceding menu press the left arrow key 1 To cali
290. shbuttons are located below the display window b Pressing a left hand pushbutton scrolls up or down through the SPA command menu a submenu or parameter values list c Pressing the VIEW pushbutton displays rail limits and alarm relay configurations There are five sequential displays in the VIEW mode While in the VIEW mode the up 4 down N and SELECT pushbuttons are disabled NOTE In the VIEW mode you can scroll through and display the output zero and full scale settings and the alarm relay trip points and configurations d Pressing the SELECT pushbutton selects the displayed menu or submenu command or selects a displayed parameter variable Figure B 5 SPA Front Panel READY Q INPUT Q SPA Display Window Left Hand Right Hand Pushbuttons Pushbuttons 37020017 B 4 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 5 Figure B 6 shows the SPA menu submenus and parameter values that must be selected to configure the SPA for use with the OCX 8800 Use the following instructions and selections shown to properly configure the SPA a Press the SELECT pushbutton Observe the display window on the SPA front panel The display window should read SET HART See the SET HART command in Figure B 6 To the right of the command window is the SET HART submenu and related parameter values that must be selected via the front panel pushbuttons on the SPA In the submenu views
291. shown means press the down pushbutton AX means press the up pushbutton gt means press the SELECT pushbutton one time ft means press the V or AS pushbutton until the desired parameter value is shown in the SPA window Proceed through the SPA menu selecting the menu commands and parameter values indicated After completing the sequence in the first column go to the top of the second column and continue To exit the menu repeatedly press SELECT to display any main menu command Then press V or AS until CONF EXIT is displayed Select CONF EXIT Detailed instructions concerning the configuration menu and the submenu structure for each main command are provided in the SPA user s manual B 5 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 Figure B 6 SPA Configuration Menu for OCX 8800 Communication B 6 2 SET 1 PRIM 2 SET FUCT gt NRML 2 NUM VARS 2 02 2 NUM TRYS 2 03 2 EXIT HART 2 SGNL SRCE 2 AOUT SRCE 2 SV gt AL2 SRCE gt 4 PV 2 AL3 SRCE gt 4 PV gt SRCE gt PV gt EXIT SRCE FLT SRCE V CONF OPTS gt SET LINR 2 LINR OFF gt PV SCLE gt AUTO gt DSPL EGU 2 4 CSTM 2 PPM select P select P select M 2 DSPL SRCE 2 SV 2 AL2 SEL AL2 FLT V SET FAIL 2 FAIL LOW V EXIT OPTS 2 SET EGU gt PV EGU 2 PCT gt SV EGU 2 CSTM 2 PPM select P select P select M EXIT EGU 2 SCLE INPT gt PV SCLE 2 PV ZERO 000
292. stato n ho asu tak ako je to uveden na t tku alebo v n vode na pou itie a len vy kolen m servisn m person lom Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 POMEMBNO Varnostna navodila za povezavo in vgradnjo naprave Naslednja varnostna navodila veljajo za vse dr ave lanice EU Zaradi zagotovitve skladnosti z nizkonapetostno direktivo morate navodila strogo upo tevati V dr avah ki niso lanice EU je treba upo tevati tudi naslednje smernice razen e jih ne zamenjujejo lokalni ali nacionalnimi standardi 1 10 11 Do vseh ozemljitvenih to k notranjih in zunanjih ki so na voljo morajo biti speljane ustrezne ozemljitvene povezave Po vgradnji ali odpravljanju te av je treba namestiti vse varnostne pokrove in za itne ozemljitve Brezhibnost vseh ozemljitvenih priklju kov je treba nenehno preverjati Omre ni napajalni kabli morajo biti skladni z zahtevami standarda IEC227 ali IEC245 Vsa napeljava mora biti primerna za uporabi pri temperaturi okolja vi ji od 75 C Notranje dimenzije kabelskih tesnilk morajo zagotavljati ustrezno pritrditev kablov Za zagotovitev varnega delovanja opreme mora biti povezava z omre nim napajanjem vzpostavljena prek odklopnega stikala ki v primeru napake izklopi vse tokokroge s prevodniki Odklopno stikalo lahko vklju uje tudi mehansko izolacijsko stikalo V nasprotnem primeru morajo biti zagotovljeni in jasno ozna eni drugi
293. sults are normally obtained if the transmitter is positioned near the center of the duct 40 60 insertion Longer ducts may reguire several transmitters since the oxygen and combustibles can vary due to stratification A point too near the wall of the duct or the inside radius of a bend may not provide a representative sample because of the very low flow conditions The sensing point should be selected so the process gas temperature falls within the range of probe material used Figure 2 1 through Figure 2 5 provide mechanical installation references The ambient temperature inside the electronics housing must not exceed 185 F 85 C 2 Check the flue or stack for holes and air leakage The presence of this condition will substantially affect the accuracy of the oxygen and combustibles readings Therefore either make the necessary repairs or install the transmitter up stream of any leakage 3 Ensure the area is clear of internal and external obstructions that will interfere with installation and maintenance access to the unit Allow adeguate clearance for the removal of the OCX 8800 amp EMERSON http www raihome com Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 ZNCAUTION Do not allow the temperature of the electronics housing to exceed 185 F 85 or damage to the electronics may result ZNCAUTION Whenever a positive stack pressure exists at the installation site be sure to connec
294. supply reguires no setup Connect the line L wire to the L terminal and the neutral N wire to the N terminal on the AC power input terminal block in the electronics housing Connect the ground G wire to the ground stud in the electronics housing as shown in Figure 2 6 Connect Output Signals The OCX 8800 may be provided with either two 4 20 mA signals with HART on the O2 signal or a single FOUNDATION fieldbus signal Connect the output terminals in the electronics housing as shown in Figure 2 6 Use individual shielded twisted wire pairs Terminate the shield at the electronics housing O 4 20 mA Signal One 4 20 mA signal represents the value Superimposed on the O signal is the HART information accessible through a Model 375 Handheld Communicator or AMS software The O signal is at the AOUT 1 terminals COe 4 20 mA Signal Another 4 20 mA signal at the AOUT 2 terminals represents the COe value FOUNDATION fieldbus Signal The FOUNDATION fieldbus signal provides all output information and is accessible through a Model 375 handheld communicator Alarm Output Relay Connect any customer supplied relay input to the alarm output relay terminal Use shielded wire and terminate the shield at the electronics housing The alarm output relay terminal is a set of dry no 2 form C contacts with 30 mA 30 VDC capacity Remote Electronics Connections to Sensor Housing Make the following connections between the remote electronics
295. t Error recover automatically the memory may be faulty 3 NV Integrity and the electronics stack should be replaced Error Refer to Section 8 Troubleshooting for details 4 ROM Integrity Error NV Writes Resource Block FF A high number of writes has been detected to Deferred 1 NV Writes Device non volatile memory To prevent premature failure Deferred Alerts of the memory the write operations have been deferred The data will be saved on a 6 hour cycle This condition usually exists because a program has been written that writes to Function block parameters not normally expected to be written to on a cyclic basis High Electronics Transducer Device This alert Evaluate mounting The device may require special mounting Temp Block Alerts indicates that the location and considerations if installed in a very hot location erature electronics environment High Electronic temperature has Temperature exceeded 80 C The device will cease to operate reliably beyond 85 C ADC Failure Transducer Device This alert Cycle power or The Analog to Digital Converter ADC is Block Alerts indicates faulty replace the continuously monitored by the device for correct 1 ADC Timeout operation of the electronics stack operation Refer to Section 8 Troubleshooting for Error device details 2 ADC electronics Reference Error 7 9 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 Alarms What does the alert indicate Recommended
296. t all pneumatic lines prior to installing the OCX 8800 in the stack or ductwork Failure to connect the pneumatic lines can allow the flow of contaminants into the OCX 8800 ports Installation 1 Ensure all components are available to install the OCX 8800 2 The OCX 8800 may be installed intact as it is received 3 Weld or bolt adapter plate Figure 2 3 onto the duct 4 Use the pipe or wall mounting hardware as shown in Figure 2 4 to mount a remote electronics housing Choose a location not to exceed the length of the electronics cable ordered 5 Ensure the conduits drop vertically from the OCX 8800 and the conduit is routed below the level of the conduit ports on the housing to form a drip loop Drip loops minimize the possibility that moisture will damage the electronics Figure 2 5 6 Where a positive stack pressure exists at the installation site connect all pneumatic lines prior to installing the OCX 8800 in the stack or ductwork NOTE If process temperatures will exceed 392 F 200 C use anti seize compound on stud threads to ease future removal of the OCX 8800 7 Insert sample and exhaust tubes through the opening in the mounting flange and bolt the unit to the flange ACAUTION Uninsulated stacks or ducts may cause ambient temperatures in the electronics housing to exceed 185 F 85 and damage the electronics 8 If insulation is removed to access the duct for OCX 8800 mounting make sure to re
297. t intended as a training guide for FOUNDATION Fieldbus technology but are presented as an overview for those not familiar with Fieldbus and to define device specific attributes for the Fieldbus system engineer Anyone attempting to implement Fieldbus communications and control with this analyzer must be well versed in Fieldbus technology and protocol and must be competent in programming using available tools such as DeltaV See References below for additional sources for Fieldbus technology and methodology A Fieldbus system is a distributed system composed of field devices and control and monitoring eguipment integrated into the physical environment of a plant or factory Fieldbus devices work together to provide I O and control for automated processes and operations The Fieldbus Foundation provides a framework for describing these systems as a collection of physical devices interconnected by a Fieldbus network One of the ways that the physical devices are used is to perform their portion of the total system operation by implementing one or more function blocks Function Blocks Function blocks within the Fieldbus device perform the various functions reguired for process control Because each system is different the mix and configuration of functions are different Therefore the Fieldbus FOUNDATION has designed a range of function blocks each addressing a different need Function blocks perform process control functions such as analog i
298. t of Service Set whenever the transducer block actual mode is OOS Input Failure Set whenever there is a communication error between the Fieldbus A2D card and the OCX Simulation Active Set whenever the Fieldbus Simulate Switch is set to ON at the Fieldbus A2D card or software simulate option is enabled Other Error Set whenever XD ERROR is non zero Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 ANALOG INPUT Al FUNCTION BLOCK Introduction Figure 7 5 Al Function Block The OCX 8800 has four transducer block Input Output channels Table 7 20 for the Al function blocks The status of channel values are defined in Table 7 22 The Analog Input Al function block Figure 7 5 processes field device measurements and makes them available to other function blocks The output value from the Al block is in engineering units and contains a status indicating the guality of the measurement The measuring device may have several measurements or derived values available in different channels Use the channel number to define the variable that the Al block processes our D our OUT The block output value and status OULD Discrete output that signalsa selected alarm condition 38740079 The Analog Input Al function block processes field device measurements and makes them available to other function blocks The output value from the Al block is in engineering units and contains a status indi
299. tchmarks Install and tighten eductor 6 in eductor holder 14 Install and tighten elbow 12 on eductor 6 Male port of elbow must point up and be in line with long axis of eductor Apply anti seize compound to the external pipe threads of eductor holder 14 Install and tighten eductor holder 14 in sensor housing 7 Align eductor with matchmarks as shown in Figure 9 18 e e e o N eo 9 23 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 Install COe Sensor Assembly Figure 9 19 Band Heater Height 1 Apply pipe thread sealant Loctite 567 to the exposed pipe threads of eductor elbow 12 Figure 9 17 Do not apply sealant to the first turn of the pipe threads 2 Screw sensor holder 11 onto eductor elbow 12 9 4 mm 3 With wrenches on eductor elbow 12 and on flats of sensor holder 11 tighten sensor holder Do not allow eductor elbow to turn 4 Tighten sensor holder 11 to align outside flat with matchmark on sensor housing flange as shown in Figure 9 20 COe Sensor ACAUTION The heater insulator prevents current leakage between the band heater and the sensor holder Failure to properly install the insulator may cause the device to trip a ground fault interrupt circuit 5 Wrap heater insulator 9 around sensor holder 11 Make sure the insulator joint lines up with the band gap of the COe band heater 10
300. terminal block assembly out of the way 3 Remove tubes 2 3 and 4 from COe sensor assembly 5 eductor fittings 12 and 15 and sensor housing 7 4 Unfasten bayonet connector of COe thermocouple 8 and remove thermocouple 5 Loosen clamp screw of COe band heater 9 until heater rotates freely on sensor holder 11 Sensor Housing Terminals CJC Sensor NOTE All wires at these terminals are in the CJC current loop COe Sensor Assembly COe Heater Wires COe Sensor Wires COe Thermocouple Wires 37390018 9 13 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 Figure 9 10 Removal of COe Sensor Assembly Insulator Dilution Air Tube COe Extractive Tube Eductor Air Tube COe Sensor Assembly Eductor Sensor Housing COe Thermocouple Heater Insulator 10 COe Band Heater 11 Sensor Holder 12 Eductor Elbow 13 Terminal Block Mounting 14 Eductor Holder 15 Tube Fitting 16 CJC Sensor 37390047 9 14 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 9 11 Alignment of COe Sensor Assembly See Figure 9 11 Using straightedge on the sensor holder flat as shown matchmark upper flange of sensor housing to show correct alignment of sensor holder With one w
301. the Control Selector block is open the open cascade status is passed to the Control Selector block and through to the PID blocks supplying input to it The Control Selector block and the upstream master PID blocks have an actual mode of IMan Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 If the instrument connected to the Al block fails you can place the Al block in Manual mode and set the output to some nominal value for use in the Integrator function block In this case IN at the slave PID block is constant and prevents the integral term from increasing or decreasing Figure 7 21 Function Block Diagram for Cascade Control with Override BKCAL_IN BKCAL_OUT Slave Controller PID Function Block Master Controller PID Function Block AO Function Block BKCAL_SEL_1 Configured for High Selection PID Function OUT Block Control Selector Function Block SEL_1 SEL_2 BKCAL_SEL_2 Master Controller Al Function PID Function Block Block OUT 38740101 7 49 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 Troubleshooting Refer to Table 7 28 to troubleshoot any problems that you encounter Table 7 28 Troubleshooting Symptom Mode will not leave OOS Mode will not leave IMAN Mode will not change to AUTO Mode will not change to CAS 7 50 Possible Causes 1 Target mode not set 2 C
302. the dampness of the ground Cylinders should be stored in the shade when located in areas where extreme temperatures are prevalent 3 The valve protection cap should be left on each cylinder until it has been secured against a wall or bench or placed in a cylinder stand and is ready to be used 4 Avoid dragging rolling or sliding cylinders even for short distance they should be moved by using a suitable handtruck 5 Never tamper with safety devices in valves or cylinders 6 Do not store full and empty cylinders together Serious suckback can occur when an empty cylinder is attached to a pressurized system 7 No part of cylinder should be subjected to a temperature higher than 52 C 125 F A flame should never be permitted to come in contact with any part of a compressed gas cylinder 8 Do not place cylinders where they may become part of an electric circuit When electric arc welding precautions must be taken to prevent striking an arc against the cylinder Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Appendix B SPA with HART Alarm OvervioW x x ees ete prise ws EG mad wh bees page B 1 Description page B 1 Installation 5 202 siis ose or RR ne page B 2 Setup 2 22 Sk xx MLSS REGE ka a page B 2 OVERVIEW This section describes the SPA with HART Alarm option for the OCX 8800 DESCRIPTION The Moore Industries SPA with HART Alarm Figure B 1 i
303. therwise they are read only To simulate PlantWeb alerts use the Simulate PWA screens in the Resource Block To simulate block alarms use Simulate TB Temperature Sensor Temperature Status Simulate TB Temperature Status or Simulate TB Calibration Device FF Status in the Transducer Block Select Device Diagnostics to view the active PWA alarms When Device Diagnostics is selected press the Status button to see the Resource or Transducer Block detailed status displays 7 11 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 Configure Simulation Use the following procedure to configure PWA simulation using the Model 375 with the Model 375 Field Field Communicator Communicator 1 Run Transmitter Options method in the Resource Block Resource Methods In the Transmitter Options menu select either Simulate Switch or PWA Simulate Select Enable to enable PWA simulation or Disable to disable the simulation feature Once the method is complete select Resource Simulate PWA in the Resource Block If the simulation is enabled the PWA Simulate parameter is configurable Otherwise it is read only Now select Simulation on off from the PWA Simulate parameter When PWA Simulation is on all of the PWA active parameters and the Resource and Transducer Block status parameters are configurable Otherwise they are read only To simulate PlantWeb Alerts select the aler
304. time before oxygen combustibles readings are considered valid NOTE A Purge will automatically follow a gas flow Performing a Calibration Verify with the LOI 1 Use the Z pattern to enter the LOI menu tree 2 From the CALIBRATION menu select Cal Verify 3 From the Cal Verify menu select the functions as follows Flow High Gas Flows the high O2 test gas for the time specified in the calibration setup Flow Low Gas Flows the low O2 test gas for the time specified in the calibration setup Flow COe Gas Flows the COe test gas for the time specified in the calibration setup Purge Initiates a delay for the specified purge time before oxygen combustibles readings are considered valid NOTE A Purge will automatically follow a gas flow Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 CALIBRATION TOLERANCE FEATURE The calibration tolerance feature provides a mechanism to fail a calibration if the calibration measurement does not fall within a specific tolerance of the test gas value The tolerance is preset within the OCX 8800 software and is not user adjustable The tolerance is different between the oxygen and combustibles test gases For oxygen the calibration will fail if the measured value differs by more than 10 of the configured value For combustibles the calibration will fail if the measured value differs by more than 30 of the configured value An OCX 8800 shipped
305. tion Status Handling 7 60 The ISEL function block reads the values and statuses of as many as four inputs To specify which of the six available methods algorithms is used to select the output configure the selector type parameter SEL TYPE as follows max selects the maximum value of the inputs min selects the minimum value of the inputs avg calculates the average value of the inputs mid calculates the middle of three inputs or the average of the middle two inputs if four inputs are defined 1st Good selects the first available good input Hot Backup latches on the selected input and continues to use it until it is bad If DISABLE N is active the associated input is not used in the selection algorithm If OP SELECT is set to a value between 1 and 4 the selection type logic is overridden and the output value and status is set to the value and status of the input selected by OP SELECT SELECTED will have the number of the selected input unless the SEL TYPE is average in which case it will have the number of inputs used to calculate its value In Auto mode OUT reflects the value and status quality of the selected input If the number of inputs with Good status is less than MIN GOOD the output status will be Bad In Man mode the OUT status high and low limits are set to indicate that the value is a constant and the OUT status is always Good In the STATUS OPTS parameter the following options can be selected fr
306. tion Valid choices are Yes and No A Yes choice will cause the COe calibration constant to update Whenever you correct an equipment alarm or fault condition the OCX 8800 will either revert to normal operation or continue to indicate an alarm status condition If the equipment does not revert to normal operation when a fault condition is cleared or if instructed to do so in Section 8 Troubleshooting use the following procedure to reset the OCX 8800 OCX Reset with the LOI 1 Use the Z pattern to enter the LOI menu tree Refer to Section 4 Using the LOI 2 Select the SYSTEM submenu 3 From the SYSTEM submenu select the Status submenu 4 From the Status submenu select Reset Device The OCX 8800 will reset and the LOI will revert to the normal operation display OCX Reset with the Field Communicator Remove the OCX 8800 from the process loop and recycle power Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Section 4 OVERVIEW DISPLAY ORIENTATION Figure 4 1 LOI Components Mounting ROSEMOUNT Analytical Using the LOI OvervioW ws EE RR en ee k ga page 4 1 Display Orientation page 4 1 LOI Controls 2 hne page 4 2 LOI Menu Tree page 4 4 This section describes the installation and operation of the LOI module in the OCX 8800 The LOI module mounts to a connector on the LOI board Th
307. to ON allow simulating the PWA parameters FAILED_ACTIVE MAINT_ACTIVE and ADVISE_ACTIVE Allowing Simulating means that these parameters get write permission and the host s written value is the only one which is used for parameter s read back value The data which comes from the OCX 8800 is not used in this case Fieldbus simulation and PWA simulation can be enabled and disabled using the DD method Use the Transmitter Options method to enable disable the Fieldbus or PlantWeb Alerts simulation Selecting Fieldbus simulation enables both the Fieldbus function block simulation and PWA simulation Selecting PWA simulation enables PlantWeb Alert simulation only ZNCAUTION Do not use the PWA Simulate feature for normal operations When used improperly the Simulate feature can alter disable or activate device alarms The simulation feature should not be used for normal operations This feature is to be used by authorized personnel for testing or demonstration purposes only Configure Simulation from AMS Use the following procedure to configure PWA simulation using AMS Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 7 4 Simulate PWA Screen Run Transmitter Options method In the Transmitter Options menu select either Simulate Switch or PWA Simulate Select Enable to enable the simulation feature or Disable to disable the simulation feature Once the meth
308. tocalibration with COe Zero Function Cal Gas Flow Meter u scih 20 30 psig A CAUTION Recommended 7 k Pressure regulator with 1 8 inlet port is factory 3 TH set for 35 psig Regulator with 1 4 inlet port is v Check Valve factory set for 55 psig If regulators are not installed in correct locations the OCX 8800 will not work Sensor Housing Replacement Parts 11 2 0 60 psig 275431 03 2 Combination Filter Reg 0 60 psig 1A99422H01 3 Flowmeter i 0scfh 7718635 01 4 Flowmeter 0 05 0 5 scfh 771B635H08 5 Pneumatic Actuator 1A99339H03 Reference 6 Combination Filter Reg 0 60 psig 4505C21G11 Air In 7 Check Valve 5 psig 7309A62H01 Dilution Air In 4 Instrument Air Dilution 5 o Air Flow Meter N 0 1 scfh Electronics Housing m Normally 4 1 Normally Open Closed Solenoid m m Solenoid Valve Pressure Regulator Filter o Valve 35 psig General Purpose 5 1 n 42 Blowback Valve zal Air Operated Actuating Air NOTE During blowback operation states of j mmm mnm both solenoid valves change Instrument Ai NOTE Wall mount the air operated blowback ir Supply 2166 valve on a suitable mounting plate Stage Regulators NOTE Actuating air pressure at blowback valve
309. tomer Air 300 ft 91 m max OCX 8800 Sensor Housing Signal Output OCX 8800 Twisted Pairs Electronics Housing i Termination in Control Room Instrument Air 3 calibration gas lines by customer 300 ft 91 m max Termination in Control Room Model 375 Field Communicator 0 A gt m OD si I o C HA Customer s Laptop with AMS 38850003 Model 375 Field Communicator m Customer s Laptop 38850004 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Figure 1 5 Typical System Installation Integral Electronics Gases Ah ADD Plate INTEGRAL Signal Outputs Twisted Pairs Line Voltage Test Gas Flow Meter Instrument Air Pressure Supply pp Regulator Reference Gas High O Test Gas Low O Test Gas CO Test Gas Figure 1 6 Typical System Installation Remote Electronics REMOTE ELECTRONICS Heater Power Cable up to 150 ft 46 m Signal Cable up to 150 ft 46 m Test Gas Flow Meter Pressure CO Test Gas Adapter OCX 8800 with ELECTRONICS 37390063 OCX 8800 with Signal Outputs Twisted Pairs Line Voltage Instrument Air High O Test Gas Low O Test Gas Supply Regulator Reference Gas 37390064 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 OCX 8800 September 2009 Figure 1 7 Optional Sample Tube Support
310. tronics Housing Normally Normally Open Closed Solenoid Pressure Regulator Filter Valve Valve 35 psig General Purpose 1 0 pg Blowback Valve oa Air Operated ug NOTE During blowback operation states of Actuating Air both solenoid valves change Instrument Air Suppl NOTE Wall mount the air operated blowback PP Y valve on a suitable mounting plate NOTE Actuating air pressure at blowback valve inlet port must be at least 51 psig to fully actuate the valve 1 6 Replacement Parts Pressure 1 2 Pressure Gage 0 60 psig 275431 03 Regulator Filter 2 Combination Filter Reg 0 60 psig 1A99422H01 55 psig 3 Flowmeter 1 10scih 771B635H01 4 Flowmeter 0 05 0 5 sefh 771B635H08 5 Pneumatic Actuator 1A99339HO3 6 Combination Filter Reg 0 60 psig 4505C21G11 7 Check Valve 5 psig 7309A62H01 38850005 2 20 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Reference Air Set and Blowback Panels An optional blowback panel is shown in Figure 1 9 Piping arrangement for blowback panel without autocalibration without COe Zero Function is shown in Figure 2 15 Piping arangement for blowback panel with autocalibration without COe Zero Function is shown in Figure 2 16 Piping arrangement for blowback panel with autocalibration with COe Zero Function is shown in Figure 2 17 Figure
311. truction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 Reference Air Set Solenoids and Blowback Option with COe Zero Function Figure 2 13 shows the piping arrangement for the OCX 8800 with the blowback and autocalibration options when the COe Zero Function is used The arrangement is similar to Figure 2 12 except instrument air is used as the Hi O test gas Refer to Sectio for details of the function Reference Air Set Solenoids and Blowback Option without COe Zero Function Installing an OCX 8800 with the blowback option requires the addition of air operated blowback valve regulator and gage and check valve Figure 2 12 shows the piping arrangement for the OCX 8800 with the blowback and autocalibration options Figure 2 14 shows the piping arrangement for the OCX 8800 with the blowback option but without autocalibration without test gas solenoids When the reference air set calibration gas solenoids and blowback options are included with your transmitter use the following procedure to install the pneumatic system components 1 Connect the calibration gas sources according to the instructions in the previous paragraph Reference Air Set and Solenoids Option steps 2 through 5 2 Connect a clean dry instrument quality supply of air 20 95 to the 35 psig and 55 psig pressure regulators The inlet to the 35 psig regulator accepts a 1 8 NPT fitting The inlet to the 55 psig regulator accepts a 1 4 N
312. ts listed under Failed Active Maintenance Active and Advisory Active Resource Simulate PWA To simulate block alarms select the alarms listed under Detailed Status in the Resource Block Resource Simulate Status or under Detailed Status in the Transducer Block Transducer Simulate Status Select Resource PWA SubStatus to see the active PWA alarms and masks Select Fail Active Maintenance Active or Advisory Active for active PWA alarms Select Resource Status Detailed Status or Transducer Status Detailed Status to see the Resource or Transducer Block detailed status Support Resource Resource Block Block Errors Tra 7 12 Out of Service Set Whenever the resource block actual mode is OOS Power Up Set whenever the FF card powers up Block Configuration Error Configuration Error is used to indicate that you had selected an item in FEATURES SEL or CYCLE SEL that was not set in FEATURES or CYCLE TYPE respectively Simulation Active Set whenever the Fieldbus Simulate Switch is set to ON at the Fieldbus card or software simulate option enabled nsducer Block Out of Service Set whenever the transducer block actual mode is OOS Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Input Failure Set whenever there is a communication error between the Fieldbus card and the OCX Simulation Active Set whenever the Fieldbus Simulate Switch is set to ON at the Fie
313. tten Zoniet moet een andere mogelijkheid bestaan om de voedingsspanning van het toestel te halen en ook duidelijk zo zijn aangegeven Stroomonderbrekers of schakelaars moeten onderworpen zijn aan een erkende standaard zoals IEC947 7 Waar toestellen of deksels aangegeven staan met het symbool is er meestal hoogspanning aanwezig Deze deksels mogen enkel verwijderd worden nadat de voedingsspanning werd afgelegd en enkel door getraind onderhoudspersoneel 8 Waar toestellen of deksels aangegeven staan met het symbool is er gevaar voor hete oppervlakken Deze deksels mogen enkel verwijderd worden door getraind onderhoudspersoneel nadat de voedingsspanning verwijderd werd Sommige oppper vlakken kunnen 45 minuten later nog steeds heet aanvoelen 9 Waar toestellen of deksels aangegeven staan met het symbool gelieve het handboek te raadplegen 10 Alle grafische symbolen gebruikt in dit produkt zijn afkomstig uit een of meer van devolgende standaards EN61010 1 IEC417 en ISO3864 11 Op plaatsen waar uitrusting of etiketten zijn voorzien van een melding als Niet openen bij aanwezigheid van spanning bestaat er brandgevaar in omgevingen waar een explosieve atmosfeer aanwezig is Deze uitrusting mag uitsluitend worden geopend wanneer het niet meer onder spanning staat en de uitrusting gedurende de voorgeschreven tijd op het etiket of in de handleiding is afgekoeld en dan uitsluitend door voldoende opgeleid onderhoudspersoneel OCX 8800
314. tures above 1800 F can cause severe respiratory disease SECTION Il PHYSICAL DATA APPEARANCE AND ODOR Cream to white colored fiber shapes With or without optional white to gray granular surface coating and or optional black surface coating SPECIFIC WEIGHT 12 25 LB CUBIC FOOT BOILING POINT N A VOLATILES BY WT N A WATER SOLUBILITY N A SECTION III HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS MATERIAL QUANTITY AND THRESHOLD EXPOSURE LIMIT VALUES Aluminosilicate vitreous 99 1 fiber cc TWA CAS No 142844 00 06 10 fibers cc CL Zirconium Silicate 0 10 5 mg cubic meter TLV Black Surface Coating 0 1 5 mg cubic meter TLV Armorphous Silica Silicon Dioxide 0 10 20 mppcf 6 mg cubic meter PEL OSHA 1978 3 gm cubic meter Respirable dust 10 mg cubic meter Intended TLV ACGIH 1984 85 Composition is a trade secret Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 OCX 8800 SECTION IV FIRE AND EXPLOSION DATA FLASH POINT None FLAMMABILITY LIMITS NAA EXTINGUISHING MEDIA Use extinguishing agent suitable for type of surrounding fire UNUSUAL FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS SPECIAL FIRE FIGHTING PROCEDURES SECTION V HEALTH HAZARD DATA THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE See Section Ill EFFECTS OF OVER EXPOSURE EYE Avoid contact with eyes Slightly to moderately irritating Abrasive action may cause damage to outer surface of eye INHALATION May cause respiratory tract irritation Repeated or
315. ud Disconnect and remove the and signal leads from the 4 20 mA signal output terminal block If used disconnect and remove the external relay leads from the alarm output relay terminal block Disconnect the signal cable leads from cell and thermocouple connector J4 and from COe and CJC connector J5 Figure 9 6 Disconnect the heater cable leads from the heater power connector J3 If moving the electronics housing to another work site disconnect and remove the power and signal cables and customer wiring conduits from the housing Remove the remote electronics housing from its mounting and move it to a suitable work area 9 7 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 Figure 9 5 Electronics Housing Terminal Blocks 1 99999 9999900020020 Alarm Output Relay Terminal Block FOUNDATION Fieldbus Not used E FOUNDATION f Fieldbus HART AOUT2 COe Signal EET O Signal eno HART AOUT1 J 0200000009 Signal Output Terminal Block nnn
316. uipamento da energia el ctrica devendo ser assinalado convenientemente Os disjuntores ou interruptores devem obedecer a uma norma reconhecida tipo IEC947 Sempre que o equipamento ou as tampas contiverem o s mbolo prov vel a exist ncia de tens es perigosas Estas tampas s devem ser retiradas quando a energia el ctrica tiver sido desligada e por Pessoal da Assist ncia devidamente treinado Sempre que o equipamento ou as tampas contiverem o s mbolo h perigo de exist ncia de superf cies quentes Estas tampas s devem ser retiradas por Pessoal da Assist ncia devidamente treinado e depois de a energia el ctrica ter sido desligada Algumas superf cies permanecem quentes at 45 minutos depois Sempre que o equipamento ou as tampas contiverem o s mbolo o Manual de Funcionamento deve ser consultado para obten o das necess rias instru es Todos os s mbolos gr ficos utilizados neste produto baseiam se em uma ou mais das seguintes normas EN61010 1 IEC417 e ISO3864 Sempre que o equipamento ou as etiquetas apresentarem o aviso Nao abrir quando ligado corrente ou semelhante existe um risco de ignic o em atmosferas explosivas Este equipamento s deve ser aberto depois de desligado da corrente el ctrica e o tempo de arrefecimento adequado especificado na etiqueta ou no manual de instrug es ter decorrido O equipamento s pode ser aberto por t cnicos qualificados OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 10
317. ulfur O2 Cell 20 DIN 185 mm dia flange 145 mm BC with 4 x 18 mm dia holes Standard O2 Cell 21 DIN 185 mm dia flange 145 mm BC with 4 x 18 mm dia holes High Sulfur O2 Cell Code Mounting Hardware Stack Side 0 No Adapter Plate 0 must be chosen under Mounting Adapter Probe Side below 1 New Installation Square weld plate with studs 2 Model 218 240 Mounting Plate with Model 218 240 Shield Removed 3 Existing Model 218 240 Support Shield 4 Competitor s Mount 5 Model 132 Adapter Plate Code Mounting Hardware Probe Side 0 No Adapter Plate 1 Probe Only ANSI 4 Probe Only DIN Code Electronics Housing NEMA 4X IP66 HART Communications H1 HART Communications Basic Unit H2 HART Communications Local Operator Interface H3 HART Communications Calibration Solenoids H4 HART Communications Local Operator Interface and Calibration Solenoids F1 Fieldbus Communications Basic Unit F2 Fieldbus Communications Local Operator Interface F3 Fieldbus Communications Calibration Solenoids F4 Fieldbus Communications Local Operator Interface and Calibration Solenoids Code Electronics Mounting 01 Integral to Sensor Housing Electronics 02 Split Architecture with no cable 03 Split Architecture with 6M 20 Ft cable 04 Split Architecture with 12M 40 Ft cable 05 Split Architecture with 18M 60 Ft cable 06 Split Architecture with 24M 80 Ft cable 07 Split Architecture with 30M 100 Ft cable 08 Split Architecture wit
318. undin 8 1 Autocalibration Setup a a d Fieldbus 5 2 D Autocalibration Setup LOI 5 1 D A Trim Procedures HART 5 14 H Autocalibration HART 5 3 D A Trim Procedures LOI 5 12 Handling the OCX 1 7 Autocalibration LOI 5 3 Defaults HART Electronics 3 3 Descriptions of PlantWeb B Alert Parameters 7 7 I O Channel Assignments 7 21 Band Heater Height 9 24 Detailed Status Descriptions 7 20 Channel Status 7 22 Block Errors 7 27 Device Addressing 7 5 Install COe Sensor Assembly 9 24 BLOCK_ERR Conditions 7 28 Diagnostic Alarms 8 2 Install Eductor 9 22 Blowback Feature 3 7 Display Orientation 4 1 Install Electronics Stack 9 32 Blowback State Enumerations 7 18 Install LOI Module 9 32 Blowback System 1 5 E Install OCX with Integral Blowback without Eductor 9 22 TEENS predam os Autocalibration 2 20 Eductor Alignment Install Remote Electronics Matchmarks 9 16 HOUSING tas hai PA melo Eductor Holder 9 16 lavas ae Cable Connections 9 9 Electrical Noise 8 1 s he n a EL V T 6 Cal Results Bit Enumerations 7 19 Electronics Housing Instrum AT 17 Calibration Control Components 10 6 Inst tS ifi Enumerations
319. unit Refer to the following paragraphs for manual calibration Manual Calibration using the optional LOI Use the following procedure to perform a manual calibration with the LOI If necessary refer to the menu tree in Section 4 Using the LOI Once the manual calibration procedure is initiated at the LOI a series of prompts will appear giving instructions to the operator 1 Use the right pointing key to select the CALIBRATION first column submenu 2 From the CALIBRATION submenu use the right pointing key to select the Cal Control second column submenu 3 From the Cal Control submenu use the right pointing key to select the third column Start Cal O2 option 4 Remain at the Start Cal O2 option or use the down pointing key to select the Start Cal COe option or Start Cal Both option The following sequence applies when Start Cal Both is selected 5 Use the right pointing key to start the calibration Turn on the low O test gas when prompted by the Flow Low Gas message 6 Press the right pointing key when the low O test gas is applied The calibration data changes as the calibration proceeds 7 Press the right pointing key when the low O reading is stable Turn off the low O test gas and turn on the high O test gas as prompted by the Flow High Gas message 8 Press the right pointing key when the high O test gas is applied The calibration data changes as the calibration proceeds 9 Press the right pointing key wh
320. urrence and the state of the alarm The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the deviation high alarm condi tion The priority of the deviation high alarm The DV LO alarm data which includes a value of the alarm a timestamp of occurrence and the state of the alarm The setting for the alarm limit use to detect the deviation low alarm condition The priority of the deviation low alarm The error SP PV used to determine the control action Enables the use of feedforward calculations Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Index Parameter Number Units Description FF GAIN 42 None The feedforward gain value FF VAL is multiplied by FF GAIN before it is added to the calculated control output FF SCALE 41 None The high and low scale values engineering units code and number of digits to the right of the decimal point associated with the feedforward value FF VAL FF VAL 40 EU of FF SCALE The feedforward control input value and status GAIN 23 None The proportional gain value This value cannot 0 GRANT DENY 12 None Options for controlling access of host computers and local control panels to operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block Not used by the device HI ALM 61 None The HI alarm data which includes a value of the alarm a timestamp of oc currence and the state of the alarm HI HI ALM 60 None The HI HI alarm data which includes a value of the alarm a timestamp of oc curren
321. us and Unit Failure For more information refer to Appendix B SPA with HART Alarm 8 2 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 FAULT ISOLATION Faults in the OCX 8800 Transmitter are indicated by messages displayed on the 375 Field Communicator or LOI Fault indications that can appear are listed in Table 8 1 Troubleshooting If a fault is indicated on the Field Communicator or LOI locate the fault indication in Table 8 1 For each fault listed there are related Probable Causes and Recommended Corrective Actions The Probable Causes are listed in the order of most probable to least probable Starting with the most probable cause inspect and test the unit to isolate the actual cause then use the Recommended Corrective Action listed to correct the problem Table 8 1 Troubleshooting O2 Sensor R High Oxygen sensor resistance high gt 5000 Ohms O2 Sensor Open Oxygen sensor disconnected Probable Cause Recommended Corrective Action Check O cell circuit wires for breaks or loose connections Repair lead wire break or loose connections O cell degraded or failed Check O cell impedance by reading the O2 Snsr value via the LOI see Figure 4 4 sheet 2 or the O2 Snsr value via Field communicator see Figure 6 3 sheet 1 If cell impedance is zero replace O cell with cell replacement kit If cell impedance is less than 5000 ohms check for cell housing ground fault Repair ground fault If c
322. vent tre conformes aux normes IEC227 ou IEC245 Tous les raccordements doivent pouvoir supporter une temp rature ambiante sup rieure 75 Tous les presse toupes utilis s doivent avoir un diam tre interne en rapport avec les c bles afin d assurer un serrage correct sur ces derniers Afin de garantir la s curit du fonctionnement de cet appareil le raccordement l alimentation lectrique doit tre r alis exclusivement au travers d un disjoncteur minimum 10 isolant tous les conducteurs en cas d anomalie Ce disjoncteur doit galement pouvoir tre actionn manuellement de fa on m canique Dans le cas contraire un autre syst me doit tre mis en place afin de pouvoir isoler l appareil et doit tre signalis comme tel Disjoncteurs et interrupteurs doivent tre conformes une norme reconnue telle IEC947 Lorsque les quipements ou les capots affichent le symbole suivant cela signifie que des tensions dangereuses sont pr sentes Ces capots ne doivent tre d mont s que lorsque l alimentation est coup e et uniquement par un personnel comp tent Lorsque les quipements ou les capots affichent le symbole suivant cela signifie que des surfaces dangereusement chaudes sont pr sentes Ces capots ne doivent tre d mont s que lorsque l alimentation est coup e et uniquement par un personnel comp tent Certaines surfaces peuvent rester chaudes jusqu 45 mn Lorsque les quipements ou les capot
323. vst ngning av str mmen N r utrustning eller h lje markerats med vidst ende symbol b r instruktionsmanualen studeras f r information Samtliga grafiska symboler som f rekommer i denna produkt finns angivna i en eller flera av f ljande f reskrifter EN61010 1 IEC417 8 IS03864 F r utrustning som markerats med f reskrifter som ppna inte n r str mmen r p eller liknande r der explosionsrisk n r det f rekommer explosiva ngor Utrustningen f r endast ppnas efter att str mmen st ngts av och efter att utrustningen f tt svalna under s l ng tid som anges i instruktionsboken ppnandet f r endast utf ras av utbildad servicepersonal A 23 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 SAFETY DATA SHEET FOR CERAMIC FIBER PRODUCTS A 24 JULY 1 1996 SECTION IDENTIFICATION PRODUCT NAME Ceramic Fiber Heaters Molded Insulation Modules and Ceramic Fiber Radiant Heater Panels CHEMICAL FAMILY Vitreous Aluminosilicate Fibers with Silicon Dioxide CHEMICAL NAME N A CHEMICAL FORMULA N A MANUFACTURER S NAME AND ADDRESS Watlow Columbia 2101 Pennsylvania Drive Columbia MO 65202 573 814 1300 ext 5170 573 474 9402 HEALTH HAZARD SUMMARY WARNING Possible cancer hazard based on tests with laboratory animals May be irritating to skin eyes and respiratory tract May be harmful if inhaled Cristobalite crystalline silica formed at high tempera
324. wback Purge Time Initate Blowback Alarm Relay State Alarm Relay Event1 Alarm Relay Event2 Alarm Relay Event3 COe Zero State COe Zero Enable COe Zero Interval COe Duration COe Zero Purge Time COE Zero Output Track COe Zero Update Operating Mode Sensor Housing Type Line Voltage Line Frequency Version Build Number Checksum Build Date Tb Detailed Status 1 Tb Detailed Status 2 Block Mode Actual Transducer Error Static Revision Block Error Tb Detailed Status 1 Tb Detailed Status 2 Stats Attempts Stats Failure OCX Calibration OCX Verify Reset Max Temperature For Service Only 39930011 6 11 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 6 12 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 October 2009 OCX 8800 Section 7 FOUNDATION FIELDBUS TECHNOLOGY Overview ROSEMOUNT Analytical Foundation Fieldbus Foundation Fieldbus Technology page 7 1 Resource Block page 7 6 Transducer Block page 7 13 Analog Input Al Function Block page 7 23 Proportional Integral Derivative PID Function Block page 7 35 Arithmetic ARTHM Function Block page 7 51 Input Selector ISEL Function Block page 7 57 Operation with Emerson Process Management DeltaV page 7 62 FOUNDATION Fieldbus is an all digital serial two way communic
325. xplosionsgefahrdeten Umgebungen Entz ndungsgefahr Das Gerat darf nur ge ffnet werden wenn es nicht ans Stromnetz angeschlossen und entsprechend der Zeitangaben auf dem Etikett bzw in der Betriebsanleitung ausreichend abgek hlt ist Das Ger t darf nur von geschultem Service Personal ge ffnet werden A 7 OCX 8800 Instruction Manual IM 106 880 Rev 2 0 September 2009 A 8 ZHMANTIKO OSnyleo yia Trjv KAAWSIWON EYKATAOTAON TNO OUOKEUNO akdAoubEs acqaAsz ag papp dcovrai EI IK yia OMEG TIG KWPES Eupuwtraikns Koivotntas Od TTPETTEI va AKOMOUBOUVTAI AUOTNPEA WOTE VA OUHBATOTNTA pe yia Xaun Tdon Xwpec Trou ev vai WEAN TG Eupurraikris Koivotntas 0a TrpeTrei eTrIONG va akoAou800v O NYIEG EKTOG v AUTEG avrikaO cTavrai TA rj TTPOTUTTA 1 2 10 11 Errapkeic ouvo ocic yeiwons Ba rrp re va y vovrai ce GAG Ta onuela yE WONG EOWTEPIKA KAI EEWTEPIKA OTTOU UTI PXOUV META TNV TNV AVTIJJETWTTICON OGAALUATWV OMA kaA p ara aoqaAe ag KAI or YEIWOEIG aogaheiac va erraveykaBioTavTal KOTAOTAON Auv TWV AKPOOEKTUJV YE WONG VA GUVTNEEITAH IAPKUG Ta TIPETTE VA TTANPOUV ric ATTAITOLIG rov IEC227 IEC245 KAAWSIWOEIC Ba
326. yrektyw niskonapi ciow W przypadku instalacji urz dzenia w krajach nienale cych do Unii Europejskiej nale y r wnie przestrzega poni szych zalece chyba e sa one zast pione lokalnymi lub ogolnokrajowymi standardami 1 2 10 11 Urz dzenie nale y pod czy kablem uziemiaj cym do wszystkich punkt w uziemienia wewn trznych i zewn trznych Po instalacji lub czynno ciach serwisowych nale y zamkn wszystkie pokrywy zabezpieczaj ce i ponownie pod czy uziemienie Nale y pilnowa by nie dosz o do przerwania uziemienia Przewody zasilaj ce powinny by zgodne z wymaganiami normy IEC227 lub IEC245 Wszystkie przewody powinny by odpowiednie do uzytku w rodowisku o temperaturze wy szej ni 75 C Wszystkie dtawnice powinny mie wymiary wewnetrzne zapewniajace pewne umocowanie przewodow W celu zapewnienia bezpiecznej pracy urzadzenie nale y podtaczy do sieci tylko za po rednictwem wy cznika automatycznego kt ry w razie awarii odtaczy wszystkie obwody w kt rych przep ywa pr d Wy cznik automatyczny mo e by r wnie wyposa ony w mechaniczny od cznik napi cia W przeciwnym razie nale y zapewni i jasno oznaczy inn mo liwo od czenia urz dzenia od zasilania Wy czniki automatyczne oraz od czniki powinny by zgodne z uznawanymi standardami takimi jak norma IEC947 Wszystkie przewody musz by zgodne z lokalnymi przepisami Pod pokrywami lub elem

to the PDF file.

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents